Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:
PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management
Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.
Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly
Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk
Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails
EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format
www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK
39388
Academic & Professional Publishing New Books January - April 2019 www.cambridge.org/knowledge
Contents Humanities Archaeology..................................... 1 Art .................................................. 1 Classical Studies............................... 2 Drama and Theatre........................... 5 American History.............................. 5 British History................................... 6 European History.............................. 7 History – Other Areas....................... 9 History – Cross Discipline............... 12 American Literature........................ 17 English Literature........................... 18 European and World Literature....... 25 Music............................................. 26 Philosophy..................................... 27 Religion......................................... 34 Social Sciences Anthropology................................. 37 Economics, Business Studies........... 38 Education....................................... 41 Language and Linguistics............... 43 Law............................................... 46 Management................................. 61 Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas........................................ 62 Psychology..................................... 73 Social Science Research Methods.... 76 Sociology....................................... 77 Science, Technology and Medicine Computer Science.......................... 79 Earth and Environmental Science.... 80 Engineering.................................... 87 General Science.............................. 91 Geography, the Environment........... 91 Life Sciences................................... 91 Mathematics.................................. 95 Medicine........................................ 98 Physics and Astronomy................. 104 Statistics and Probability............... 111
Cambridge University Press Bookshop
Customer Services
Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org
Booksellers
Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.
North America - customer_service@cambridge.org
How to order
Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com
Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org
For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org
PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org
To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.
We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.
Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.
United Kingdom and Ireland
The Americas
Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea
North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org
Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea
Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Calle José Abascal, 56, 1º 28003 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 171 58 00 + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea
Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia
Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa
Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus
Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.
Archaeology / Art
Archaeology Paleozoology and Paleoenvironments Fundamentals, Assumptions, Techniques J. Tyler Faith | University of Utah
This book is targeted to students and professionals in archaeology, paleontology, and paleoecology. The reconstruction of ancient environments on the basis of fossil animal remains is a staple of these disciplines. This book is the only one to outline ecological fundamentals, assumptions, and analytical techniques for doing so. • Illustrates how to implement paleoenvironmental techniques using fossil examples • Evaluates the diverse array of analytical techniques for interpreting past environments on the basis of fossil fauna • Outlines biogeographic and ecological fundamentals underpinning paleoenvironmental reconstruction Archaeological science
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 434pp 87 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-48035-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 P 978-1-108-72732-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 P
Archaeology, Ideology and Urbanism in Rome from the Grand Tour to Berlusconi
Architecture, Society, and Ritual in Viking Age Scandinavia Doors, Dwellings, and Domestic Space Marianne Hem Eriksen | Universitetet i Oslo
This book takes a fresh perspective on the Viking Age, offering a social archaeology of the Viking home. A highly charged architectural element – the door – is used as a gateway to generate new knowledge of households and society in Viking Age Scandinavia, fleshing out everyday life and domestic ritual. • Offers a close study of a specific architectural element – the door – and uses this to tell rich stories about households, movement and embodiment in domestic space, access and hierarchy, and rituals centered on liminal boundaries and passages • Proposes a social archaeology of the Viking Age • Focuses on everyday life in the domestic sphere and situates this in larger social, political and cosmological contexts Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 307pp 54 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 978-1-108-49722-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
Stephen L. Dyson | State University of New York, Buffalo
Violence and the Sacred in the Ancient Near East
Rome is unique in its combination of abundant, important ruins, a long urban history, and a vibrant city setting with changing political, cultural, and religious roles. This book considers the study and exploitation of the archaeological record and its interaction with urban change over the past 300 years. • Describes the progress of archaeological discovery in Rome from the Age of Enlightenment to that of the European Union • Discusses the changing ways in which archaeological discovery was related to contemporary political, cultural, and ideological agendas • Considers in historical context issues of archaeological preservation in relation to urban development
Girardian Conversations at Çatalhöyük Edited by Ian Hodder | Stanford University, California
This book is primarily for researchers and students in the archaeology of the Ancient Near East. The volume results from intense interaction between archaeologists at these sites and a group of theorists studying the scholarship of René Girard. • Proposes a new view of human society in which tensions within religion generate change • Links archaeology with the Mimetic Theory • Provides new insight into two fascinating and iconic sites – Çatalhöyük and Göbekli Tepe
Classical archaeology
Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 338pp 51 b/w illus. 978-0-521-87459-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Ancient Greece
C
Art
Social Structure and Evolution David B. Small | Lehigh University, Pennsylvania
This book is for students and scholars of ancient civilizations who would benefit from an approach to Ancient Greece which compares anthropological approaches to other early civilizations, including ancient China, the Maya, the Inca, the Harappan, Ancient Egypt, Ancient Japan. • Positions the cultures of the ancient Greeks within an anthropological frame • Uses theoretical concepts to analyze the evolution of ancient Greek cultures • Compares social structure and evolution in Greece to developments elsewhere, especially the classic Maya civilization Classical archaeology | Case Studies in Early Societies
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 46 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-0-521-89505-7 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$105.00 978-0-521-71926-1 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 18 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47602-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
P P
Eyewitness to Old St Peter’s A Study of Maffeo Vegio’s ‘Remembering the Ancient History of St. Peter’s Basilica in Rome,’ with Translation and a Digital Reconstruction of the Church Christine Smith | Harvard University, Massachusetts
Maffeo Vegio is the last eyewitness to describe Old St Peter’s, Constantine’s fourth-century Basilica that survived twelve centuries before its demolition. It will be of interest to scholars and students of medieval and early modern architecture, early modern literature, and medieval and Renaissance studies more generally. • Offers the first complete and annotated English translation of Vegio’s account of Old St Peter’s Basilica • Provides a digital reconstruction of Old St Peter’s Basilica • Places the arguments of Vegio in the context of intellectual, liturgical, and political changes of Renaissance Rome Western art
April 2019 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49685-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
1
Art / Classical Studies
The Architecture of Banking in Renaissance Italy
Painting, Ethics, and Aesthetics in Rome
Constructing the Spaces of Money Lauren Jacobi | Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Nathaniel B. Jones | Washington University, St Louis
This book expands the field of late medieval and Renaissance architectural history by examining the intersection of architectural and financial history during the birth of capitalism. It is for scholars interested in questions about the spaces and locations where pre-industrial European banking and minting transpired. • Proposes a fresh understanding of the built environment in late medieval and Renaissance Italy • The book straddles both architectural and economic history • Discusses the early history of capitalism
2
Architecture
March 2019 253 x 177 mm 262pp 87 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48322-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
In the first centuries BCE and CE, Roman wall painters frequently placed representations of works of art, especially panel paintings, within their own mural compositions. This richly illustrated book explores the social, ethical and aesthetic dimensions of this practice and will appeal to both classicists and art historians. • Proposes a new interpretation of ancient Roman mural painting • Draws on a wide variety of artistic, archaeological, and textual evidence • Connects the study of Roman wall painting to other areas of classical studies and to the broader field of art history, including the Renaissance and modernity Classical art, architecture | Greek Culture in the Roman World
C
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 326pp 77 b/w illus. 15 colour illus. 978-1-108-42012-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
Classical Studies
Greek Memories
The Altars of Republican Rome and Latium This study assembles the often fragmentary physical evidence (altar placement and orientation, votive and faunal remains, sanctuary architecture) in order to explore the site-specific character of communal animal sacrifice in Republican Rome and Latium over centuries of ritual performance. • Reorients the study of sacrificial practice • Offers an alternative approach to study sacrifice by focusing on the archaeological record of ritual • Examines sites and ritual practice over time
Greek Memories aims to identify and examine the central concepts underlying the theories and practices of memory in the Greek world, from the archaic period to Late Antiquity, across all the main literary genres, and to trace some fundamental changes in these theories and practices. • Presents innovative, interdisciplinary approaches to the study of how memory was conceived in Ancient Greece • Examines how memory functions in different literary and philosophical genres • Includes a theoretically informed introduction offering a comprehensive panorama of issues to do with memory in the ancient Greek world
Classical art, architecture
Classical literature
Sacrifice and the Materiality of Roman Religion Claudia Moser | University of California, Santa Barbara
December 2018 253 x 177 mm 217pp 978-1-108-42885-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Roman Architecture and Urbanism From the Origins to Late Antiquity Fikret Yegül | University of California, Santa Barbara
This book affirms the enduring attractions of Roman buildings and environments. Incorporating recent research and perceptive interpretations, it presents developments across the Roman world in a lively and accessible manner. By interrogating the meaning of architecture in daily life, it attracts audiences across diverse fields and backgrounds. • Proposes a comprehensive examination of Roman architecture from Europe, North Africa, and the Middle East • Provides updated information about classical sites, including numerous new plans and images, and is comprehensive in its scope and wealth • Values Roman construction and considers how technology and engineering contribute to the making of bold and exceptional spaces and architecture Classical art, architecture
January 2019 310 x 245 mm 882pp 828 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-0-521-47071-1 Hardback c. £215.00 / c. US$295.00 P
Theories and Practices Edited by Luca Castagnoli | University of Oxford
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 424pp 978-1-108-47172-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
C
Reading Sidonius’ Epistles M. P. Hanaghan | Australian Catholic University, Melbourne
This introduction to Sidonius’ letters and their literary dynamics draws comparisons with those of other writers and applies the science of storytelling (narratology) to the genre. Historians of Late Antiquity will see how the literary features of Sidonius’ letters affect their evidentiary value. • Analyses the literary dynamics of Sidonius’ epistles in their historical context, making this book important for all scholars of epistolography and Late Antiquity • Applies narratology and literary theory to epistolography without assuming any prior knowledge • Includes translations of all texts Classical literature
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-108-42921-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Classical Studies
Cassandra and the Poetics of Prophecy in Greek and Latin Literature Emily Pillinger | King’s College London
Working from the example of the mythic prophet Cassandra, this book uses insights from translation theory to uncover the value of female seers’ riddling prophecies in the most canonical of ancient Greek and Latin poetry. It will interest students and scholars of classics, translation studies, gender studies, and comparative literature. • The first English-language monograph devoted to the mythic prophet Cassandra and her representation in Greek and Roman poetry • Uses findings from the field of translation theory to reassess the status and value of female prophets and their riddling prophecies • Discusses an extended range of Greek and Latin works with all quotations supplied with English translations
TEXTBOOK
Plato: The Apology of Socrates and Xenophon: The Apology of Socrates Plato Editor (introduction and notes) Nicholas Denyer | University of Cambridge
The Cambridge Companion to Roman Comedy
An edition, suitable for students, of Plato and Xenophon’s accounts of how Socrates, on trial for his life, defended himself and his philosophy. The commentary explores literary, linguistic, and philosophical aspects, while the introduction discusses Socrates, his philosophy, Socratic dialogues, and Athenian legal procedures. • Brings together two rival accounts of Socrates’ defence speech, allowing them to be compared fully • Gives full help with understanding the Greek for students and other readers who have mastered the basics • Provides full background on Socrates, his philosophy, Socratic dialogues, and Athenian legal procedures, and discusses literary and philosophical aspects of the texts
Edited by Martin T. Dinter | King’s College London
Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics
Roman comedy has been a model for writers and artists ranging from Shakespeare to Martin Luther and from Molière to Cole Porter. This volume supplies a comprehensive critical introduction to Roman comedy and its reception presented by leading international scholars in more than twenty accessible and up-to-date chapters written by leading scholars. • Provides a clear and accessible overview of Roman comedy, one of the most widely read genres of Latin poetry • Features cutting-edge research by scholars from a wide range of academic backgrounds • Includes a number of chapters on the reception of Roman comedy, ranging from antiquity to the twenty-first century
March 2019 216 x 138 mm 200pp 978-0-521-76537-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-0-521-14582-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99
Classical literature
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 282pp 978-1-108-47393-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Classical literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 438pp 978-1-107-00210-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-0-521-17388-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
P P
The Cambridge Companion to Virgil Second edition Edited by Charles Martindale | University of York
Gives a rich and broad overview of Virgil, Virgilian reception over the centuries, and Virgilian studies. An introduction for students and their teachers and a touchstone for seasoned scholars; also ideal for scholars in other disciplines, anyone interested in the classical tradition, and general readers. • An expanded and updated edition of this well-established and successful Companion, offering new insights into Virgil and his work • Chapters address Virgil’s poetry and its reception from antiquity to the present day • Leading scholars provide accessible introductions to topics and explore future avenues for research and study
X X
TEXTBOOK
Xenophon: Anabasis Book III Editor (introduction and notes) Luuk Huitink | Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany
An up-to-date commentary on a pivotal section of Xenophon’s Anabasis aimed at undergraduates. Advanced students and scholars will profit from its incorporation of recent developments in Xenophontic scholarship and Greek linguistics. Offers new insights into Xenophon’s diction and narrative technique and into the reception of Anabasis in antiquity. • The commentary provides ample linguistic support to help students read with greater fluency • The introduction provides context for Xenophon’s place in the development of Greek historiography and prose • Pays great attention to the specifics of Xenophon’s diction and style Contents: List of maps and figures; Preface; Abbreviations; Introduction; 1. Cyrus and the Persian empire; 2. The Ten Thousand; 3. Xenophon’s life; 4. The Anabasis; 5. Xenophon’s diction; 6. Style: speech and narrative; 7. The textual tradition; Commentary; Appendix: chronology and topography. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics
February 2019 216 x 138 mm 360pp 3 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-07923-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-43743-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
X X
Classical literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 448pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17018-6 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-316-62134-9 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$34.99
P P
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
3
Classical Studies
Greek Epigram and Byzantine Culture
Eusebius and Empire Constructing Church and Rome in the Ecclesiastical History James Corke-Webster | King’s College London
Gender, Desire, and Denial in the Age of Justinian Steven D. Smith | Hofstra University, New York
4
Sexy, scintillating, and sometimes scandalous, Greek epigrams from the age of the Emperor Justinian commemorate the survival of the sensual in a world transformed by Christianity. This book will appeal to literary scholars and historians interested in Greek poetry, Late Antiquity, Byzantine studies, early Christianity, gender, and sexuality. • Presents a compelling interpretation of Greek poetry that bridges classical and early Byzantine culture • Focuses on gender and desire • Traces the relationship between literary fantasy and Roman Imperial power Classical literature | Greek Culture in the Roman World
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 248pp 7 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-48023-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Ancient history
C
Aristoxenus of Tarentum: The Pythagorean Precepts (How to Live a Pythagorean Life)
C
Sabine R. Huebner | Universität Basel, Switzerland
A major new resource for students of ancient philosophy who want to understand the Pythagorean way of life in the time of Plato. Includes a new Greek text and detailed commentary on The Pythagorean Precepts, as well as an English translation and accessible overview of the Pythagorean ethical system. • Presents an accessible overview of the principles of the Pythagorean way of life and its relationship to Pythagorean thought in the time of Plato and Aristotle • Provides the first edition and translation of and the first detailed commentary on all the fragments of The Pythagorean Precepts of Aristoxenus of Tarentum • Explains how The Pythagorean Precepts fit into the Pythagorean tradition as a whole Ancient philosophy
Using a variety of historical sources and methodological approaches, this book presents the first large-scale study of single men and women in the Roman world, from the Roman Republic to Late Antiquity and covering virtually all periods of the ancient Mediterranean. • Presents the first exploration of the single life in antiquity • Embraces the pagan, Jewish and early Christian world and offers a contemporary comparative perspective • An international team of contributors provides a variety of methodological approaches and uses all available source material (literary, archaeological, epigraphic and papyrological) Ancient history
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 437pp 9 b/w illus. 3 maps 16 tables 978-1-108-47017-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C
The Early Roman Expansion into Italy R
Emperor and Senators in the Reign of Constantius II Maintaining Imperial Rule between Rome and Constantinople in the Fourth Century AD Muriel Moser | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main
Sheds new light on the relationship between the emperor and his senators in the later Roman Empire, focusing on Constantius II, son of Constantine the Great. Provides new insights into imperial relations to the senates in Constantinople and Rome and the construction of late antique imperial rule and ideology. • The first comparative history of the political role of the Senates in Constantinople and Rome under Constantine I and his son Constantius II (AD 312–361) • Draws on an extensive range of literary, epigraphic, numismatic, and legal sources from the reign of Constantius II, including unpublished inscriptions • Explores the careers of the senatorial elites within their political context from Constantine to Julian Ancient history | Cambridge Classical Studies
December 2018 216 x 138 mm 448pp 978-1-108-48101-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-47407-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00
The Single Life in the Roman and Later Roman World
An Edition of and Commentary on the Fragments with an Introduction Editor (introduction and notes) Carl A. Huffman | DePauw University, Indiana
February 2019 216 x 138 mm 700pp 978-1-108-42531-5 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$175.00
Argues that our main narrative source for early Christianity, the Ecclesiastical History of Eusebius of Caesarea, is not simply a record of Christian experience in the first three centuries but a sophisticated mission statement that uses Christianity’s past to mould a new vision of the church for Eusebius’ fourth-century context. • Presents a radical new reading of our main narrative source for early Christianity • Explores how Christian history was rewritten in the fourth century to suit its changing circumstances in the Roman Empire • Fundamentally re-assesses our view of the literary ability of Eusebius and so makes an important contribution to the study of early fourthcentury literary culture
C
Elite Negotiation and Family Agendas Nicola Terrenato | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
The book presents a radical new interpretation of Roman expansion in Italy. Argues that the process was achieved by means of a grand bargain among local elites rather than through military conquest. Using archaeological, epigraphic, and historical evidence, it reconstructs the family interactions that tied together Italian aristocrats to form a new state. • Proposes a radical new interpretation of early Roman imperialism • Integrates archaeological data to a much greater extent than previous treatments • Written in accessible and non-technical language so as to appeal to a wide readership Ancient history
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 348pp 23 b/w illus. 21 maps 978-1-108-42267-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Classical Studies / Drama and Theatre / American History
Polis Histories, Collective Memories and the Greek World Rosalind Thomas | University of Oxford
The first comprehensive re-assessment of the phenomenon of Greek ‘local history-writing’, which emerged as a popular and important form of history in the late classical and early Hellenistic periods. Argues that these works were central to creating political and cultural identity in a changing and expanding Greek world. • A major re-assessment of the whole phenomenon of polis and island histories and the abundant but fragmentary and difficult evidence for them • Challenges the description of ‘antiquarian’ and emphasises instead the histories’ central role in creating political and cultural identity in a changing Greek world • Relates these ‘local histories’ to the great, canonical historians like Herodotus, Thucydides, and Polybius and expands our view of the depth and sophistication of Greek history-writing Ancient history
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 482pp 978-1-107-19358-1 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00
Essays in Experience Paul Rae | University of Melbourne
From forgetting lines to watching Phantom of the Opera, this book uses a range of musicals, plays and experimental performances to show what theatre is made of and how we experience it. Its broad scope will appeal to theatre-goers, while its performance analyses, informed by assemblage theory, will be invaluable for students and theatre scholars. • Provides a new, joined-up way of thinking about theatrical events, expanding the scope of what counts in understanding the theatre and the dynamic relations between its component parts • Presents a comprehensive and critical assessment of the ‘new realisms’ in critical theory for an understanding of theatre • Covers a wide range of theatrical performances, from the mainstream to the experimental Theatre (general) | Theatre and Performance Theory
C
More Sayings of the Desert Fathers
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 246pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18659-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
American History
An English Translation and Notes Edited and translated by John Wortley | University of Manitoba, Canada
The spirituality and mysticism of the earliest Christian monks is best revealed in the Tales and Sayings of the Desert Fathers (Apophthegms). This book presents over six hundred such items, newly translated from six original languages, increasing the number available in English by a third. • Presents over six hundred Sayings of the Desert Fathers not available in English before, increasing the number available in English by about a third • The English translations have been newly made from the original languages by expert scholars • Includes an introduction and brief notes Ancient history
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 190pp 978-1-108-47108-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00
Real Theatre
R
The Partisan Republic Democracy, Exclusion, and the Fall of the Founders’ Constitution, 1780s–1830s Gerald Leonard | Boston University
The Partisan Republic provides a compelling account of early American constitutionalism in the Founding era. The book focuses on the decline of the Founding generation’s elitist vision of the Constitution and the rise of a more ‘democratic’ vision premised on the exclusion of women and non-whites. • Offers an account of early American constitutional development that recognizes the central roles of popular constitutionalism and constitutionalism outside the courts • Incorporates the views of ‘constitutional outsiders’ such as propertyless men, women, African Americans, and Native Americans • Reflects the latest scholarship on judicial review, constitutional interpretation, federalism, race, class, and gender Early republic and antebellum history | New Histories of American Law
Drama and Theatre David Garrick and the Mediation of Celebrity Leslie Ritchie | Queen’s University, Ontario
Uncovers new material concerning David Garrick’s ownership and manipulation of the media that will interest readers of theatre history, journalism and media studies, celebrity studies, advertising and social history. It gives the first view of Garrick as media entrepreneur, and quantifies and analyses Garrick’s mediation of his own celebrity. • Proposes a new interpretation of David Garrick as an entrepreneurial manufacturer of his own celebrity, and views celebrity as the product of iterative media exposure • Uses recent technologies, databases, and quantitative research, as well as archival materials and rare sources • Reveals previously anonymous publicity writing and theatrical criticism by David Garrick British theatre
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 324pp 11 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-47587-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 255pp 978-1-107-02416-8 Hardback £72.99 / US$94.99 978-1-107-66389-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99
P P
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Murder in the Shenandoah Making Law Sovereign in Revolutionary Virginia Jessica K. Lowe | University of Virginia
Jessica K. Lowe tells the story of Commonwealth v. Crane, exposing deep rifts in post-Revolutionary Virginia and using it to unearth Revolutionary America’s gripping debates over justice, criminal punishment, and equality before the law. She shows how post-Revolutionary Virginia was gripped by the question of what it means to make law ‘sovereign’. • Argues for the importance of the lived experience of the law • Demonstrates quickly changing ideas at the time of the American founding about what it meant to establish law in a republic • Shifts the emphasis of Virginian history to the upper Shenandoah Valley, in what is now West Virginia Early republic and antebellum history | Studies in Legal History
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 232pp 10 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42178-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99 C
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
5
American History / British History
6
Moral Contagion
More Auspicious Shores
Black Atlantic Sailors, Citizenship, and Diplomacy in Antebellum America Michael A. Schoeppner | University of Maine, Farmington
Barbadian Migration to Liberia, Blackness, and the Making of an African Republic Caree A. Banton | University of Arkansas
During the Antebellum era, thousands of free black sailors were arrested for violating the Negro Seamen Acts. In retelling the harrowing experiences of free black sailors, Moral Contagion highlights the central roles that race and international diplomacy played in the development of American citizenship. • Analyzes the history of African American citizenship beginning in the antebellum era • Provides the first comprehensive treatment of the Negro Seamen Acts • Draws heavily on primary sources, including state laws, legal cases, newspapers, and family papers
More Auspicious Shores offers a thorough examination of Afro-Barbadian migration to Liberia during the mid- to late nineteenth century. Caree A. Banton effectively explores the political and sociocultural consequences of their settlement in Africa and how it influenced the meaning of blackness in the Atlantic World. • Provides an in-depth analysis of Afro-Barbadian migration to Liberia through a close examination of the lives of 346 Afro-Barbadians • Places the history of post-emancipation Barbados within the context of the Liberian political landscape • Analyzes the complexity and contributions of blacks from the British Caribbean to the construction of blackness
Early republic and antebellum history | Studies in Legal History
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 362pp 978-1-108-42963-4 Hardback £47.99 / US$59.99
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 472pp 978-1-108-46999-9 Hardback £42.99 / US$59.99
British History
Robert McNamara’s Vietnam War Policy, 1960–1968 Aurélie Basha i Novosejt | London School of Economics
Drawing on recently declassified personal papers and interview material, Aurélie Basha i Novosejt provides a new analysis of Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara’s decisions during the Vietnam War, revealing littleknown misgivings he held toward the direction, strategy, and politics of the conflict. • Offers an important update to the literature on the Vietnam War by arguing that McNamara aggressively pushed for withdrawal from the war • Places McNamara’s decisions in the context of the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) and bridges diplomatic history with economic history • Provides new evidence – including diaries kept by McNamara’s closest advisor – documenting McNamara’s frustrations over the war and around his decisions and attitudes towards it American history after 1945 | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations
C
Empire of Hell The Campaign to End Convict Transportation in the British Empire, 1788–1875 Hilary M. Carey | University of Bristol
This revisionist history challenges current ideas about convict transportation from Britain and Ireland, penal colonies and religion. It examines religious arguments for and against convict transportation, asks why elites believed it could be reformed, and, later, why it should be abolished. • Provides a comprehensive historical investigation of convict transportation that reveals the full scale of religious engagement in the practice • Reveals the full range of convict experience beyond popular misconceptions • Demonstrates the full extent to which the arguments of religious thinkers affected penal reform and eventually led to the abolishment of convict transportation History of Britain after 1450
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 330pp 17 tables 978-1-107-04308-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Science and American Foreign Relations since World War II Greg Whitesides | University of Colorado, Denver
This book explores the history of science in American foreign relations since World War II. From atomic energy and space sciences to genetic engineering and global warming, Greg Whitesides demonstrates that the sciences were central to American diplomacy during and after the Cold War. • Provides an extensive treatment of science in American foreign relations from World War II to the present day • Addresses topics of popular interest, including the atomic bomb, Sputnik, healthcare, global warming, and intellectual property rights • Uses topical headlines so readers can easily access specific sections for reference American history after 1945 | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42044-0 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99
C
C
‘I Made Mistakes’
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 338pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41553-8 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99
Atlantic history
C
C
Henry Piers’s Continental Travels, 1595–1598 Edited by Brian MacCuarta SJ | Archivum Romanum Societatis Iesu, Rome
The text, published here for the first time, describes a journey in 1595 to Rome through the Low Countries, Germany, and Italy. As an eye-witness, the author Henry Piers offers fresh and individual insights on the Elizabethan Catholic diaspora in Rome and Spain during the turbulent decade of the 1590s. • A significant addition to religious autobiography and Elizabethan travel writing • Includes an encounter with the Inquisition, and a rare lay perspective on conversion to Catholicism • Offers fresh and individual insights on the Elizabethan Catholic diaspora in Rome and Spain during the turbulent decade of the 1590s History of Britain after 1450 | Camden Fifth Series, 54
October 2018 216 x 138 mm 250pp 978-1-108-49677-3 Hardback £44.99 / US$79.99
C
British History / European History
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Carolingian Catalonia
British Art and the First World War, 1914–1924
Politics, Culture, and Identity in an Imperial Province, 778–987 Cullen J. Chandler | Lycoming College, Pennsylvania
James Fox | University of Cambridge
The First World War is usually believed to have had a catastrophic effect on British art, killing artists and movements, and creating a mood of belligerent philistinism around the nation. In this book, however, James Fox paints a very different picture of artistic life in wartime Britain. • Transforms our understanding of the impact of the Great War on British art • Supported by a substantial number of colour and black and white illustrations • Focuses on a wide array of new subjects, drawing on a range of hitherto unstudied primary and archival sources 20C history of Britain | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare, 43
Using a range of evidence, Chandler addresses the political development of the Carolingian Spanish March as part of the Carolingian ‘experiment’. Tracing the region’s relationship with the monarchy over two centuries, he revises traditional views of ethnic motivations for action and prior interpretations of the constitutional birth of Catalonia. • Presents a general and analytical overview of the history of the Carolingian Spanish March • Revises traditional interpretations of the early political and constitutional history of Catalonia • Explores the concept of identity in the Early Middle Ages European history – 450 – 1000 | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 111
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 324pp 1 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-47464-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
February 2019 246 x 189 mm 257pp 23 b/w illus. 11 colour illus. 978-1-107-51371-6 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 P
The Tudor Occupation of Boulogne
Transactions of the Royal Historical Society
Conquest, Colonisation and Imperial Monarchy, 1544–1550 Neil Murphy | Northumbria University, Newcastle
Volume 28 Edited by Andrew Spicer | Oxford Brookes University
Transactions of the Royal Historical Society is an annual collection of major articles representing some of the best historical research by some of the world’s most distinguished historians. This collection is Volume 28 of the sixth series, and commemorates 150 years of Royal Historical Society publishing. • An annual collection of major articles that represents some of the best historical research by some of the world’s most distinguished historians • Covers a wide range of topics looking at both social and political contexts • This is volume 28 of the sixth series and commemorates 150 years of Royal Historical Society publishing History of Britain (general) | Royal Historical Society Transactions
November 2018 216 x 140 mm 296pp 978-1-108-48466-4 Hardback £40.00 / US$75.00
C
European history after 1450
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 314pp 4 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-47201-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
European History
C
TEXTBOOK
East and West in the Early Middle Ages The Merovingian Kingdoms in Mediterranean Perspective Edited by Stefan Esders | Freie Universität Berlin
Bringing together the scholarship of historians, archaeologists, art historians, and manuscript researchers, this volume analyses written accounts, archaeological findings, and artefacts to provide new perspectives on the Merovingian world’s connections with the Mediterranean, North Africa, and Spain. • Provides a broad interdisciplinary discussion of the relations between the Merovingian world and its neighbours • Utilises a range of methodological and disciplinary approaches featuring new fields of inquiry • Energises scholarly debate by adopting a wide view of regional history and presenting the Merovingian world as one part in a larger Mediterranean cultural community. European history – 450 – 1000
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-18715-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
In 1544, Henry VIII led the largest army then ever raised by an English monarch to invade France. Examining the consequences of this action alongside events in Ireland and Scotland, Neil Murphy highlights the need to revise our assumptions about key aspects of Tudor history in light of Henry’s actions at Boulogne. • Places the development of colonies in France within the wider development of the English Empire • Argues against claims that the English employed unique methods of violence against the Irish • Integrates the territories which came under English rule during the reign of Henry VIII into our knowledge of the centralising programme of the mid-Tudor monarchy
C
Women and Gender in Early Modern Europe Fourth edition Merry E. Wiesner-Hanks | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee
This new edition of Wiesner-Hanks’s prizewinning survey has been thoroughly updated with significant changes designed to reflect the newest scholarship in every chapter. Global issues have been threaded fully throughout the book. As the leading text on women and gender in Europe, this remains essential reading for all students. • A new edition of this prize-winning survey, updated to incorporate the newest scholarship throughout every chapter • Global issues are threaded more fully through the book, reflecting the permeability of Europe’s past borders • The book is accompanied by a revised website featuring extensive updated bibliographies, web links, and primary source material Contents: 1. Ideas and laws; Part I. Body: 2. The female life cycle; 3. Women’s economic role; Part II. Mind: 4. Learning and letters; 5. The creation of culture; Part III. Spirit: 6. Religion; 7. Witchcraft; 8. Gender and power; 9. Gender in the colonial world. European history after 1450 | New Approaches to European History, 41
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 390pp 978-1-108-49699-5 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-73935-1 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
X X
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
7
European History
HIGHLIGHT
8
HIGHLIGHT
The Fourth Reich
Empires of the Mind
The Specter of Nazism from World War II to the Present Gavriel D. Rosenfeld | Fairfield University, Connecticut
The Colonial Past and the Politics of the Present Robert Gildea | University of Oxford
Ever since the collapse of the Third Reich in 1945, anxieties have persisted about unrepentant Nazis returning to power and establishing a Fourth Reich. Gavriel D. Rosenfeld explores the nightmare of a future that never happened and what it tells us about postwar Western political, intellectual, and cultural life. • The first comprehensive history about how the idea of a Fourth Reich – the nightmare of a Nazi return to power – has shaped postwar Western life • Probes the question of whether a Fourth Reich has been an alarmist vision unlikely to be realized, or whether it ever could have been – or still could become – a reality • The arguments in the book are linked to today’s political landscape of surging right-wing politics 20C European history
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 398pp 45 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49749-7 Hardback £22.00 / US$29.95
G
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Ordinary Workers, Vichy and the Holocaust French Railwaymen and the Second World War Ludivine Broch | University of Westminster
Should French railwaymen during the Second World War be viewed as great resisters or collaborators in genocide? In this major new study of the complicity of the SNCF in the Holocaust, Ludivine Broch re-examines the complexities of resistance and collaboration, working-class identity and everyday life under Vichy. • Re-examines the histories of resistance and collaboration in Vichy France • Highlights the importance of working-class history and professional identity in the history of the Second World War • Uses a variety of sources in order to tell the stories of people who lived during the Second World War 20C European history | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare, 44
February 2019 229 x 152 mm c.300pp 22 b/w illus. 3 maps 2 tables 978-1-108-70574-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 C Also available 978-1-107-03956-8 Hardback £67.99 / US$105.00 C
Prize-winning historian Robert Gildea shows that how empires did not vanish after 1945 but were constantly reinvented as neo-colonialisms. He shows how postwar immigration from the former colonies provoked racism, segregation and exclusion in metropolitan Britain and France and how imperial nostalgia has bedevilled Britain’s relations with Europe. • The issues and conflicts of the contemporary world are viewed through the lens of colonialism • This book is a comparative study of France and Britain, but also references Belgium, the Netherlands, Portugal and the United States • Reveals the ‘colonial’ dimension of immigration, metropolitan reactions to it and its effect on contemporary feelings towards migrants 20C European history | The Wiles Lectures
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-15958-7 Hardback c. £20.00 / c. US$27.95
G
TEXTBOOK
A Concise History of Poland Third edition Jerzy Lukowski | University of Birmingham
Recent years have witnessed significant changes within Poland, Eastern Europe, and the wider world. This new edition reflects and examines the current issues facing a Poland which some would accuse of being out of touch with ‘European values’. • Offers comprehensive coverage of Poland’s troubled history, from its medieval Christian origins to the present day • A clear and accessible book designed for use by the student or traveller • Numerous illustrations and maps enhance the text and provide additional detail about Poland’s ever-changing boundaries Contents: List of illustrations and maps; Preface to the third edition; Preface to the second edition; Preface to the first edition; A note on Polish pronunciation; Chronology; Part I. Poland, to 1795: 1. Piast Poland, ?–1385; 2. Jagiellonian Poland, 1386–1572; 3. The Commonwealth of the two Nations, 1572–1795; Part II. Poland, after 1795: 4. Challenging the partitions, 1795–1864; 5. An era of transformation, 1864–1914; 6. Independence regained and lost, 1914–45; 7. Communism and the Cold War, 1945–89; 8. A New Republic, 1989–; Geneaological charts of Polish rulers; List of heads of state, presidents, Communist Party leaders (1918–2018); Bibliography; Index. Russian, East European history
January 2019 216 x 138 mm 504pp 60 b/w illus. 13 maps 978-1-108-42436-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-108-44012-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99 G
European History / History – Other Areas
TEXTBOOK
NEW IN PAPERBACK
A Concise History of Germany
Decolonisation and the Pacific
Third edition Mary Fulbrook | University College London
Indigenous Globalisation and the Ends of Empire Tracey Banivanua Mar | La Trobe University, Victoria
This third edition of Mary Fulbrook’s much-admired book provides a clear guide to German history from the early middle ages to the present day. Since the second edition in 2004, there have been significant changes in Germany, Europe and the wider world. This new edition captures these dramatic new developments. • Offers a new edition of Mary Fulbrook’s much-admired and wellestablished introduction to German history • Reflects recent developments in Germany, Europe and the wider world • Includes a fully revised and extended chapter on Germany since 1990, as well as a new preface to the third edition Contents: 1. Introduction: the German lands and people; 2. Mediaeval Germany; 3. The age of confessionalism, 1500–1648; 4. The age of absolutism, 1648–1815; 5. The age of industrialisation, 1815–1918; 6. Democracy and dictatorship, 1918–45; 7. The two Germanies, 1945–90; 8. The Federal Republic of Germany since 1990; 9. Patterns and problems of German history. European history (general) | Cambridge Concise Histories
December 2018 216 x 138 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41837-9 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-108-40708-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$25.99
X X
History – Other Areas
20C history (general) | Critical Perspectives on Empire
February 2019 229 x 152 mm 277pp 978-1-108-70578-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-03759-5 Hardback £67.99 / US$105.00
C C
War and Childhood in the Era of the Two World Wars Edited by Mischa Honeck | German Historical Institute, Washington DC
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Cambridge History of Magic and Witchcraft in the West From Antiquity to the Present Edited by David J. Collins, S. J. | Georgetown University, Washington DC
This book plots out the history of how magic has been understood and has changed in the West from antiquity to the present day. Its chronological scope extends from the Ancient Near East to twenty-first-century North America. • Contains twenty chapters by twenty eminent specialists from a variety of disciplines • Offers careful consideration of distinctively ‘European’ developments in light of different developments in the Greek, Jewish, and Muslim societies of the Mediterranean • Examines how the dynamics of colonization and decolonization affected magical thought and practices among both colonizers and colonized History (general) before 1500
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 810pp 66 b/w illus. 978-1-108-70307-9 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99 Also available 978-0-521-19418-1 Hardback £130.00 / US$173.00
An account charting the winds of decolonisation as they blew into the oceanic world of the Pacific, Australia and New Zealand. Tracey Banivanua Mar examines how Indigenous peoples responded to the overlooked limits of decolonisation in the region, shedding new light on the shaping forces of twentieth-century global history. • Presents the story of the paths, networks and circuits of decolonisation that produced the postcolonial Pacific • Places Indigenous peoples and the globalisation of their localised concerns at the centre of the story of the ends of empire • Gives balance to the dominance of Asian and African narratives in decolonisation scholarship
R R
Written for scholars and the general public alike, this volume takes a global look at how modern societies imagined childhood as a space of sheltered existence, while at the same time mobilizing their children to help fight their wars and turning them into both victims and actors in the twentieth century’s greatest conflicts. • Maintains an interdisciplinary and global perspective • Enriches our understanding of the effects of war on society and the ways civilians responded to war by portraying children as both victims and actors • Connects issues related to children and childhood over a key halfcentury of global history 20C history (general) | Publications of the German Historical Institute
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 18 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47853-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99
C
Feeding the World Brazil’s Transformation into a Modern Agricultural Economy Herbert S. Klein | Stanford University, California
Since 1960, Brazil has become a major producer of agricultural products and one of the most important agricultural exporters in the world. Feeding the World provides a detailed account of this transformation, drawing heavily on historical and economic social science research. • Details the rise of Brazil as a New World agricultural producer • Provides historical understanding to a major change in the Brazilian economy • Draws on extensive historical and economic research to explain Brazil’s impact on the world food economy Latin American history
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 21 b/w illus. 61 maps 106 tables 978-1-108-47309-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$94.99 P 978-1-108-46097-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99 P
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
9
History – Other Areas
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Race for Education
A Concise History of Mexico
Gender, White Tone, and Schooling in South Africa Mark Hunter | University of Toronto
Third edition Brian R. Hamnett | University of Essex
10
This concise history provides a broad thematic history of Mexico from political, economic, and cultural perspectives. In this third edition, Hamnett adds new material on changes in the twentyfirst century, including the Mexican drug war between government officials and gangs, and the immigration and border crises within the United States. • Provides a comprehensive look at Mexico’s changes over time from the pre-Columbian era to the present day, with new material on the twenty-first century • New illustrations in the third edition help to deepen an understanding of the text • Designed to influence decision-making and policymaking Latin American history | Cambridge Concise Histories
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 51 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-107-17458-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-316-62661-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 P
The Value of Disorder Autonomy, Prosperity and Plunder in the Chadian Sahara Julien Brachet | Universite Paris I Pantheon-Sorbonne
Based on long-term research in an area long closed to researchers, this book provides an internal account of trans-border connectivity, armed conflict, labour and gender relations, and aspirations to political autonomy in northern Chad. It sheds light on current Saharan political developments, and adds a new perspective to Saharan studies. • Provides original research on an area that is little known, but hotly contested • Challenges some of the main assumptions of the social sciences, about the nature of exchange, wealth creation, violent conflict and political order • Thematically organised, this book provides vivid historical and ethnographic accounts, and contains original maps and illustrations African history | African Studies, 147
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 373pp 26 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-108-42833-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C
African history | The International African Library, 60
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-48052-9 Hardback £61.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-72763-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99
P P
Tea Environments and Plantation Culture Imperial Disarray in Eastern India Arnab Dey | State University of New York, Binghamton
This book showcases the history of commodity production in the British Empire and its impact on the natural and human worlds. Focused on the tea plantation economy of east India, it highlights the ecological consequences, legal workings, and labor conditions of this early form of global capital and monopoly trade. • Provides a new perspective on the local history of a global commodity • Highlights unseen aspects of labor exploitation in plantation systems and the human costs of imperial commerce • Exposes the impact of commodity production on biodiversity, ecologies, and human lives South Asian history
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 238pp 16 b/w illus. 2 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-47130-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
India’s Revolutionary Inheritance Politics and the Promise of Bhagat Singh Chris Moffat | Queen Mary University of London
Radio Soundings South Africa and the Black Modern Liz Gunner | University of Johannesburg
How did Zulu Radio in apartheid South Africa, intended to stifle debate, become one of the largest stations in Africa? Gunner maps the fashioning of a modernising Black culture through radio and highlights links between these media figures with writers and political leaders from Harlem to the American South. • Maps out a new field of literary and media history in Africa • Demonstrates radio’s role in linking progressive forces across the Black Atlantic, Britain and post-colonial Africa • Sheds light on how radio became part of a modernizing popular culture cutting through apartheid repression
This innovative account of revolutionary thought in South Asia explores the long-term legacies of militant violence and the politics of commemoration in a post-colonial context. Asking how anti-colonial martyrs have come to ‘haunt’ the independent state, Chris Moffat provides an exciting new window into contemporary Indian politics. • Presents the first critical study of the multifarious afterlives of iconic anti-colonial revolutionary Bhagat Singh • Proposes a new framework for understanding the relationship between anti-colonial histories and post-colonial politics in the modern world • Foregrounds the importance of martyrdom, myth and memory in the global history of revolutionary politics South Asian history
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 325pp 33 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49690-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
African history | The International African Library, 59
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-108-47064-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
By focusing on families and schools in Durban, Hunter provides an original lens into South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy. In this vivid account of the marketiszation of schooling, he reveals how skin colour has retained value in schools. • Sheds new light on the prevailing role that race has in South Africa’s education system • Offers a comprehensive understanding of schooling marketiszation • Provides an new original historically-rooted understanding ethnography of education in South Africa and the country’s transition from apartheid
C
C
History – Other Areas
An Environmental History of India From Earliest Times to the Twenty-First Century Michael H. Fisher | Oberlin College, Ohio
India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh are among the nations most subject to climatic stresses. By surveying their environmental history, we can gain major insights into the causes and implications of the Indian subcontinent’s current conditions, especially the complex interactions among its people, other living creatures, and the physical world. • Surveys the environmental history of India from continental drift to the present • Brings together the interdisciplinary fields of history, environmental studies and South Asian studies • Integrates discussion of post-independence India, Pakistan and Bangladesh
Japan’s Carnival War Mass Culture on the Home Front, 1937–1945 Benjamin Uchiyama | University of Southern California
This cultural history of the Japanese home front during the Asia-Pacific War challenges ideas of the period as one of unrelenting repression. Uchiyama demonstrates that ‘carnival war’ coexisted with the demands of total war to promote consumerist desire alongside sacrifice and fantasy alongside nightmare, helping mobilize the war effort. • Provides a fresh glimpse into Japanese mass culture during the war years beyond well-known government propaganda • Examines familiar but under-studied tropes of wartime Japan, such as the kamikaze pilot and the soldier • Explores the Japanese home front experience in World War II East Asian history
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 296pp 27 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18674-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
South Asian history | New Approaches to Asian History
Borderland Memories
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 312pp 14 b/w illus. 20 maps 978-1-107-11162-2 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-52910-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P
Searching for Historical Identity in Post-Mao China Martin T. Fromm | Worcester State University
Qing Travelers to the Far West Diplomacy and the Information Order in Late Imperial China Jenny Huangfu Day | Skidmore College, New York
This is the first English-language study of China’s first travelers, envoys and diplomats to Europe and the United States. This fundamentally new interpretation of the Qing reveals how SinoWestern engagements transformed literary traditions, diplomatic institutions, networks of communications and intellectual orientations. • Demonstrates how perspectives from literature, communication studies, intellectual history, and cultural history can inform the study of diplomacy and information order • Examines the period between the Opium Wars and the Sino-Japanese War to provide a fresh explanation for the explosion of interest in foreign policy, international affairs, and institutional reform after 1895 • Proposes a new narrative of Sino-Western relationships in the late Qing through the personal stories of travelers to the West East Asian history
December 2018 228 x 152 mm c.292pp 12 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47132-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
Animals through Chinese History Earliest Times to 1911 Edited by Dagmar Schäfer | Max-Planck-Institut für Wissenschaftsgeschichte, Berlin
This volume opens a door into the rich history of animals in China. Drawing on an extensive array of primary sources, the essays explore not only developments in the human-animal relationship but the ways in which the Chinese have thought about the world with and through animals. This title is also available as Open Access. • These essays move beyond the issue of animal symbolism, instead placing animals in the context of evolving knowledge paradigms • Takes a longue durée view rather than focusing on a particular historical period • Based on hitherto unstudied materials from China • This title is also available as Open Access
C
In the 1980s, a Chinese state-sponsored oral history project led to the publication of local, regional, and national histories. These histories are the basis of this innovative study of ideology formation and political mobilization, post-Cultural Revolution reconciliation, and the recovery of borderland identities in early post-Mao China. • Examines the recovery of borderland histories and identities as central to post-Mao nation-state building • Traces the People’s Republic of China’s history across 1978 and the Cultural Revolution divides • Uncovers the flexible, collaborative nature of post-Mao ideology as a negotiation between party and non-party individuals and organizations East Asian history | Cambridge Studies in the History of the People’s Republic of China
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 298pp 978-1-108-47592-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Iranian Masculinities Gender and Sexuality in Late Qajar and Early Pahlavi Iran Sivan Balslev | Hebrew University of Jerusalem
This unique study spotlights the role of masculinity in Iranian history by examining how men under the reign of Reza Shah dressed, acted, spoke, and thought differently from when under Qajar rule. Balslev finds that the notion of what made a ‘proper Iranian man’ shifted with changes in wider Iranian society. • An in-depth exploration of the role masculinity played in Iranian history • Re-examines nationalism, modernisation and westernisation in Iran, through this lens of masculinity • Draws on a wide variety of sources, including visual sources Middle East history
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 333pp 44 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47063-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
East Asian history
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 284pp 21 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42815-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
11
History – Other Areas / History – Cross Discipline
12
The Rise of the Egyptian Middle Class
Revolution and its Discontents
Socio-economic Mobility and Public Discontent from Nasser to Sadat Relli Shechter | Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel
Political Thought and Reform in Iran Eskandar Sadeghi-Boroujerdi | University of Oxford
The Middle Eastern oil boom during the 1970s–80s led to swift economic growth and increased socio-economic mobility in Egypt. Here, Relli Shechter offers a local version of a wider Middle Eastern and international story: the global formation of middle-class societies, whose members strove for respectable lives with only partial success. • Presents a revisionist explanation of the fast expansion of the Egyptian middle class • Uses Egypt as a case study to document broader and global social and economic change • Examines statistical evidence, as well as accounting for how public commentators explained contemporary transitions Middle East history
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47448-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Islamic Law of the Sea Freedom of Navigation and Passage Rights in Islamic Thought Hassan S. Khalilieh | University of Haifa, Israel
In this pioneering research, Hassan S. Khalilieh sheds light on the often ignored Islamic law of the sea, and customary practices that were influential in the development of many of the fundamental principles of the pre-modern international law governing the legal status of the high seas and the territorial sea. • Approaches the subject of Islamic international law from the maritime perspective • Focusses on three legal themes: the territorial sea, the high seas, and maritime piracy • Cites Qur’anic verses, prophetic traditions, and the 630 CE Treaty in the original Arabic Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 maps 978-1-108-48145-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Law and Politics under the Abbasids
Middle East history | The Global Middle East
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 452pp 1 table 978-1-108-42634-3 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00
C
History – Cross Discipline Vernacular Medicine in Colonial India Family, Market and Homoeopathy Shinjini Das | University of Oxford
Combining insights from the history of colonial medicine and the cultural histories of family in British India, Shinjini Das examines the processes through which Western homeopathy was re-interpreted in the colony as a specific Hindu worldview, an economic vision and a disciplining regimen. • Broadens the history of colonial medicine in India beyond studies of British state medicine and studies of Indian traditional medicine, such as Ayurveda • Foregrounds the role of family as both producer and consumer in the history of colonial medicine • Based on both official archival sources and Indian language vernacular sources History of medicine
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42062-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
An Intellectual Portrait of al-Juwayni Sohaira Z. M. Siddiqui | Georgetown University, Qatar
Abu Ma’ali al-Juwayni (d.478/1085) is a lauded figure in Islamic intellectual history but his thought remains underexplored. Living during a politically precarious period, he became preoccupied with questions of religious certainty and continuity. Siddiqui reveals the dynamism of his thinking on the relationship between theology, law and politics. • Adopts an interdisciplinary approach to Islamic studies, revealing connections between theology, law and politics • Challenges the notion of al-Juwayni being a prototypical Ash’ari theologian and Shafi’i jurist • Shows that Islamic political thought was not solely focused on the power of the imam • Provides a new way for conceptualizing the Shari’a in varying social and political circumstances Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-108-49678-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Starting with the end of the Iran-Iraq War in August 1988 and the death of Ayatollah Khomeini in 1989, Sadeghi-Boroujerdi looks at the rise and evolution of reformist thought in Iran and how it came to rethink the nature of political and religious authority under the Islamic Republic. • Presents an in-depth intellectual history of Iran’s reform movement • Highlights Muslim thinkers’ contributions to political and theological debates in modern Iran • Connects Iran’s intellectual history to the wider intellectual debates of the global Cold War
C
C
TEXTBOOK
Technology and Society A World History Andrew Ede | University of Alberta
Technology and Society: A World History, ranging from the age of stone tools to the digital revolution, offers an introduction to the history of technology for students in history programs; science, technology and society (STS) programs; and engineering-humanities courses. It will also appeal to history or social studies teachers as a resource. • Technology is presented as a system, not as a series of objects • Readers gain an appreciation of the historical importance of both intellectual ability and community action • Integrates discussion of a range of philosophical and historiographical positions with common historical conditions of change Contents: 1. Introduction: thinking about technology; 2. Technology and our ancient ancestors; 3. Origins of civilizations; 4. The Eastern age; 5. The Mediterranean world to the Islamic Renaissance; 6. The European agrarian revolution and the proto-industrial revolution; 7. The Industrial Revolution and the rise of European power; 8. The Atlantic era I; 9. Domestic
History – Cross Discipline
technology: bringing new technology to the people; 10. The second Industrial Revolution and globalization; 11. The digital age; 12. Conclusion: technological challenges; References; Index. History of science and technology
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42560-5 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-108-44108-7 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99
X X
Science and the State From the Scientific Revolution to World War II John Gascoigne | University of New South Wales, Sydney
This is the first accessible historical overview of the partnership between science and the state from the Scientific Revolution to World War II. Covering developments over five centuries and synthesising a range of approaches, John Gascoigne examines the evolution of the relationship between modern science and the modern state. • Provides the first accessible overview of a major theme in the history of science • Introduces major interpretive approaches to the social history of science • Incorporates insights from history, the history of science and political theory
Command The Twenty-First-Century General Anthony King | University of Warwick
A history of modern military command, from the individualist, heroic generals of the twentieth century to the highly-professionalised command teams of the twenty-first. Profiling prominent contemporary generals and their staffs, King vividly analyses divisional headquarters, giving a unique insight into the transformation of military command. • Includes interviews with some of the most prominent generals of the current era (e.g. James Mattis, David Petraeus, Nick Carter) • Contains a highly original and detailed ethnography of the divisional headquarters, based on extensive fieldwork • Includes historical research back to the First World War of both counter-insurgency and conventional operations • Presents international comparisons of the major western powers (France, Germany, UK and US) Military history
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 380pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47640-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-70027-6 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99 HIGHLIGHT
History of science and technology | New Approaches to the History of Science and Medicine
Fighting the People’s War
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-107-15567-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 978-1-316-60938-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99
The British and Commonwealth Armies and the Second World War Jonathan Fennell | King’s College London
P P
German Science in the Age of Empire Enterprise, Opportunity and the Schlagintweit Brothers Moritz von Brescius | Universität Konstanz, Germany
A study of German scientists who travelled to other nations’ empires to observe, record, and collect rich materials that shaped European views of the East. This lavishly illustrated book provides a gripping account of trans-cultural overseas exploration, colonial science, and Anglo-German cooperation and conflicts in the nineteenth century. • Combines European and indigenous perspectives and agency in colonial exploration • The book is based on sources written in eight languages, from seven countries, and collected from more than fifty museums and archives • This lavishly illustrated book includes more than thirty-five colour figures History of science and technology | Science in History
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 426pp 50 colour illus. 978-1-108-42732-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
P P
Jonathan Fennell captures for the first time the true wartime experience of the ordinary soldiers from across the empire who made up the British and Commonwealth armies. He analyses why the great battles were won and lost and how the men that fought went on to change the world. • Integrates the military, political and social histories of Britain, Australia, Canada, India, New Zealand and South Africa • Uses 925 censorship reports based on 17 million soldiers’ letters to shed new light on their experiences, performance and political beliefs • Provides new explanations for the performance of the British and Commonwealth armies in campaigns, including the crises of 1940–42, Cassino, D-Day and Normandy • The first comprehensive history of the British and Commonwealth armies in the Second World War Military history | Armies of the Second World War
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 848pp 42 b/w illus. 38 maps 21 tables 978-1-107-03095-4 Hardback £25.00 / US$34.95 G
Painting War C
A History of Australia’s First World War Art Scheme Margaret Hutchison | Australian Catholic University, Brisbane
Richly illustrated, Painting War is the first book to examine in depth the genesis of one of Australia’s most enduring forms of commemoration. It provides an important understanding of the individuals, institutions and the politics behind the war art scheme that helped shape a national memory of the First World War for Australia. • Introduces readers to a commonly overlooked aspect of the First World War • Details the often unseen political influences that helped shape a national memory of the First World War • Includes rich examples of the artworks produced with four full-colour plate sections Military history | Australian Army History Series
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 316pp 64 colour illus. 978-1-108-47150-3 Hardback £44.99 / US$64.99
G
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
13
History – Cross Discipline
NEW IN PAPERBACK
14
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Battle of Jutland
How the War Was Won
John Brooks
Air-Sea Power and Allied Victory in World War II Phillips Payson O’Brien | University of St Andrews, Scotland
The Battle of Jutland, fought between the British and German fleets in 1916, was the greatest naval engagement of the First World War. John Brooks presents a full account of the Battle, based on contemporary sources, which offers challenging new interpretations of the action and of its technologies, tactics and leadership. • A definitive new history of the Battle of Jutland based on contemporary sources, giving an authentic account derived from the reports of those who were present • Analyses the key technologies critical to the Battle’s outcome, explained for the non-technical reader • Presents a concise survey of the building of the battlefleets that fought at Jutland Military history | Cambridge Military Histories
February 2019 229 x 152 mm 595pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 143 tables 978-1-316-60450-2 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$37.99 C Also available 978-1-107-15014-0 Hardback £36.99 / US$49.99 C
Revolutionary France’s War of Conquest in the Rhineland
Military history | Cambridge Military Histories
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 654pp 100 b/w illus. 8 maps 33 tables 978-1-108-71689-5 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$39.99 G Also available 978-1-107-01475-6 Hardback £25.99 / US$35.99 G
Britain’s Pacification of Palestine
Conquering the Natural Frontier, 1792-1797 Jordan R. Hayworth | United States Air Command and General Staff College, Alabama
What for revolutionary France started as a war for liberty in the Rhineland became a war for conquest. Jordan R. Hayworth shows how French foreign policy and military strategy became influenced by the idea of attaining the natural frontiers, causing much confusion in the war and helping undermine France’s democratic experiment. • Shows that the military effectiveness of the French Revolution’s citizen armies has often been exaggerated by examining French campaigns and occupation policy in the Rhineland • Sheds new light on the influence of the natural frontiers doctrine in transforming revolutionary France’s war for liberty in the Rhineland into a war for conquest • Brings together themes and issues that are often analyzed separately, in particular the role of the war of conquest in upsetting France’s democratic experiment Military history | Cambridge Military Histories
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 368pp 1 map 978-1-108-49745-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
This book challenges the view that World War II was decided by land battles. It argues that victory was due to the production and allocation of American and British air and sea weaponry that was used to destroy over half of the Axis’s equipment before it reached the battlefield. • Transforms our understanding of the war by showing that the Second World War was not won on the battlefield but in the air, on the seas and in the factories • Reveals that the Eastern Front (and the entire land war) was less important than historians have argued and that Anglo-American air and sea power were considerably more important • Shows how controlling mobility is more important than overwhelming firepower in military success
C
The British Army, the Colonial State, and the Arab Revolt, 1936–1939 Matthew Hughes | Brunel University
More than just a military history of Britain’s suppression of the Arab revolt in Palestine, this is a dissection of how the British empire worked to supress dissent and how subject peoples resisted colonial rule. • Will appeal to those who need a full history of the Palestinian insurgents and the counter-insurgency arrayed against them • New regimental archival material provides new perspectives on the Arab revolt • Contextualises the pacification of Palestine in the 1930s to the British colonial emergency state and other imperial pacification operations Military history | Cambridge Military Histories
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 516pp 17 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-10320-7 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99
P
Coalition Strategy and the End of the First World War The Supreme War Council and War Planning, 1917–1918 Meighen McCrae | Australian National University, Canberra
Allied political and military leadership had been planning for, and expecting, the First World War to continue into 1919. In this exploration of Allied war plans for 1918–19, Meighen McCrae uncovers how the Supreme War Council became a successful mechanism for coalition war. • Argues that the Supreme War Council was a successful mechanism for coalition war • Offers new insights into the central role of the United States in the Allied war effort • Contends that there was an Allied strategy, as opposed to just national strategies, that was based on the interdependent nature of the theatres of war Military history | Cambridge Military Histories
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 297pp 1 b/w illus. 4 maps 7 tables 978-1-108-47530-3 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$39.99 P
History – Cross Discipline
The Veterans’ Tale
The Price of Bread
British Military Memoirs of the Second World War Frances Houghton | University of Manchester
Regulating the Market in the Dutch Republic Jan de Vries | University of California, Berkeley
Reveals how veteran memoirs serve as rich repositories of information about the ways in which former servicemen remembered, understood, and recounted the Second World War, shedding new light on experiences of battle and the veteran’s sense of wartime self, as well as the emotional meanings war memoirists attached to their narratives. • Explains how Second World War veterans remembered, interpreted, and told their wartime experiences • Examines military memoirs as a tool to review wartime experience • Positions veteran memoirs as the guardians of memories of the Second World War, through which the writers actively sought to contest ‘erroneous’ representations of the war
How to maintain fair market relations, a major contemporary concern, is addressed in this study of the regulation of bread prices. The humble loaf serves as a prism through which to explore major developments in early modern European society and how public market regulation affected private economic life. • Contributes to the modern debate about the effects of regulatory policy on the efficiency and fairness of market economies • Reveals how the Dutch Republic employed market regulations to control prices and its taxation policy within a capitalist system • Proposes that a ‘wheat bread revolution’ took place in Western Europe that transformed the cost of living in ways that were until now unexplored
Military history | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 312pp 978-1-108-49691-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
Economic history | Cambridge Studies in Economic History – Second Series
C
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 508pp 59 b/w illus. 3 maps 106 tables 978-1-108-47638-6 Hardback £34.99 / US$44.99 P
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Origins of Globalization
The First World War and German National Identity
World Trade in the Making of the Global Economy, 1500–1800 Pim de Zwart | Wageningen Universiteit, The Netherlands
The Dual Alliance at War Jan Vermeiren | University of East Anglia
An innovative study of the coalition between Imperial Germany and Austria-Hungary during the First World War. Focusing primarily on the social and cultural dimension of the relationship, Jan Vermeiren examines the special relationship between Berlin and Vienna and investigates the impact of the wartime alliance on German national identity. • Comprehensive study of the alliance between Imperial Germany and Austria-Hungary during the First World War, focusing not just on military and diplomatic history, but also on the social and cultural dimension • Provides a reassessment of German war ideology and nationalism, enhancing understanding of the war’s significance, and defeat, for German history and identity • Offers an in-depth survey of the special relationship between Berlin and Vienna, relating this to questions of national identity Military history | Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare, 47
February 2019 229 x 152 mm c.457pp 978-1-108-70577-6 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-03167-8 Hardback £78.99 / US$120.00
C C
The Lion’s Share Inequality and the Rise of the Fiscal State in Preindustrial Europe Guido Alfani | Università Commerciale Luigi Bocconi, Milan
This is the most in-depth analysis of inequality and social polarization ever attempted for a preindustrial society. It connects the rise of the fiscal-military state to increases in economic inequality in the early modern period, while also adding to contemporary debates about the disparity of wealth. • Proposes a new theory about the main reasons behind inequality growth in the early modern period • Is the first systematic analysis of the prevalence of rich and poor in preindustrial societies • Offers a model study of inequality in a preindustrial society that could be replicated for other European areas
In recent times, the rapid growth of international economic exchange has changed our lives. But when did this process of globalization begin? Pim de Zwart and Jan Luiten van Zanden show that it began in the early modern era, as the effects of global trade shaped demographic, economic, social and political developments worldwide. • A major contribution to debates about the origins of globalization • Presents the most up-to-date quantitative data on trade and economic development in the early modern world • Discusses the developments related to both global trade and colonialism Economic history | New Approaches to Economic and Social History
September 2018 228 x 152 mm 354pp 33 b/w illus. 9 maps 15 tables 978-1-108-42699-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 P 978-1-108-44713-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P
The Right to Dress Sumptuary Laws in a Global Perspective, c.1200–1800 Edited by Giorgio Riello | University of Warwick
The regulation of dress had a profound effect on global consumption and the shaping of the modern world. Leading scholars reveal why items of dress became aspirational goods, how they were lobbied for and marketed, and how people asserted their right to choose how they dressed as a ‘human right’. • Offers a new view of social change and the history of human rights by focusing on the regulation of dress in history • Challenges the current view that ordinary people before 1800 were uninterested in expressing identity through clothing • Includes more than fifty illustrations, vividly bringing to life a much neglected field of inquiry Global history
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 540pp 58 b/w illus. 1 map 1 table 978-1-108-47591-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C
Economic history | Cambridge Studies in Economic History – Second Series
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-108-47621-8 Hardback c. £31.99 / c. US$39.99
P
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
15
History – Cross Discipline
Unearthly Powers
Transportation, Deportation and Exile
Religious and Political Change in World History Alan Strathern | University of Oxford
Perspectives from the Colonies in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries Edited by Christian G. De Vito | University of Leicester
Using examples from Rome to Tahiti, Strathern sets out a new way of thinking about religion and its changing relationship with political authority throughout history. Exploring phenomena including sacred kingship, conversion, and the rise of the world religions, this is a major intervention in our understanding of the pre-modern world. • Provides a new theoretical understanding of religious change and its relationship with politics • A rich interdisciplinary analysis drawing on history, anthropology, historical sociology and religious studies • Provides examples from all regions and periods of pre-modern world history Global history
16
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 408pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47714-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-108-70195-2 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
The ten contributions to this volume provide a new perspective on the history of convicts and penal colonies, demonstrating that the nineteenth and twentieth centuries were a critical period in the reconfiguration of empires, imperial governmentality and punishment, including through extensive punitive relocation and associated extractive labour. • Provides a new perspective on the history of convicts and penal colonies • Gives a global context, ranging across Africa, Asia, the Americas and Europe • Offers a perspective that transforms accepted narratives of the history of empire and the history of punishment Social, population history | International Review of Social History Supplements, 26
P P
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 234pp 978-1-108-72761-7 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99
C
Securing Europe after Napoleon
A Concise History of History
1815 and the New European Security Culture Beatrice de Graaf | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands
Global Historiography from Antiquity to the Present Daniel Woolf | Queen’s University, Ontario
This volume by a team of leading historians and scholars of international relations reveals the political and cultural transformations that took place in Europe in and after 1815, and contributes to debates within international relations about security, securitisation and security culture. • Presents new research into the post-1815 Vienna order in Europe by a team of leading scholars • Sets out a new approach to international history that examines a wider range of multilateral institutions and historical actors, as well as integrating networks and ideas • Applies new concepts from international relations and security studies to history
This short history of history is an ideal introduction for courses on the historian’s craft, historical theory and method, and historiography. It spans the earliest known forms of historical writing in the ancient near East right through to the present and covers developments in Europe, Asia, Africa and the Americas. • Presents a global view of the major themes, and the most prominent thinkers and historians from the history of historical writing • Includes sample questions at the end of each chapter to allow instructors to initiate class discussions and assign students with topics to consider further • Written by a leading figure in the field, this will be invaluable to those students and instructors looking for a global historiographical focus
TEXTBOOK
Diplomatic, international history
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 315pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42822-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
West Germany and Israel Foreign Relations, Domestic Politics, and the Cold War, 1965–1974 Carole Fink | Ohio State University
Historical theory, historical method and historiography | Cambridge Concise Histories
By the late 1960s, West Germany and Israel were two countries moving in almost opposite diplomatic directions. Using newly-available sources, Carole Fink re-examines the establishment of formal diplomatic ties between West Germany and Israel and the political and historical backdrop that shaped these two countries’ fraught relationship. • By examining the leading decision-makers in both countries, it clarifies how political clashes occurred but also how bilateral difficulties were overcome • Based upon new documentary material from both West Germany and Israel, as well as archival records from Britain, France, the United States, and Russia • Sets the foreign-policy decisions and domestic politics of the two countries in a global context Diplomatic, international history
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-07545-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-42828-7 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$32.99
Contents: Introduction; 1. The earliest forms of historical writing; 2. History in Eurasia to the mid-fifteenth century; 3. The sense of the past, 1450–1700; 4. Enlightenment, revolution and reaction, c.1700–1830; 5. Disciplining the past: professionalization, imperialism and science, 1830–1945; 6. Transitions: historical writing from the inter-war period to the present; 7. Where do we go from here? Reflections, new directions and prognostications
C C
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 334pp 978-1-108-42619-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-44485-9 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
X X
History – Cross Discipline / American Literature
American Literature
The Cambridge Companion to Isaiah Berlin Edited by Joshua L. Cherniss | Georgetown University, Washington DC
This volume highlights Berlin’s significance to contemporary readers, regarding not only liberty and liberalism, the Enlightenment and Romanticism, and pluralism, but also political theory, history, and the social sciences. Berlin’s writings remain indispensable for showing how great political and ethical ideas have shaped contemporary history. • Provides a comprehensive overview of the work and importance of Isaiah Berlin, including the full range of ideas and themes that motivated his work • Brings together essays about Berlin by leading political theorists and historians, offering a range of perspectives • Offers both appreciative and critical perspectives on Berlin’s body of work, showing not only its relation to Berlin’s own time but his enduring importance for ours History of ideas and intellectual history | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-13850-6 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50305-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99
P G
Parliament the Mirror of the Nation Representation, Deliberation, and Democracy in Victorian Britain Gregory Conti | Princeton University, New Jersey
How did the Victorian era – the epoch when the modern democratic state was made – understand democracy, parliamentary representation, and diversity? Here, Gregory Conti examines how the Victorians conceived the representative and deliberative functions of the House of Commons and what it meant for parliament to be the ‘mirror of the nation’. • Produces a new history of British political thought during one of the most critical periods of modernity: the transition from elite parliamentarism to mass democracy • Offers the first theoretical reconstruction and analysis of the British movement for proportional representation • Provides a new window on the concept of ‘representation’ and the relationship between democracy, diversity, deliberation, and liberalism History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 119
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-108-42873-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
C
Utilitarianism in the Age of Enlightenment
A History of African American Poetry Lauri Ramey | Hunan Normal University, China
This is the only critical history of African American poetry from its origins to the present. African American poetry is as old as America and a touchstone of American identity, but is often overlooked. This is the only book providing an overview of this genre from spirituals to hip-hop. • Presents the first critical history of the 400 year old genre of African American poetry • Provides analyses of canonical African American poets, alongside some lesser known writers • Establishes African American poetry as a defining contributing influence in American literature and culture American literature
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03547-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
A Question of Time American Literature from Colonial Encounter to Contemporary Fiction Edited by Cindy Weinstein | California Institute of Technology
Drawing on examples from the colonial era to the contemporary, many of the finest critics working today explore time in American writing. The methodological, generic, and temporal breadth of the essays illuminates how time as a theme is woven into the fabric of American literature. • Shows patterns as well as differences in temporal repreresentation from the eighteenth to twenty-first centuries • Demonstrates how different methodologies – taken from many fields – illuminate the issue of time • Shows how temporality is embedded in different ways across genres American literature
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42288-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
The Cambridge Companion to Richard Wright Edited by Glenda R. Carpio | Harvard University, Massachusetts
The Moral and Political Thought of William Paley Niall O’Flaherty | King’s College London
Charts the evolution of ‘theological utilitarianism’, one of the most influential traditions in eighteenthcentury Anglophone moral and political thought, and addresses the contested issue of whether there was an ‘English Enlightenment’, through the life and thought of moral philosopher and clergyman, William Paley (1743–1805). • The first book-length treatment of an immensely influential tradition in moral philosophy • Offers a case study of mainstream social, political and religious thought in a momentous period in British and European history • Proposes a new view of the intellectual culture of the Enlightenment
This Companion will be used in undergraduate and graduate courses on African American Studies and American Literature. It will appeal to those wishing to examine black literature in relationship to a variety of disciplines – psychology, political science, sociology, philosophy – and anyone interested in the relationship between art and social change. • Provides a broad account of Wright’s oeuvre but also attends to topics, texts, and archival records that have not been previously discussed • Discusses Wright’s seminal position in twentieth-century African American and Afro-diasporic literature • Offers accounts of Wright’s artistic innovation and shows its connection to his political vision American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-47517-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-46923-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
P G
History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 118
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47447-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
17
American Literature / English Literature
English Literature
The Cambridge Companion to Boxing Edited by Gerald Early | Washington University, St Louis
18
This book offers engaging and informative essays about the social impact and historical importance of the sport of boxing. It will be of interest to students, scholars, and general readers interested boxing. It will also be of interest to students and scholars of American studies and popular culture more generally. • Offers a comprehensive overview of the sport without excessively scholarly apparatus • Contains essays which place boxing in larger social and historical contexts • The essays stand alone and each can be read without reference to the others American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 396pp 978-1-107-05801-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-63120-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99
P P
Counterfeit Culture Truth and Authenticity in the American Prose Epic since 1960 Rob Turner | University of Exeter
Counterfeit Culture explores the possibility of writing epic in an age of alternative facts. It addresses the relationship between the American epic and postmodernism. This book is for graduates and researchers working on post World War II American literature. • Brings literary-critical context to the current debate surrounding inauthenticity and ‘alternative facts’ in American culture and public life • Draws upon neglected texts, including the longest novel in American literature (Marguerite Young’s Miss MacIntosh, My Darling, 1965), alongside more canonical works • Extends the exploration of national epic in the Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture series into the contemporary era American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 181
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 4 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42848-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Timothy Clark | University of Durham
This book offers a brief, incisive and accessible overview of the fastchanging field of environmental literary criticism in a bewildering age of global environmental threat. It will be a key resource for students, graduates and scholars working in the area of literature and the environment. • Provides an overview of the current state of the fast-changing field of ecocriticism • Exemplifies the different approaches to ecocriticisms through readings of specific texts • Discusses the weaknesses as well as the strength of ecocriticism Literary theory
January 2019 216 x 138 mm 150pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-09529-8 Hardback £41.99 / US$52.99 978-1-107-47924-1 Paperback £13.99 / US$17.99
P P
The Concept of Nature in Early Modern English Literature Peter Remien | Lewis-Clark State College, Idaho
This book focuses on Kenelm Digby’s development of ‘the oeconomy of nature’ in the seventeenth century and how this concept influences the literature of Jonson, Marvell, Herbert, and Milton. It is for graduate students and researchers working in the field of early modern English literature and literature and the environment. • Explores the relationship between literature and nature in the early modern period • Evaluates important but understudied figures alongside canonical writers • Expands the history of ecology into the seventeenth century Literary theory
C
The New Jewish American Literary Studies
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 244pp 978-1-108-49681-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
After Said
Edited by Victoria Aarons | Trinity University, Texas
This volume is designed for undergraduates, graduate students, and scholars and teachers of Jewish American literature. It will be of interest to the educated lay audience given the timely nature of some of the issues addressed: race, gender, cultural and ethnic hybridity, and the relation of Israel and America. • Proposes a new study of Jewish American literary studies in the twenty-first century • Includes new readings of some central literary texts • Utilizes an international approach to Jewish American studies American literature | Twenty-First Century Critical Revisions
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-42628-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
The Value of Ecocriticism
P
Postcolonial Literary Studies in the Twenty-First Century Edited by Bashir Abu-Manneh | University of Kent
This book captures the essence of Said’s intellectual and political contribution, as well as his extensive impact. It aims to reorient imperial studies back to capital, class, and politics. It will be a key resource for students, graduates and instructors studying postcolonial literary theory and the works of Edward Said. • Conveys the impact of Said’s work on different fields • Develops a materialist critique of postcolonial studies, focusing on capital and class in imperialism • Explores the components of Said’s thought, capturing the essence of his contributions Literary theory | After Series
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-42917-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$82.99 978-1-108-45321-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$27.99
P P
English Literature
After Queer Studies
The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain
Literature, Theory and Sexuality in 21st Century Edited by Tyler Bradway | State University of New York College, Cortland
This book asks what makes queer studies possible, and what does queer studies make possible? While social science approaches shape thinking about sexuality, gender, and race, this collection emphasizes the role of reading, imagination, and interpretation in these discussions, reclaiming literary roots for queer studies and its futures. • Provides multifarious perspectives on queer reading and interpretation • Expands the archives of queer literature to include underrepresented authors, texts, and genres • Charts new horizons in queer methodologies, including posthuman, postcolonial, queer of color, and postcritical approaches, among others Literary theory | After Series
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-49803-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-73973-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
P G
Contingent Canons This Element is for anyone interested in the processes of canon-formation, world literatures in general and African literature in particular. It offers a fresh and exciting perspective on canonformation and contestation that draws on original archival and field research.
Publishing, printing history, history of the book | The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain
R
TEXTBOOK
Much Ado about Nothing Third edition William Shakespeare Introduction by Travis D. Williams | University of Rhode Island
Publishing, printing history, history of the book | Elements in Publishing and Book Culture
P
Publishing and the Science Fiction Canon The Case of Scientific Romance Adam Roberts | Royal Holloway, University of London
Through readings of key figures like H. G. Wells and Jules Verne, this Element argues that changes in publishing and distribution were crucial to the expansion of science fiction. Suitable for anybody interested in the reasons why science fiction went from being a niche variety of fantastical adventure into the global culture it is today.
This new edition of Much Ado about Nothing is supplemented by an updated introduction which analyses recent stage, television, film and critical interpretations of the play, and considers the play’s special interest in language, bodies and gender. • Features a fresh introductory section which brings the edition’s analysis of scholarly criticism and performance right up-to-date • Provides a revised reading list • Includes fresh illustrations Contents: Introduction; The play; Supplementary notes; Textual analysis; Appendixes: 1. The time-scheme of Much Ado about Nothing, 2. Lewis Carroll’s letter to Ellen Terry, 3. Benedick’s song, 5.2.18-22; Reading list. Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare
Publishing, printing history, history of the book | Elements in Publishing and Book Culture
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-70889-0 Paperback £9.99 / US$13.99
Final volume of the seven-volume Cambridge History of the Book in Britain series, focusing on the twentieth century and beyond. The book is for students, scholars and a general audience interested in book history, publishing studies, and the cultural history of Britain in the twentieth century and beyond. • This book is the final volume in the authoritative series, The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain • Contains accessible essays covering the publishing, reading, writing and bookselling history of Britain in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries • Delivers new essays from world leading scholars to advance studies in the field
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 752pp 978-1-107-01060-4 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$160.00
African Literature and the Politics of Location Madhu Krishnan | University of Bristol
November 2018 178 x 127 mm 75pp 978-1-108-44537-5 Paperback £9.99 / US$13.99
Volume 7: The Twentieth Century and Beyond Andrew Nash | Institute of English Studies, University of London
September 2018 228 x 152 mm 198pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17473-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$61.99 978-1-316-62673-3 Paperback £8.99 / US$11.95
X G
P
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
19
English Literature
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Literature and Nature in the English Renaissance
Shakespeare and Early Modern Religion
An Ecocritical Anthology Todd Borlik | University of Huddersfield
20
This anthology delivers a panoramic survey of English renaissance texts concerned with nature and natural history. Primary sources from all corners of society cover an extensive range of topics, all of which are supported by editorial apparatus including glossaries, chronologies and guides to further reading. • A compendium of over two hundred primary sources that demonstrates the broad range of environmental representations in English renaissance literature • Provides fresh perspectives on the environmental issues of early modern England, such as population growth and protoindustrialisation • Supported by a range of editorial apparatus including introductions to each text, guides to further reading, glossaries and chronologies of environmental events and literature English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-316-51015-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$120.00
R
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED KEY REFERENCE
The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro
Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus and commentary for all known works by this important writer. • The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of all Finch’s poems, plays, and letters, organized by their appearance in Finch’s authorized collections • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700
March 2019 216 x 138 mm 1400pp 13 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19622-2 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £160.00 / c. US$275.00 R
Edited by David Loewenstein | Pennsylvania State University
This collection of fourteen new essays freshly illuminates early modern religious beliefs and practices, and the ways in which Shakespeare engages with a diversity of religious issues and perspectives in his plays. Offering an interdisciplinary approach, the collection is of great interest to readers of history, Shakespeare studies, and religious studies. • Offers interdisciplinary perspectives on Shakespeare and early modern religion from both literary scholars and historians, appealing to a broad range of readers • Illuminates the ways in which Shakespeare’s plays represent a wide variety of religious beliefs and practices, also revealing a dynamic interaction between religious and secular issues in the plays • Connects religious issues in Shakespeare’s plays with political and national ones, illuminating religious belief, politics and national identity in early modern England English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700
October 2018 229 x 152 mm 329pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-73366-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-02661-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$107.00
C C
Shakespeare Seen Image, Performance and Society Stuart Sillars | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway
This collection of essays, some previously unpublished, discusses the ways in which earlier illustrators and painters approached Shakespeare’s plays, looking at images in relation to performance, criticism and their social and political frames in the key period of Shakespeare imaging. • Delivers a wide ranging collection of essays that further the understanding of illustrating and reading practices of Shakespeare’s plays • Examines specific plays in detail through aesthetic, critical and social frameworks • Illustrated with colour plate section that brings to the fore the visual representation of Shakespeare’s plays English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 306pp 81 b/w illus. 32 colour illus. 978-1-107-19324-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
Religious Conversion in Early Modern English Drama Lieke Stelling | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands
The first cross-religious exploration of conversion on the early modern English stage. Discussing over forty dramatic pieces, the book introduces little known conversion plays and offers fresh readings of canonical drama, including Shakespeare’s Othello, to reveal telling patterns in the stage’s treatment of conversion and religious identity. • Delivers the first book-length study of religious conversion in early modern English drama • Combines examinations of broad scope of canonical and lesser known plays • The comprehensive appendix provide an overview of early modern English conversion plays English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-108-47703-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
English Literature
Shakespeare’s Domestic Tragedies
Political Turmoil: Early Modern British Literature in Transition, 1623–1660
Violence in the Early Modern Home Emma Whipday | University College London
Volume 2 Edited by Stephen B. Dobranski | Georgia State University
This book explores the relationship between Shakespeare’s most famous tragedies and the genre of ‘domestic tragedy’: plays about murder and adultery in ordinary households. In tracing representations of violent homes in early modern culture, Emma Whipday proposes a new way of reading Hamlet, Othello, and Macbeth. • Proposes a new generic category for Shakespeare’s tragedies • Explores the significance of domestic violence in early modern culture and how it informs modern ideas of the issue • Offers readings of less well known domestic tragedies alongside more famous works English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700
The early seventeenth century in Britain is defined by tremendous upheaval, notably during the Civil War years. This book focuses on cultural and political transitions to discuss the ‘how’ and ‘why’ of aesthetic change. It offers an innovative and ambitious re-appraisal of a crucial period of British literature and history. • Proposes a new view of English literary history by reading across traditional periodization • Uncovers new cultural and historical evidence that sheds light on the meaning of early modern literary works • Offers a new and nuanced engagement with some of the most highly regarded English writers • Demonstrates the significance of some lesser known or wrongly overlooked seventeenth-century authors and texts
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 276pp 8 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 978-1-108-47403-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Early Modern Literature in Transition
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41964-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00
The Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare and Religion Hannibal Hamlin | Ohio State University
This Companion provides an essential grounding in early modern religious culture and the ideas that Shakespeare returned to throughout his career. Focused close-readings of individual plays explore the variegated Christian contexts of Shakespeare’s work, as well as the treatment of Judaism, Islam and classical paganism. • Offers an in-depth grounding in the Christian contexts of early modern England, as well as considering how perceptions of Judaism, Islam and classical paganism are explored in Shakespeare’s work • Includes focused case-studies of individual plays as well as broad concepts explored across Shakespeare’s work • Provides an accessible guide to a vast and complex topic English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Cambridge Companions to Literature
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 332pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17259-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-316-62423-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$31.99
P P
Gathering Force: Early Modern British Literature in Transition, 1557–1623 Volume 1 Edited by Kristen Poole | University of Delaware
Emergent Nation: Early Modern British Literature in Transition, 1660–1714 Volume 3 Edited by Elizabeth Sauer | Brock University, Ontario
This book enriches the fields of the Restoration and early eighteenthcentury literary studies by integrating recent critical perspectives and reframing 1660–1714 as a period of radical emergence and a potentially generative coherence. Each of the twenty chapters captures the present state of the field while also advancing original, revisionary arguments. • Highlights a different kind of literary change – generic, ideological, cultural, or local – across the Long Restoration era • Renegotiates the divide between the early modern and eighteenth century • Demonstrates new ways of gauging the literary forms of early nationhood English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Early Modern Literature in Transition
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42268-0 Hardback c. £92.99 / c. US$125.00
R
John Donne in Context Michael Schoenfeldt | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Between 1557 and 1623, England saw political, social, cultural, and literary changes. The twenty contributors to this volume examine the relationships among these transformations in innovative and accessible ways. Chapters focus on how specific genres engage with historical change, offering new views of literary forms and early modern contexts. • Structured to allow readers to choose to approach the volume by reading for scale (overviews of the field, or close readings), or by reading across a particular genre (such as lyric or prose nonfictions) • Includes essays on well-known canonical texts (such as The Faerie Queene or Doctor Faustus) • Introduces readers to lesser-known forms such as university drama and Elizabethan pageants English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Early Modern Literature in Transition
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41963-5 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00
R
R
Short, lively, and eminently readable chapters, written by leading experts in early modern studies, illuminate various aspects of Donne’s life, work, career, and reputation. These engaging chapters are supplemented by a chronology of Donne’s life and works and a comprehensive bibliography. • Delivers a comprehensive overview of the life and works of John Donne, and the social and intellectual contexts that his writing draws on • Provides a wide range of scholarly yet accessible chapters written by leading scholars in early modern studies • The collection is supported by a chronology of John Donne’s life and works and an extensive bibliography English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Literature in Context
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 420pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04350-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00
R
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
21
English Literature
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
William Blake in Context
Miniature and the English Imagination
Edited by Sarah Haggarty | University of Cambridge
Literature, Cognition, and Small-Scale Culture 1650–1765 Melinda Alliker Rabb | Brown University, Rhode Island
22
Examining the phenomenon of miniaturization in material culture, literature and theories of cognition, this study examines the appeal and function of the small in the period from 1660 to 1765. Examining two kinds of miniatures – real and imaginary – it provides a rethinking of major and minor writers. • Demonstrates a new relationship between literature and the material world where there was a simultaneous production of miniature objects in fiction and reality • Provides new insights on the relationship between literary and cognitive theory studies • Examines the miniature in the literary work of Jonathan Swift, Alexander Pope and Daniel Defoe amongst others English literature – 1700 – 1830
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42583-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
The Sentimental Novel in the Eighteenth Century Edited by Albert J Rivero | Marquette University, Wisconsin
This volume explores various aspects and contexts for thinking about the sentimental novel. Chapters from leading scholars investigate the genre through the lenses of politics, slavery, women writers and the gothic, to the sentimental novel in America and France. • Delivers a thorough and accessible survey of the literary genre of the sentimental novel in Britain in the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries • Combines the investigation of various contexts and aspects of the genre with close readings of novels by writers such as Samuel Richardson (1689–61), Laurence Sterne (1713–68) and Jane Austen (1775–1817) • Provides a wider context for the Sentimental Novel by studying the genre in France, Germany and America English literature – 1700 – 1830
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-41892-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99
C
The Romantic Tavern Literature and Conviviality in the Age of Revolution Ian Newman | University of Notre Dame, Indiana
This study of Romantic era London taverns explores metropolitan political and cultural life, focusing on architecture and convivial practice, including drinking songs, toasting practices, Anacreontic poetry and political ballads. It will appeal to literary scholars, historians, musicologists, and anyone interested in the history of the British pub. • Delivers a comprehensive study of one of the primary institutions of the late eighteenth-century public sphere, the tavern • Combines exploration of architecture and culture to show how cultural production interacted with the built environment • Focuses on the relevance of taverns to works of canonical literature English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 125
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 22 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-47037-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99
C
Thirty-eight authoritative and lively essays by an international team of scholars examine a full range of Blake’s works from lyrical songs to later myth, from writing to artworks, situating them in historical and cultural contexts. Research driven yet accessibly written, the essays will appeal to students, teachers, and academic experts alike. • Shows how William Blake’s work across a range of media (e.g. engraving, painting, book illustration) sheds light on his better-known poetry • Situates William Blake in the contexts he shared with his contemporaries, the writers who influenced him, and those he influenced in turn • Contains close readings of Blake’s work, from lyrical songs to later myth, from writing to visual art enrich our historical and cultural understanding of his output English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Literature in Context
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14491-0 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$89.99
R
The Cause of Humanity and Other Stories Rudyard Kipling’s Uncollected Prose Fictions Rudyard Kipling Edited by Thomas Pinney | Pomona College, California
This volume of previously uncollected short stories spanning the life of Rudyard Kipling offers readers some real rarities. Many of the stories are unknown in the West, having been printed only once in India, and some have not been published before. • Delivers for the first time in one volume all of Rudyard Kipling’s uncollected short stories • Many of the short stories in this volume are unknown in the West, having being printed only once in Indian journals • Includes short stories that have never before been published English literature – 1830 – 1900
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-47642-3 Hardback £19.99 / US$24.95
G
The Cambridge Companion to Sherlock Holmes Edited by Janice M. Allan | University of Salford
This Companion is an accessible exploration of Sherlock Holmes and his relationship to lateVictorian culture as well as his significance and popularity. Readings of selected Holmes adventures explore the development of detective fiction and Victorian publishing alongside themes of gender, Englishness, law, criminality, adaptation and fandom. • Delivers a comprehensive study of the creation, success and afterlife of Sherlock Holmes • Combines textual analysis with discussion of material issues of publication, and readership • Discusses the Holmes stories in relationship to many subjects, including gender, science and Englishness English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Companions to Literature
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15585-5 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 978-1-316-60959-0 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99
C G
English Literature
The Cambridge Companion to Victorian Women’s Poetry
The Woodlanders Thomas Hardy Edited by Alan Manford
Linda K. Hughes | Texas Christian University
This accessible collection of cutting-edge essays on Victorian women’s poetry addresses major figures as well as the lesser known ones, adopting a culturally inclusive approach to poets’ diversity and their multiple poetic forms and social issues. This book also features digital and close reading methods and a bibliography and chronology of publications. • Delivers a diverse and comprehensive survey of women’s poetry in the Victorian age • Essays by leading scholars investigate the multiple forms and social contexts of Victorian women’s poetry • The book is supported by a detailed chronology of publications and events, further reading, illustrations, and biographies of select poets English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Companions to Literature
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18247-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 978-1-316-63357-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$31.99
P P
English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy
March 2019 216 x 138 mm 750pp 978-1-107-04650-4 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$130.00
The Cambridge Companion to George Eliot
R
Threshold Modernism
Second edition Edited by George Levine | Rutgers University, New Jersey
This second edition, including some new chapters, provides an essential introduction to all aspects of George Eliot’s life and writing. Accessible essays by some of the most distinguished scholars of Victorian literature provide lucid and often original insights into the work of one of the most important novelists of the nineteenth century. • Presents a fully revised edition with some new chapters that offer original insight into the life and works of George Eliot • Offers a collection of essays by leading scholars on nineteenth-century literature • Supplementary apparatus, including chronology and guides to further reading provide invaluable tools for scholars of George Eliot English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Companions to Literature
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 308pp 978-1-107-19334-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-316-64415-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99
Thomas Hardy’s eleventh published novel, The Woodlanders, is a story of wide appeal. It considers themes of marriage and social class, while revealing the author’s profound knowledge of nature and country life. The authoritative text of this critical edition is supported by a comprehensive introduction, chronology and accompanying textual apparatus. • Delivers a comprehensive scholarly edition of Thomas Hardy’s eleventh published novel • Provides an authoritative text that reflects Thomas Hardy’s own artistic intentions that showcase the novel as it was first received by his readers • Offers a greater understanding of the life of the novel through extensive textual apparatus, introduction and critical notes
P G
New Public Women and the Literary Spaces of Imperial London Elizabeth F. Evans | University of Notre Dame, Indiana
Evans shows how ideas about gender and race in Britain from the 1880s through the 1930s shaped – and were shaped by – London and its literature. She considers canonical realist and modernist authors, from George Gissing to Virginia Woolf, alongside understudied colonial writers like Duse Mohamed Ali and Una Marson. • Proposes a new way to understand the relationship between modernity and modernism • Examines diverse primary texts, including high modernist and popular fiction, journalism and advertisements, unpublished playscripts, travelogues and London guides • Demonstrates how mapping the real locations of a fictional text can produce new insights • Brings to light little-known works by colonial authors of color English literature – 1900 – 1945
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47981-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
The Brontës and the Idea of the Human
C
A History of 1930s British Literature
Science, Ethics, and the Victorian Imagination Edited by Alexandra Lewis | University of Aberdeen
Edited by Benjamin Kohlmann | Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg, Germany
Investigating links between literature, science, psychology, religion, law, and ethics, this study re-evaluates nineteenth-century understandings of what it means to be human. Leading scholars argue for the centrality of the idea of the human within the works of the Brontë sisters, offering new insight on their writing and cultural contexts. • Eminent scholars provide new insights into the writing of the Brontë sisters and their cultural contexts • Investigates the relationships between between literature, science, psychology, religion, law, and ethics to re-evaluate nineteenth-century understandings of what it means to be human • Delivers an interdisciplinary study of the relationship between the role of the imagination and new definitions of the human subject
This volume offers a new and comprehensive picture of 1930s British literature, and also ambitiously recasts our understanding of twentiethcentury literary and cultural history by reframing the decade. It is an excellent resource for undergraduates, graduates and scholars of 1930s British literature, and twentieth-century literature more generally. • Offers a new understanding of a key transformational moment in British literary history • Includes work on institutional history, mid-century literature and culture, little magazines, and newly accessible archives • Situates the decade at the centre of twentieth-century literary culture as a ‘long 1930s’ English literature – 1900 – 1945
April 2019 229 x 152 mm 350pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47453-5 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00
R
English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 115
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-15481-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
23
English Literature
24
Violent Minds
The Poems
Modernism and the Criminal Matthew Levay | Idaho State University
Volume 3: Uncollected Poems and Early Versions D. H. Lawrence Edited by Christopher Pollnitz | University of Newcastle, New South Wales
A surprising number of modernist novels are intensely preoccupied with the representation of criminality. This original study examines a diverse range of British and American authors who drew upon early criminology, detective fiction, and journalism to develop their ideas of the criminal as a complex, modern psychology. • Analyzes the modernist representation of the criminal through a combination of formalist and historicist criticism • Demonstrates modernism’s deep yet unacknowledged connections to popular literary genres • Brings into dialogue a large, diverse array of modernist authors from England and the United States, from the late nineteenth through the mid-twentieth centuries English literature – 1900 – 1945
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42886-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99
C
This edition of D. H. Lawrence’s poems includes his uncollected poems and many early versions; versions in his first two collections, Love Poems and Others and Amores, are published in full. This chronologically ordered and fully annotated collection forms the fortieth and final volume in The Cambridge Edition of the Works of D. H. Lawrence. • Includes uncollected and many early versions of D. H. Lawrence’s works • The chronological ordering of uncollected poems and early versions in this volume makes developments in theme and style readily traceable • All poems are fully annotated and critically edited English literature – 1900 – 1945 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of D. H. Lawrence
October 2018 216 x 138 mm 750pp 978-1-108-42686-2 Hardback £94.99 / US$132.00
R
British Literature in Transition, 1960–1980: Flower Power
Language and Negativity in European Modernism Shane Weller | University of Kent, Canterbury
This book argues that within European literary modernism there is a distinct literary strain characterised by a radical re-engagement with late nineteenth and early twentieth-century language scepticism, and an enactment of various forms of linguistic negativism. This book is a great resource for graduates and scholars interested in modernist studies. • Identifies a distinct strain in European literary modernism that emerged in the interwar years and reached its full flowering in the post-Second World War period • Offers close, contextualised readings of works by some of the most important European modernists from Kafka to Sebald, as well as by less well-known writers such as Edmond Jabès and Nelly Sachs • Explores the relation between literary form and history in the case of a specific strain of European modernism
Edited by Kate McLoughlin | University of Oxford
This volume traces transitions in British literature from 1960 to 1980, illuminating a diverse range of authors, texts, genres and movements. It considers innovations in form, emergent identities, changes in attitudes, preoccupations and in the mind itself, local and regional developments, and shifts within the oeuvres of individual authors. • Takes a fresh look at our understanding of British literature from 1960–80 • Provides insight into literary history and its workings of the period • Familiarizes readers with less well-known authors and literary movements English literature – 1945 and beyond | British Literature in Transition
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 390pp 978-1-107-12957-3 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00
R
English literature – 1900 – 1945
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-47502-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Accelerated Times Edited by Eileen Pollard | University of Chester
The Cambridge Introduction to British Fiction, 1900–1950 Robert L. Caserio | Pennsylvania State University
This comprehensive Introduction is designed for students, scholars, and ambitious general readers. In addition to discussing over one hundred writers in many genres, including popular, it analyses key texts in detail, exploring British modernist fiction and thought, and relating those to history, social change, and the nature of fiction itself. • Places canonical and non-canonical writers side by side • Contextualizes fiction of the period in terms of the period’s leading ideas about aesthetics, anthropology, psychology, sociology, and science • Demonstrates the interchanges between modernist and popular fictional genres English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Cambridge Introductions to Literature
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 283pp 978-1-107-02928-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-67412-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
British Literature in Transition, 1980–2000
P P
This volume traces the emergence and evolution of literary trends as well as enduring transitional shifts in genre, tone, style and thematic preoccupation in British Literature from 1980–2000. The book is of interest to students and academics researching the period, as well as the common reader. • Explores the period through the lenses of class, gender, sexuality, nationality, race and ethnicity • Provides an overview of the key events and context of the time • Introduces relevant contemporary moments and/or movements within each section which are then explored in the chapters of that section English literature – 1945 and beyond | British Literature in Transition
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12142-3 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00
R
English Literature / European and World Literature
The Cambridge History of Science Fiction
A History of the Bildungsroman
Edited by Gerry Canavan | Marquette University, Wisconsin
Edited by Sarah Graham | University of Leicester
Global in perspective and transmedia in approach, The Cambridge History of Science Fiction provides the first comprehensive history of science fiction literature, film, television, and culture from its ancient and medieval influences through the twenty-first century. • This is the first edited, multi-author ‘history’ of science fiction that is both global in scope and has depth of treatment • Takes a wide view of the science fiction genre with regard to both space and time, as well as including breakout chapters on specific themes, media, and movements • Over forty different authors with a range of expertise in sub-specialties connected with the subject contributed to the book
The Bildungsroman has been one of the most significant genres in Western fiction since the eighteenth century. This rich investigation charts its development from eighteenth-century European traditions to global popularity through numerous adaptations and adoptions that give expression to many social groups. • Delivers an unprecedented breadth and depth to the study of one of most significant genres in Western fiction since the eighteenth century • Provides readers with an extensive historical overview of the genre so its development is clear • Shows the Bildungsroman in its context of global popularity, having emerged from European literary traditions
English literature (general)
European literature
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 784pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16609-7 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00
R
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 375pp 978-1-107-13653-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00
C
The Cambridge History of Welsh Literature
The Cambridge History of French Thought
Edited by Geraint Evans | Swansea University
Edited by Michael Moriarty | University of Cambridge
A chronological history of the literature of Wales in its two major languages (Welsh and English), this book covers fifteen centuries of literary production from the Middle Ages through to the twenty-first century. It is for researchers of British and Welsh literature. It will also appeal to medievalists. • Describes fifteen centuries of literary production in Wales against a background of resistance and collaboration in a post-colonial nation • Provides a guide to major literary works and authors and the key historical events which shaped them • Integrates the two literary traditions of Wales, Welsh and English into a coherent national literature • Provides a chronological history of literary
The book offers a comprehensive account of philosophical, religious, political and social thought in France from the Middle Ages to the present. It will appeal to the general reader as well as undergraduates, postgraduates, and academics wanting a succinct and well-informed account of fields other than their own. • Provides a thorough account of the history of French thought from the Middle Ages to the present day • Accessibly written chapters by leading scholars deliver studies on specific thinkers, including Voltaire, Descartes and Derrida, as well as tracking the influence of various schools of thought from humanism to Marxism, feminism, and liberalism • Sheds light on the influence of race, gender, empire and slavery on French thought through the ages
English literature (general)
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 550pp 8 maps 978-1-107-10676-5 Hardback £100.00 / US$130.00
European literature
R
European and World Literature
R
The Cambridge Companion to Dante’s ‘Commedia’ Edited by Zygmunt G. Barañski | University of Notre Dame, Indiana
The Russian Graphosphere, 1450-1850 Simon Franklin | University of Cambridge
This book explores a new approach to the study of writing, through the concept of the ‘graphosphere’. It presents a comprehensive interpretative guide to forms of writing in Russia across four centuries, and a test case for comparative study of graphospheres elsewhere. • Explores a new approach to writing, through the concept of the graphosphere – the space of visible words • Delivers a uniquely comprehensive coverage of over four centuries of the Russian graphosphere • Explores a distinctive feature of Russian culture European literature
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 426pp 30 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-49257-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 570pp 978-1-107-16367-6 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$130.00
C
A comprehensive and informative account of Dante’s masterpiece, the Commedia, in essays by leading scholars. Chapters cover the main themes and motifs of the poem, its handling of narrative and literary matters, its cultural context, and its hugely influential afterlife, through textual transmission and readers’ responses over the centuries. • Provides a wide ranging and accessible overview of Dante’s Commedia, investigating the poem’s literary features and its cultural and historical contexts • Explores the reception of the poem from its first publication to its influence today • Presents strong focus on the poem itself, in order for readers to gain appreciation of the multiple facets of the Commedia’s narrative European literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42129-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-43170-5 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99
P P
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
25
Music
Music Music and Politics A Critical Introduction James Garratt | University of Manchester
26
Changes our picture of how music and politics interact through a rigorous reappraisal of key concepts such as protest, resistance, power, propaganda, and ideology. This book explores and evaluates a wide range of perspectives from contemporary political theory, applying them to a broad collection of musical cultures and practices. • Will appeal to readers interested in the interactions between contemporary music, culture and politics • Draws on topical examples from present-day music and politics including Donald Trump, Kendrick Lamar and post-crash musical activism • Features numerous text boxes which explain and evaluate key political concepts and ideologies, highlighting their uses and limitations Music criticism
November 2018 247 x 174 mm 284pp 6 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-03241-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 C 978-1-107-68108-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$26.99 P
The Cambridge Companion to the Harpsichord Edited by Mark Kroll | Boston University
This Companion is an invaluable resource for music students and teachers, professional and amateur musicians, scholars and record collectors. It provides seventeen chapters on every aspect of the harpsichord and its music – composers, genres, national styles, tuning and the art of harpsichord building – by fourteen leading experts in the field. • The authoritative guide to the harpsichord and its music from the Renaissance to the present • Features a timeline, guide to further reading, numerous illustrations and musical examples, and an appendix listing composers, reliable editions and original sources • Showcases the rich diversity of instruments, repertoire and performance styles throughout Great Britain, Continental Europe, Russia, the Nordic and Baltic countries, and South America Music performance | Cambridge Companions to Music
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 384pp 14 b/w illus. 40 music examples 978-1-107-15607-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 P 978-1-316-60970-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P
KEY REFERENCE
Guillaume Du Fay The Life and Works Alejandro Enrique Planchart | University of California, Santa Barbara
This authoritative and comprehensive exploration of Du Fay’s music and context will appeal to students, scholars, and others interested in medieval music. The volumes provide analysis of this important composer’s entire corpus, as well as examining the church and musical history of the fifteenth century. • Provides a detailed biography of one of the most important musicians of the fifteenth century, exploring how the increasing professionalization of music enabled Du Fay to construct his own identity as ‘a composer’ • Offers an in-depth examination of all of Du Fay’s music, including a number of recently discovered works, with numerous examples • Presents the most complete description yet of the workings of the Cathedral of Cambrai, one of the major musical institutions of the fifteenth century, which will benefit scholars of both music and liturgy Medieval and Renaissance music
September 2018 247 x 174 mm 950pp 15 b/w illus. 36 tables 69 music examples 978-1-107-16615-8 2 Volume Hardback Set £160.00 / US$225.00 R
The Requiem of Tomás Luis de Victoria (1603) Owen Rees | University of Oxford
A significant addition to the scholarship available in English on Victoria and his music, this study encompasses the genesis, style, and impact of the six-voice Requiem. It will be of interest to students and scholars studying the Renaissance and sacred and courtly rituals in the early-modern period more generally, as well as enquiring listeners. • The first detailed study of this well-loved work, exploring its genesis and impact, and placing it in the context of international repertories of Requiem Masses of the period • Presents a detailed picture of the role of music in Habsburg funeral rites in the early-modern period and allows for an interdisciplinary appreciation of these rituals • Includes online access to a new authoritative edition of the Requiem (1603) Seventeenth-century music | Music in Context
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 274pp 17 b/w illus. 2 tables 10 music examples 978-1-107-05442-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
Music / Philosophy
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
The Cambridge Haydn Encyclopedia Edited by Caryl Clark | University of Toronto
Synthesizes current knowledge and provides new interpretive insights into Joseph Haydn’s life, work and cultural influence. This conceptdriven encyclopedia lends itself to integrative, interdisciplinary thinking and will be of interest to scholars, students, conductors, performers, concertgoers, and music-lovers. • Summarizes and synthesizes current Haydn research, and points to directions for future scholarship • Organized around more than eighty concepts with numerous crossreferences to broaden themes and take readers on rewarding journeys of discovery • Includes seven substantial essays by leading scholars to illuminate connections between the A-Z of concepts and suggest ways to rethink familiar categories Eighteenth-century music
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 524pp 53 b/w illus. 22 music examples 978-1-107-12901-6 Hardback £130.00 / US$170.00 R
Mozart in Context Edited by Simon Keefe | University of Sheffield
This comprehensive and accessible book focuses on the professional, cultural and historical environments in which Mozart operated, and how they influenced his output. The concise, topicbased essays will appeal to students, researchers and music lovers wishing to deepen their understanding of this outstanding composer and his world. • A thorough and up-to-date resource on the historical, cultural and professional contexts of Mozart’s music, enabling deeper understanding of his works • Structured by topic to allow easy access to particular aspects of eighteenth-century music and society, and Mozart’s life, interests and influence • Thirty-five concise essays by leading scholars present information in a lively and accessible format that will appeal to students and music lovers alike Eighteenth-century music | Composers in Context
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 316pp 18 b/w illus. 3 tables 7 music examples 978-1-107-18105-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 R
Saint-Saëns and the Stage Operas, Plays, Pageants, a Ballet and a Film Hugh Macdonald | Washington University, St Louis
Designed as a resource for opera lovers, opera professionals, and music students, this book provides a guide to Saint-Saëns’s twelve operas and a variety of other stage works for those who are curious to know more. It will enhance listeners’ experience of recordings of Saint-Saëns, which are enjoying increased popularity as his centenary approaches. • The first ever book devoted to Saint-Saëns’s stage works as a whole • Offers a timely contribution to the study of Saint-Saëns – both for the 2021 centenary of his death and in response to increased interest in his stage works • Provides essential historical context and critical assessments of all twelve of Saint-Saëns’ operas and other stage works Nineteenth-century music | Cambridge Studies in Opera
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 448pp 203 b/w illus. 186 music examples 978-1-108-42638-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C
Brahms’s Elegies The Poetics of Loss in Nineteenth-Century German Culture Nicole Grimes | University of California, Irvine
Exploring the philosophical dimensions of Brahms’s music, this book analyzes his elegiac works and their relationship to German literature. Of interest to musicology, German studies and cultural history scholars, it illuminates how Brahms’s music relates to aesthetics and modernity from Hölderlin, Schiller, and Goethe to the Frankfurt School. • Investigates Brahms’s literary preoccupations and incorporates much information gleaned from the composer’s library, to establish his cultural context • Explores the philosophical dimensions of Brahms’s music and will appeal to those interested in the intersection of music and philosophy • A significant amount of source material is translated into English for the first time which will benefit those interested in the cultural context of Brahms’s music but are unable to read the original German texts Nineteenth-century music | Music in Context
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 300pp 16 b/w illus. 12 tables 25 music examples 978-1-108-47449-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
Philosophy Existential Flourishing A Phenomenology of the Virtues Irene McMullin | University of Essex
This innovative volume argues that ‘flourishing’ (eudaimonia) is achieved by individuals successfully balancing their responsiveness to three different normative claims: self-fulfilment, moral responsibility, and answerability to intersubjective standards. It will interest those working in morality, existential phenomenology, and virtue ethics. • Presents a new interpretation of the meaning of ‘flourishing’ (eudaimonia) which challenges traditional models • Brings existential phenomenology into conversation with virtue ethics, aiding our understanding of moral agency • Explores four key virtues – justice, modesty, patience, and courage – and provides descriptive and functional analysis of each concept Ethics
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-108-47166-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
The Naturalistic Fallacy Edited by Neil Sinclair | University of Nottingham
This book is for all students and scholars interested in the nature of human ethics and morality. The themed chapters introduce the history and text behind the naturalistic fallacy, its role in shaping twentieth-century theorising about ethics, and its ongoing use in attempts to understand the nature of normativity. • Provides a definitive history of Moore’s charge of the naturalistic fallacy and a guide to the contemporary shape of metaethics • Provides detailed textual analysis of the source text of the fallacy, its multiple interpretations and their influence • Provides themed chapters, each assessing the influence of the fallacy on a different tradition of ethical theorising (e.g. religious ethics, evolutionary ethics) from a range of diverse perspectives • Develops modern uses of the naturalistic fallacy, as an argumentative tool to help develop better theories of normativity, in both ethics and epistemology Ethics | Classic Philosophical Arguments
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16879-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-61801-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99
P P
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
27
Philosophy
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Frege
How Biology Shapes Philosophy
A Philosophical Biography Dale Jacquette
Dale Jacquette’s lively and incisive biography charts Frege’s life from its beginnings in small-town north Germany, through his student days in Jena, to his development as an enduringly influential thinker. His rich and informative biography will appeal to all who are interested in Frege’s philosophy. • Brings to life one of the most important and influential figures in analytic philosophy • A sweeping and comprehensive account of the development of Frege as a thinker • Includes incisive discussions of Frege’s major philosophical works History of philosophy
28
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 702pp 28 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-0-521-86327-8 Hardback £35.00 / US$45.00 G
Justin Garson | Hunter College, City University of New York
The biological functions debate is a perennial topic in the philosophy of science. This accessible and jargon-free book presents an innovative new approach to biological functions and applies it to contemporary problems in philosophy of mind, philosophy of medicine and psychiatry, philosophy of biology, and biology itself. • Presents a new theory of biological function that integrates evolutionary and developmental perspectives • Connects the lively biological functions debate to contemporary issues in philosophy of mind, philosophy of medicine and psychiatry, philosophy of biology, and biology itself • Explores the link between philosophy and science in a way that is clear, accessible, and engaging Philosophy of science
C
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 365pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-62820-5 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99 Also available 978-1-107-05583-4 Hardback £78.99 / US$105.00
C C
Political Self-Deception Anna Elisabetta Galeotti | Università degli Studi del Piemonte Orientale Amedeo Avogadro
This book shows how self-deception can explain political occurrences where public deception intertwines with political failure. It will appeal to a range of readers in political philosophy, political theory, and international relations. • Proposes an alternative model of self-deception • Enlarges the understanding of political deception • Suggests preventive measures against self-deception Political philosophy
September 2018 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-108-42372-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Mathematical Structuralism
Love’s Enlightenment
Geoffrey Hellman | University of Minnesota
Rethinking Charity in Modernity Ryan Patrick Hanley | Marquette University, Wisconsin
The present work is a systematic study of five frameworks or perspectives articulating mathematical structuralism, whose core idea is that mathematics is concerned primarily with interrelations in abstraction from the nature of objects. Philosophy of science | Elements in the Philosophy of Mathematics
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45643-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
How Biology Shapes Philosophy is a unique collection of essays by leading thinkers showing how biology illuminates philosophy and helps us acquire a deeper understanding of the human condition. Both rigorous and highly accessible, it will be of interest to philosophers, biologists and social scientists, as well as non-academics. • A one-stop source for the best contemporary work on how biology shapes philosophy • Allows the reader to critically interrogate the relevance of biology for philosophy • Will appeal to those who want to bring science and the humanities together Philosophy of science
What Biological Functions Are and Why They Matter
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 248pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47259-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
New Foundations for Naturalism Edited by David Livingstone Smith | University of New England, Maine
R
Love’s Enlightenment examines the key concepts central to today’s debates over the nature and political significance of love. It will interest both specialists in the history of philosophy and scholars in fields ranging from political science and philosophy to psychology and religion who are interested in the meaning of love today. • Written in a clear, jargon-free style, accessible to a wide and multidisciplinary audience • Surveys a core concept in the moral and political thought of four of the most prominent thinkers in the history of Western philosophy, which will be of substantive interest to specialists who focus specifically on Hume, Adam Smith, Rousseau and Kant, as well as to moral and political theorists more generally • Provides a nuanced overview of the way in which the concept of love was transformed in the Enlightenment, which will interest those engaged in contemporary debates over both the nature of love and the meaning and significance of the Enlightenment Political philosophy
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 198pp 978-1-107-51245-0 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$26.99 Also available 978-1-107-10522-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C C
Philosophy
TEXTBOOK
An Introduction to Political Philosophy Second edition Colin Bird | University of Virginia
Introduces readers to central concepts and debates in political philosophy using real-life examples. Clearly written, thematically structured, and containing several new chapters, this fully updated second edition explores topics including economic inequality, justice, immigration, climate change, freedom, democracy and racial oppression. • Features updates throughout the book to reflect new developments in the field, including several new chapters • Provides clear, non-technical, real-world examples and gives guidance on further reading • Helps students think about politics in a modern, non-partisan and philosophical way Contents: Introduction; Part I. Politics and Critical Morality: 1. Forms of political criticism; 2. The common good; 3. Classical utilitarianism; 4. Utilitarian critical morality: implications and problems; 5. The social contract; 6. Contractualism 2.0; Part II. Topics in Political Philosophy: 7. Property and wealth; 8. Economic justice; 9. The significance of borders; 10. Responsibility for the environment; 11. War; 12. Liberty; 13. Democratic rule; Part III. Changing the World: Ideal Futures and Past Injustices: 14. Critical enlightenment, ideology, and materialism; 15. Ideal theory, race and reparation. Political philosophy | Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 372pp 978-1-108-42343-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-43755-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
X X
Kant on Civil Society and Welfare Sarah Holtman | University of Minnesota
This Element examines the competing interpretations of Kant’s larger political theory founding social welfare claims. It emphasizes the perspective and institutional commitments that Kant’s model of citizenship entails and what is required to respect each as both a person and a participant in joint governance.
A Control Theory of Affective States Tom Cochrane | Flinders University of South Australia
This book develops an original control theory of the emotions and related affective states, providing new perspectives on how the mind works as a whole. Discussing pains and pleasures, moods and behaviours, and character and personality, the book will be important for readers interested in the philosophy and cognitive science of emotion. • Proposes a new account of emotions and related affective states such as pains, pleasures, moods and character • Draws on a wide range of contemporary research on emotions from the disciplines of philosophy, psychology and neuroscience • Addresses larger questions of how the mind as a whole fits together Philosophy of mind and language
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 253pp 20 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-42967-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
The Nature of Ordinary Objects Edited by Javier Cumpa | Universidad Complutense, Madrid
Explores contemporary issues around the metaphysics of ordinary objects, a field that has been the subject of renewed interest in recent years. The book brings together leading authors to analyze topics including persistence, composition, and perception, and will be valuable for students and researchers of metaphysics and ontology. • Explores major debates around the metaphysics of everyday objects • Leading authors discuss topics from perception and persistence to images and artifacts • Adopts cross-disciplinary approaches to this important topic, engaging with metaontology and pragmatism Epistemology and metaphysics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-16009-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
Philosophy texts | Elements in the Philosophy of Immanuel Kant
October 2018 229 x 152 mm 102pp 978-1-108-43874-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
The Emotional Mind
R
C
Dispositionalism and the Metaphysics of Science Travis Dumsday | Concordia University, Montréal
Proof and Falsity A Logical Investigation Nils Kürbis | King’s College London
This book contains a survey of the main ideas and philosophical foundations of proof-theoretic semantics, as well as new research on the concepts of negation, denial and falsity. It will appeal to students and researchers in formal and philosophical logic, metaphysics and the philosophy of language. • Features an introduction to the philosophical foundations of prooftheoretic semantics • Provides detailed discussion of how to define negation within prooftheoretic semantics • Brings in ideas from metaphysics, philosophical logic and philosophy of language, presenting new perspectives on our understanding of negation Logic
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48130-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Dispositionalism – the view that causal powers are among the irreducible properties of nature – is one of the main competing theories within the metaphysics of laws, yet its connection to related debates remains underexplored. This book establishes new links between dispositionalism and core topics within metaphysics and the philosophy of science. • Addresses the relationship between dispositionalism and a variety of other metaphysical debates including substance ontology, structural realism, material composition and emergentism • Presents key arguments in a clearly structured and concisely worded form, making this book easy to navigate for readers • Features extensive engagement with recent philosophical literature, demonstrating how dispositionalism contributes to current debates Epistemology and metaphysics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-48013-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
29
Philosophy
Pragmatism, Objectivity, and Experience
Interpreting Hobbes’s Political Philosophy Edited by S. A. Lloyd | University of Southern California
Steven Levine | University of Massachusetts, Boston
30
Explores the relation between objectivity and experience, challenging metaphysical approaches and arguing that objectivity depends on experience as understood by the classical pragmatic tradition. Re-evaluating pragmatism on contemporary terms, this book will be important for philosophers seeking new perspectives on objectivity. • Provides a pragmatic account of objectivity for those looking for alternatives to metaphysical approaches • Re-evaluates the classical pragmatic tradition in contemporary terms, bringing it into discussion with new pragmatism and the Pittsburgh School • Demonstrates that the concept of experience must continue to play a central role in philosophy Epistemology and metaphysics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-42289-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
This volume treats topics including Hobbes’s psychological and moral theory, method, and views on law, women, and religion, combining thorough surveys of current debates with original research. A valuable resource for advanced students and scholars of political philosophy, the history of philosophy, political theory, and intellectual history. • Provides an overview of the latest debates around the key elements of Hobbes’s political philosophy • Addresses the major theories thematically in clearly structured and incisively written essays • Covers a wide range of important topics in Hobbes’s political thought Early modern philosophy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41561-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 NEW IN PAPERBACK
Spinoza’s Ethics C
Interpreting Averroes Critical Essays Edited by Peter Adamson | Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversität Munchen
Brings together world-leading scholars on Averroes, most famous as a commentator on Aristotle but also a major figure in Islamic law. Engages with all aspects of his philosophy from multiple perspectives and treats him in the context of twelfth-century Islamic Spain as well as of Christian and Jewish philosophical traditions. • Provides an understanding of the full range of Averroes’ philosophy and of how parts of his thought interrelate, without presupposing any expertise on the reader’s part • Features numerous leading scholars who present authoritative and insightful treatments, from various points of view, of Averroes’ achievement • Approaches Averroes in the context of twelfth-century Islamic Spain, not just as a source for Christian and Jewish philosophy
A Critical Guide Edited by Yitzhak Y. Melamed | The Johns Hopkins University
Bringing together an international and diverse team of authors, this book makes use of cuttingedge research to provide new perspectives on Spinoza’s masterpiece, addressing issues including identity, rationality, and freedom. The volume will appeal to scholars and students of modern philosophy, metaphysics, and Jewish thought. • An international team of new and established names combine to provide a variety of perspectives on this challenging and increasingly popular philosophical work • Chapters are clearly written and make use of cutting-edge research, presenting advanced thinking on Spinoza’s masterpiece in an accessible way • The Ethics lays the foundations for modern philosophy, meaning that this volume will appeal to a wide range of scholars Early modern philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides
Medieval philosophy
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 360pp 17 b/w illus. 978-1-107-54282-2 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99 Also available 978-1-107-11811-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-11488-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
Kant’s Philosophy of Mathematics
C C
The Critical Philosophy and Its Roots Volume 1 Edited by Carl Posy | Hebrew University of Jerusalem
Interpreting Maimonides Critical Essays Edited by Charles H. Manekin | University of Maryland, College Park
This volume presents new essays on the single most important Jewish thinker of the Middle Ages, Moses Maimonides, providing new insights into longstanding debates. It will be of interest to scholars and students in Jewish history and thought, medieval philosophy, and religious studies. • Presents state-of-the-art research into and interpretations of Moses Maimonides, the most prominent Jewish thinker in history, by internationally renowned scholars • Explores longstanding debates and important themes relating to Maimonides’ philosophy • Includes essays discussing the medieval context of his outlook as well as themes including revelation, providence, and teleology Medieval philosophy
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 4 tables 978-1-107-18419-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
C
Kant’s views about mathematics are central to his philosophical thought. This book presents a comprehensive picture of current scholarship on the development of Kant’s philosophy of mathematics, together with discussions of its place in his overall philosophy. It treats both broad historical issues and fine-grained questions of interpretation. • Engages with a lively and emerging field which will connect Kantian studies with mathematical philosophy in innovative ways • Brings together authors from different schools of thought to provide readers with a full spectrum of contemporary approaches to Kant’s philosophy of mathematics • Explores how Kant’s mathematical thought developed over time, with chapters organised thematically to aid readers’ navigation of the issues Eighteenth-century philosophy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 328pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04290-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Philosophy
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Philosophical Progress of Hume’s Essays
Fichte’s Foundations of Natural Right
Margaret Watkins | Saint Vincent College, Pennsylvania
Hume’s Essays are important for understanding philosophical questions about human life and its individual and social progress. This book explores the relevance of Hume’s eighteenth-century thinking for today’s society, and will be valuable for readers in the fields of philosophy, politics, history, and economics. • Shows how these often neglected works can help philosophers to better understand Hume’s thought and his relevance today • Presents new accounts of Hume’s theories of the relation between emotions and aesthetics, sexual desire, and the importance of industry • Provides a clear thematic structure for readers, demonstrating the comprehensive nature of the Essays Eighteenth-century philosophy
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-47627-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Rachel Zuckert | Northwestern University, Illinois
Explores the main concepts of Herder’s aesthetics: aesthetic naturalism, where art is natural to and naturally valuable for human beings, and aesthetic pluralism, where aesthetic value takes many diverse, culturally varying forms. The book will interest scholars and students working on the philosophy of art or eighteenth-century European thought. • Offers the first full-length exploration of Herder’s significant contribution to the philosophy of aesthetics • Provides a naturalist interpretation of his work, examining his theory in the context of eighteenth- and nineteenth-century European philosophy of art • Includes discussion of specific texts to enable readers to better understand Herder’s innovative approach to aesthetic theory Eighteenth-century philosophy
C
Kant’s Lectures on Metaphysics
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-107-43507-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-07814-7 Hardback £67.99 / US$105.00
C C
Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason A Critical Guide Edited by James R. O’Shea | University College Dublin
Kant’s monumental Critique was arguably the most conceptually revolutionary work in the history of philosophy, but it is a notoriously difficult work, and its philosophical significance is hotly disputed. In this volume, experts clarify Kant’s arguments and address the latest controversies, making it invaluable for students and scholars of Kant. • Offers incisive analysis of one of history’s most influential philosophical texts • The book’s clear structure guides readers through Kant’s argument, making this notoriously challenging work accessible to students as well as researchers • Situates Kant’s masterpiece within the context of the controversies that have surrounded it throughout the centuries, and addresses recent scholarly and philosophical debates Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides
A Critical Guide Edited by Courtney D. Fugate | American University of Beirut
Contains ten chapters, all written by leading Kant scholars, constituting the most comprehensive and informed treatment of Kant’s metaphysics lectures to date. They provide balanced coverage of all parts of the lectures along with expert advice about how to make responsible use of these key materials from the Kantian corpus. • Addresses the content and context of Kant’s lectures comprehensively and from multiple angles • Provides critical discussion of how readers and researchers can make use of these highly important primary sources • Devotes chapters to the relation of Kant’s metaphysical lectures to topics in aesthetics and anthropology, demonstrating how the lectures can be viewed within his wider philosophy Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-17698-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
Despite being a great influence on nineteenthcentury philosophy, Fichte’s Foundations of Natural Right remains little understood. This Guide presents cutting-edge research that highlights its most important ideas and innovations. It will be essential reading for students and scholars of German Idealism, nineteenth-century philosophy, and the history of political thought. • Deepens understanding of and provides new perspectives on Fichte’s main concepts • Will appeal to readers interested in classical topics in political philosophy (social contract, property, and state legitimacy) • Demonstrates the importance of Fichte’s thought in its own right, independent of his relationship to Kant and Hegel Eighteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides
Herder’s Naturalist Aesthetics
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 282pp 978-1-108-48307-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
A Critical Guide Edited by Gabriel Gottlieb | Xavier University, Ohio
R
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 311pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-42750-1 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$31.99 Also available 978-1-107-07481-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C C
Interpreting Dilthey Critical Essays Edited by Eric S. Nelson | Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
This volume shows how Dilthey’s philosophical concepts can be understood in relation to their historical situation. It explores how they remain relevant to current philosophical issues concerning art, literature, the biographical and autobiographical self, knowledge, language, science, psychology, the embodied mind, culture, history, and society. • Provides a clear and comprehensive guide to key elements of Dilthey’s philosophy • Situates Dilthey’s work in its historical context while addressing modern debates and opening doors to new areas of exploration • Engages with topics within hermeneutics, aesthetics, practical philosophy, and philosophy of history Nineteenth-century philosophy
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 305pp 978-1-107-13299-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
31
Philosophy
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Cambridge Habermas Lexicon
Hegel on Philosophy in History
Edited by Amy Allen | Pennsylvania State University
Edited by Rachel Zuckert | Northwestern University, Illinois
32
In this comprehensive collection of essays in honour of the distinguished scholar of Hegel, Robert Pippin, leading philosophers investigate Hegel’s historical conception of philosophy. Hegelian doctrines explored include the purported end of art, Hegel’s view of human history, progress through history to modernity, and the continuing importance of Aristotelian ethics in modernity. • A wide-ranging collection of essays addressing issues at the centre of Pippin’s own work, written by leading contemporary philosophers • Explores an important issue in Hegel’s thought in the context of broader considerations of the history of philosophy • Promotes philosophical reflection on the current historical place of philosophical practice Nineteenth-century philosophy
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-107-47236-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-09341-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C C
The New Cambridge Companion to Nietzsche Edited by Tom Stern | University College London
Comprehensive, accessible and detailed, this volume will be important for students and teachers seeking to develop their understanding of Nietzsche’s philosophy. Key texts, including The Birth of Tragedy and Thus Spoke Zarathustra, are explored in depth, and topics covered include truth, science, art, history and his famous ‘will to power’. • Chapters treat key themes and works as well as Nietzsche’s influences and reception • A thorough introduction provides comprehensive background for readers seeking a context for Nietzsche’s philosophy • World-leading authors present accessible yet detailed coverage of his thinking Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 494pp 978-1-107-16136-8 Hardback £72.99 / US$94.99 978-1-316-61386-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
P G
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Hegel’s Elements of the Philosophy of Right A Critical Guide Edited by David James | University of Warwick
Exploring the key themes of Hegel’s seminal work of legal, social and political philosophy – Elements of the Philosophy of Right – this series of essays, written by leading experts in the field, adopts a fresh perspective to make readers aware of the breadth and depth of this classic work. • A collection of essays that reflect the continuing relevance of Hegel’s text • The essays are written by an international team of Hegel scholars • Focusses on key themes of interest to readers of Hegel’s work Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 246pp 978-1-107-43492-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99 Also available 978-1-107-07792-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C C
Jürgen Habermas’s work has profoundly influenced a wide range of fields, including philosophy, political theory, sociology, law, and cultural and communications studies. The Lexicon provides a state of the art, accessible, and comprehensive guide to the key concepts, figures, and debates associated with the entire development of Habermas’s work. • Explains over 200 key terms and figures • Written by experts in the field • Covers the entirety of Habermas’s philosophical body of work Twentieth-century philosophy
April 2019 253 x 177 mm 700pp 978-1-107-17202-9 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$150.00
R
How Theology Shaped TwentiethCentury Philosophy Frank B. Farrell | State University of New York, Purchase
Medieval theological ideas had an important influence on later philosophy. This book explores the legacy of these ideas and shows how key figures including Carnap, Russell, Quine, Hegel, Derrida, Benjamin, and McDowell were influenced by them yet also sought to escape from them. • Discusses theology in the Middle Ages and the twentieth century, reanalyzing philosophical links between Jewish and Christian thinkers • Shows how earlier theological beliefs can have a profound, if often overlooked, influence on philosophical positions today • Brings the work of numerous major figures into a unified, broad and persuasive narrative, providing new perspectives on overarching philosophical concerns Twentieth-century philosophy
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-108-49171-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Wittgenstein: Lectures, Cambridge 1930–1933 From the Notes of G. E. Moore Edited by David G. Stern | University of Iowa
This volume provides, for the first time, an almost verbatim record of Wittgenstein’s lectures from the early 1930s. It forms a valuable introduction to his philosophy and will be a useful resource for scholars, undergraduate students and upper-level students of philosophy, linguistics, anthropology, logic, and the social sciences. • Provides an accurate and transparent record of Wittgenstein’s early years as a lecturer at Cambridge • Includes topics little discussed elsewhere in Wittgenstein’s writing, offering a new approach to his later thought • A companion website features pictures of the source manuscripts Twentieth-century philosophy
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 494pp 40 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-108-73019-8 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99 R Also available 978-1-107-04116-5 Hardback £78.99 / US$116.00 R
Philosophy
Aristotle’s Method in Ethics
Physicalism Deconstructed
Philosophy in Practice Joseph Karbowski | University of Pittsburgh
Levels of Reality and the Mind–Body Problem Kevin Morris | Tulane University, Louisiana
This book argues for a scientific interpretation of Aristotle’s ethical method and takes an innovative approach toward understanding his conception of philosophy. It will interest readers working in the fields of philosophy, classics, political theory, history of ethics, and the relation between philosophy and science. • Examines Aristotle’s conception of the aim, structure, and method of philosophy • Challenges the orthodox dialectical reading of Aristotle’s method in ethics • Emphasizes Aristotle’s methodological flexibility and the role of judgment in his philosophical inquiries
Provides a philosophical and historical critique of contemporary conceptions of physicalism, especially non-reductive, levels-based approaches to physicalist metaphysics. Challenging assumptions about the mind-body problem, this accessible book will interest scholars working in metaphysics, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of science. • Presents an accessible and comprehensive critique of nonreductive, levels-based physicalism • Places the debate over reductive and nonreductive physicalism in a historical context, providing important background for readers • Adopts new perspectives on the mind-body problem and the metaphysics of mind
Classical philosophy
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-41959-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Philosophy (general)
C
Aristotle’s Anthropology Edited by Geert Keil | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin
Focusing specifically on Aristotle’s anthropological philosophy, the book discusses the meaning of Aristotle’s anthropological statements, their interrelations and their significance for exploring similarities and differences between human and non-human animals. It will interest those working on ancient and contemporary philosophical anthropology. • Compares and contrasts Aristotle’s anthropological philosophy across his ethical, metaphysical and biological works • Discusses the differences and similarities between human and nonhuman animals • Features debate on topics including rationality, morality, friendship and politics Classical philosophy
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-19269-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
NEW IN PAPERBACK
C
The Cambridge Companion to Hermeneutics Edited by Michael N. Forster | Rheinische FriedrichWillhelms-Universität, Bonn
Containing fifteen chapters written by leading scholars and providing a cross-disciplinary perspective, the volume presents an up-todate discussion of the study of interpretation. Non-technical and easily accessible, it will be a valuable introduction for students and scholars of contemporary European and Angloanalytic hermeneutics and philosophy. • Introduces key terms and arguments in philosophical hermeneutics, the study of interpretation • Adopts historical and systematic approaches to the discipline, providing an overview of its development and of its central questions • Contains new insights from leading scholars across the human sciences, presenting up-to-date and wide-ranging discussions Philosophy (general) | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy
Plato’s Symposium
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 440pp 978-1-107-18760-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63817-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
A Critical Guide Edited by Pierre Destrée | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium
This book presents new readings of all parts of Plato’s Symposium and offers fresh perspectives on topics including beauty, desire, and immortality. Students and scholars in philosophy and classics will benefit from this insightful and critical examination of a complex and influential dialogue of philosophical, historical, and literary interest. • Explores the Symposium in its constituent parts and as an integrated whole, offering new approaches to viewing this complex dialogue • Chapters by world-leading scholars address controversial subjects, particularly the concept of erōs • Presents contrasting yet complementary readings of some material, encouraging critical thinking and enabling new debates Classical philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides
January 2019 229 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-52569-6 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-11005-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47216-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
P P
Metaphysics Edited by Anthony O’Hear | Royal Institute of Philosophy, London
This volume is based on the lectures given in London at The Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series for 2016–7. The topic chosen for the series was metaphysics. The papers in the volume cover a diverse range of topics, including the nature of metaphysical explanation, its scope and limits, essence, necessity, possibility and identity. • Based on the lectures given in London at The Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series for 2016–17 • Considers a broad range of topics across metaphysics, from free will and essence, to Wittgenstein’s philosophy of the 1930s • Attests to the exciting and innovative work currently being done in metaphysics Philosophy (general) | Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 82
C
September 2018 228 x 152 mm 404pp 978-1-108-74062-3 Paperback £23.99 / US$38.99
C
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
33
Philosophy / Religion
Moral Enhancement
Reading the Bible Theologically
Critical Perspectives Edited by Michael Hauskeller | University of Liverpool
The papers collected in this volume have their origins in the 2016 Royal Institute of Philosophy annual conference. The subject addressed is moral enhancement: the idea that we should morally improve people through the manipulation of their biological constitution, using pharmacological, neuroscientific, or genetic means of modification. • Explores the concept of moral enhancement: the idea that we should morally improve people through the manipulation of their biological constitution • Contains essays by leading scholars in experimental psychology, social philosophy, and pragmatism • Based on papers delivered at the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s Annual Conference in Exeter in 2016
34
Philosophy (general) | Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 83
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 454pp 978-1-108-71734-2 Paperback £23.99 / US$39.00
C
Biblical studies – New Testament | Current Issues in Theology, 13
C
The Role of Emotion in 1 Peter Katherine M. Hockey | University of Aberdeen
The Cross and the Eucharist in Early Christianity A Theological and Liturgical Investigation Daniel Cardó | St John Vianney Theological Seminary, Colorado
This book is intended for those interested in patristics, liturgy, and sacramental theology: scholars, theology students and seminarians. While making available critical material, it presents a substantial and rich amount of early texts in a comprehensible way, showing their significance for the liturgical debate of the recent decades. • Brings into one conversation different kinds of sources (mainly patristic and liturgical) in a fresh and holistic approach • Presents significant liturgical texts not available in English translation until now • Gathers a substantial number of early sources, thematically organized to shed light on contemporary debates Theology
C
Calvin and the Resignification of the World Creation, Incarnation, and the Problem of Political Theology in the 1559 ‘Institutes’ Michelle Chaplin Sanchez | Harvard Divinity School, Massachusetts
Examines Calvin’s 1559 Institutes alongside critical theorists, arguing that attention to sovereignty, materiality, and teaching upsets simpler links between Protestantism, secularism, rationalism, and disenchantment. This book is for those working in religious studies, constructive theology, political theology, and debates over ‘modernity’. • Proposes a new reading of how Calvin’s Institutes treats the material body as a locus of teaching • Investigates the pedagogical dimensions of Calvin’s 1559 Institutio Christianae Religionis • Examines Calvin’s thinking about political sovereignty Theology
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 338pp 978-1-108-47304-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
This book examines Augustine and Spinoza, as well as today’s theologians and biblical scholars, and explores the difference it makes to give explicit focus to the place of the theological reader. It will be of interest to students and scholars of theological and religious studies disciplines, as well as to some in Christian ministry. • Presents the first monograph on the nature of theological reading of the Bible framed against the background of the current debate over theological exegesis • Demonstrates how different understandings of the nature of theology generate distinctive approaches to reading the Bible • Explores the potential for fruitful dialogue with various other modes of biblical interpretation December 2018 228 x 152 mm c.437pp 978-1-108-49748-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00
Religion
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 308pp 978-1-108-48323-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Darren Sarisky | University of Oxford
C
This book is for advanced undergraduates to academic specialists working in biblical and early Christian studies. It provides cutting-edge research on the argumentative function of emotions in the New Testament, notably the deployment of emotions to evaluate objects, construct a worldview, and shape self-understanding, goals, and behaviour. • Combines ancient and modern theory of emotion to provide a new methodology for exploring emotions in a biblical text • Condenses, summarizes, and explains a large volume of complex material concerning Stoic views on the emotions • Provides working definitions of at least five emotions along with other emotional experiences that could be subcategorized under these emotions Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 173
February 2019 216 x 140 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47546-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
The Reception of Paul and Early Christian Initiation History and Hermeneutics Benjamin Edsall | Australian Catholic University, Melbourne
This book highlights how the institutional frame of early Christian initiation shaped interpretations of Paul’s letters to create a foundation for bringing together ancient and modern interpretations and reconstructions of the Apostle’s ministry. This juxtaposition also grounds a reflection on hermeneutics and reception-historical work. • Brings reception historical studies together with studies of early Christian institutions • Proposes a hermeneutical framework for bringing together ancient and contemporary interpreters in constructive dialogue • Provides fresh translations of the primary sources and the most up to date discussion of the catechumenate’s development in English Church history
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 337pp 978-1-108-47131-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99
C
Religion
Writing the History of Early Christianity
The Holocaust and New World Slavery A Comparative History Volume 2 Steven Katz | Boston University
From Reception to Retrospection Markus Vinzent | King’s College London
Brings a new approach to the interpretation of the sources used to study the Early Christian era – reading history backwards. This book will interest teachers and students of New Testament studies from around the world of any denomination, and readers of early Christianity and patristics. • Challenges the interpretation of classic sources through a complementary historiography – retrospection • Suggests a contemporary, post-postmodern reading of history that goes far beyond the field of Early Christian studies • Uses four cases studies to demonstrate how this novel was of reading can be applied to well-known sources Church history
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 512pp 978-1-108-48010-9 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00
C
The Church and Empire Edited by Stewart J. Brown | University of Edinburgh
Judaism
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 28 tables 978-1-108-69904-4 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$150.00
R
The Foundation of Norms in Islamic Jurisprudence and Theology Omar Farahat | McGill University, Montréal
‘The Church and Empire’ is the theme of Studies in Church History, 54. This volume explores the relations of churches and empires around the world, and Christian conceptions of empire, in the ancient, medieval, early modern and modern periods, as well as the role of empire in the global expansion of Christianity. • Examines the symbiotic relationship between the Christian church and empires and imperial power • Contributions explore the ancient, medieval, early modern and modern periods • Maps global expansion of the Christian church onto the Spanish, Dutch, French and British Empires Church history | Studies in Church History, 54
June 2018 228 x 138 mm 436pp 978-1-108-47379-8 Hardback £65.00 / US$105.00
The Holocaust is regularly compared to other historical events in order to make comparisons that deny its uniqueness. This study claims the opposite. Those interested in comparative history, philosophy, slavery, African-American studies, women’s studies, and the Holocaust will find this book to be essential reading. • The first in depth comparison of the Holocaust and new world slavery • A fundamental re-examination of Jewish slave labor during World War II • Fully examines the unique treatment of women and children in the contexts of both new world slavery and the Holocaust
This book offers a new way of understanding classical Islamic theories, holding that divine revelation is necessary for the knowledge of norms and its reading of the issue of reason breaks new ground in Islamic theology, law and ethics. It will appeal to students and scholars of Islamic studies, Islamic ethics, law and post-colonial theory. • Offers a comparative study of Ash’arī and Mu’tazilī ideas of divine speech in the context of their contrasting metaphysical views • Explores how a study of classical Islamic thought can fit into postsecularist and post-orientalist trends in the humanities • Will generate a conversation on the nature and purpose of Islamic legal theory and its place in the formation of norms in the Islamic tradition Islam
C
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 253pp 978-1-108-47676-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
HIGHLIGHT
The Holocaust and New World Slavery A Comparative History Volume 1 Steven Katz | Boston University
Paul K.-K. Cho | Wesley Theological Seminary
The Holocaust is regularly compared to other historical events in order to make comparisons that deny its uniqueness. This study claims the opposite. Those interested in comparative history, philosophy, slavery, African-American studies, women’s studies, and the Holocaust will find this book to be essential reading. • The first in depth comparison of the Holocaust and New World slavery • A fundamental re-examination of Jewish slave labor during World War II • Fully examines the unique treatment of women and children in the contexts of both New World slavery and the Holocaust Judaism
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 28 tables 978-1-108-47655-3 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$150.00
Myth, History, and Metaphor in the Hebrew Bible
R
Examines the long-debated issue of the relationship between the Hebrew Bible and ancient Near Eastern myths. This book argues that myth has had a more fundamental influence on the plot structure and conceptual framework of the Hebrew Bible than previously recognized. • Examines the long-debated issue of the relationship between the Hebrew Bible and ancient Near Eastern myths • Analyzes the Near Ancient Myths of Baal Cycle and Enuma Elish, and key biblical texts including Genesis 1, Exodus 14-15, Isaiah 24-27 and 40-55, and Daniel 7 • Uses a novel, interdisciplinary methodology that combines theories of metaphor and narrative, and sheds new light on familiar material Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 259pp 978-1-108-47619-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
35
Religion
YHWH and Israel in the Book of Judges
God and Time Natalja Deng | Yonsei University, Seoul
An Object – Relations Analysis Deryn Guest | University of Birmingham
36
Using the ideas of three well known psychologists to explore key passages in Judges, this book demonstrates how the relationship between God and Israel is deeply problematic. It primarily addresses biblical scholars but is also of relevance to those working in pastoral and practical theology. • Provides concise overviews of key concepts and ideas in object-relations theory and how they can be applied to a biblical text • Demonstrates how key interests of traditional theologies can be critically explored through the psychological concepts of repression and splitting, attachment theory, and studies of the causes and effects of masochism • Opens a conversation with chaplains, ministers and theologians of the Hebrew Bible concerning the potential dangers of making biblical depictions of the YHWH/Israel relationship foundational for faith
This Element discusses the nature of time in relation to God, examining both history and scientific findings, alongside religion. Philosophy of religion | Elements in the Philosophy of Religion
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 68pp 978-1-108-45595-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P
Religious Epistemology Tyler Dalton McNabb | Houston Baptist University
Religious epistemology is the study of how epistemic concepts relate to religious belief and practice. This Element surveys various religious epistemologies, arguing specifically for Plantingian religious epistemology. It serves as a bridge between religious epistemology and natural theology.
Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible | Society for Old Testament Study Monographs
Philosophy of religion | Elements in the Philosophy of Religion
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 198pp 978-1-108-47650-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 100pp 978-1-108-45753-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
C
The Design Argument
Romanticism and the Re-Invention of Modern Religion
Elliott Sober | University of Wisconsin, Madison
The Reconciliation of German Idealism and Platonic Realism Alexander J. B. Hampton | University of Toronto
This book examines how early German Romanticism combined post-Kantian idealism and Platonic-Christian realism to develop a new aesthetics of religion. In explicating the religious vision of Romanticism, it offers a new historical appreciation of the movement, and furthermore demonstrates its importance for our understanding of religion today. • Details the constructive aims of Romanticism to develop an aesthetic language for religion • Key philosophical terms are introduced and explained • Provides a detailed consideration of the philosophical and religious debates in Germany leading up to the start of Romanticism Philosophy of religion
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42944-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Religion in the Modern World Celebrating Pluralism and Diversity Keith Ward | University of Oxford
For all who are interested in the future of religion in the modern world. Takes a historical and philosophical approach to explain how religions have changed historically, and how they react to modern knowledge. A text for school and college classes on religious diversity and pluralism, and for examining the nature of religion. • Celebrates diversity in religions by proposing a new approach to dealing with conflicting claims of co-existing religions • Critically analyses the ‘pluralistic hypothesis’ to develop a way of preserving concern for truth with acceptance of diverse beliefs • Shows how new knowledge necessitates changes in religious thinking and how religious views can respond positively to new scientific and moral beliefs Philosophy of religion
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 223pp 978-1-108-49249-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-71684-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99
R
P P
This Element analyzes the various forms of design arguments: the complex adaptive features that organisms have, and the argument for fine-tuning, which contends that life could not exist in our universe if the constants found in the laws of physics had values that differed even slightly from their actual values. Philosophy of religion | Elements in the Philosophy of Religion
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 92pp 8 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-45742-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 R NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World Volume 1: From the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic Age Edited by Michele Renee Salzman | University of California, Riverside
The Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World provides a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of the religions of the ancient Near East and Mediterranean world from the third millennium BCE to the fourth century BCE. Its essays, written by leading scholars, are accompanied by introductory essays by the General Editor and Volume Editor as well as maps, illustrations and detailed indexes. • All essays are written by acknowledged authorities in their field of expertise • The regional focus of the essays makes it possible for readers to see how a religious tradition or movement assumed a distinctive local identity and compare its development both elsewhere and with other religions of the same region • The treatment of the subject matter is synthetic and interdisciplinary, using literary, inscriptional, archaeological and other material evidence where available Classical studies (general)
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 464pp 26 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-70313-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99 R
Religion / Anthropology
NEW IN PAPERBACK
England and the Jews
The Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World
How Religion and Violence Created the First Racial State in the West Geraldine Heng
Volume 2: From the Hellenistic Age to Late Antiquity Edited by William Adler | North Carolina State University
The Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World provides a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of the religions of the ancient Near East and Mediterranean world from the Hellenistic age to the late Roman period. Its essays, written by leading scholars, are accompanied by introductory essays by the General Editor and Volume Editor as well as maps, illustrations and detailed indexes. • All essays are written by acknowledged authorities in their field of expertise • Essays are arranged regionally, making it possible for readers to see how a religious tradition or movement assumed a distinctive local identity and compare its development both elsewhere and with other religions of the same region • Treats subject matter synthetically, using literary, inscriptional, archaeological and other material evidence where available • More unified than previous studies, with each essay addressing similar issues Classical studies (general)
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 464pp 31 b/w illus. 10 maps R 978-1-108-70312-3 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99
Religion (general) | Elements in Religion and Violence
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 118pp 978-1-108-74045-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
P
Islam and Violence
37
Khaleel Mohammed | San Diego State University
This Element explores the relationship between Islam and violence beyond the elemental or anomalous in addition to tracing the meaning of jihad from a struggle for a worthy cause to its present-day interpretation of martyrdom and terrorism. Religion (general) | Elements in Religion and Violence
November 2018 178 x 127 mm 88pp 978-1-108-72823-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
R
Human Sacrifice Archaeological Perspectives from around the World Laerke Recht | International Institute for Mesopotamian Area Studies
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World General Editor Michele Renee Salzman | University of California, Riverside
The Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World provides a comprehensive examination of the history of the religions of the ancient Near East and Mediterranean world. Supplemented with maps, illustrations and detailed indexes, these volumes will be an excellent reference tool for scholars and students. • All essays are written by acknowledged authorities in their field of expertise • The regional focus of the essays makes it possible for readers to see how a religious tradition or movement assumed a distinctive local identity, and compare its development both elsewhere and with other religions of the same region • The treatment of the subject matter is synthetic and interdisciplinary, using literary, inscriptional, archaeological and other material evidence where available Ancient history
March 2019 229 x 152 mm 1071pp 978-1-108-70309-3 2 Volume Paperback Set Also available 978-1-107-01999-7 2 Volume Hardback Set
This Element explores how religion and violence visited on Jewish bodies and lives created the first racial state in the history of the West and stands as an example of how methods and conceptual frames of postcolonial and race studies can bring new perspective to the foundational history of the past.
c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99 R £216.00 / US$292.00
The Problem of Job and the Problem of Evil Espen Dahl | University of Tromso
The Book of Job considers physical pain, social bereavement, the origin of evil, theodicy, justice, divine violence, and reward. Such problems are explored here by consulting ancient and modern accounts from the fields of theology and philosophy.
P
The highly symbolic nature of sacrifice lends itself to manipulation by those carrying it out to maintain power and identity in carefully staged ‘performances’. This Element examines some of the types of sacrifice and ritual killing of human beings in Bronze Age China, the Near East, Mesoamerica and Northern Europe. Religion (general) | Elements in Religion and Violence
December 2018 178 x 127 mm 75pp 40 colour illus. 978-1-108-72820-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
R
Anthropology From Anthropology to Social Theory Rethinking the Social Sciences Arpad Szakolczai | University College Cork
For graduate students and researchers in anthropological theory, this book offers a renewal of social theory through anthropological concepts such as liminality, trickster, imitation, schismogenesis, participation, and gift relations, by revisiting the rise of the modern world and its sociology via key ideas developed by ‘maverick’ anthropologists. • Provides an anthropological ‘toolkit’ that enables innovative understanding of the underlying power mechanisms of globalized modernity • Readers dissatisfied with the canonised version of social theory will find new inspiration for research • Uses anthropological concepts never before discussed together Anthropological theory
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-108-42380-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43838-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99
P P
Religion (general) | Elements in Religion and Violence
January 2019 178 x 127 mm 75pp 978-1-108-72329-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
P
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
Anthropology / Economics, Business Studies
Economics, Business Studies
Learning and Everyday Life Access, Participation and Changing Practice Jean Lave | University of California, Berkeley
38
An incisive study of situated learning as transformational change in everyday life, aimed at students and researchers in the social sciences, social anthropology, anthropology of education and social theory. Lave’s critical theory of social practice takes assumptions about learning as key to theory and the practice of social change. • Provides an anthropological approach to comprehending and studying learning that will be useful for courses on everyday life and social practice, courses on different approaches to teaching and learning, and courses on political conflict, social organizing and social change • Argues the social, collective and political character of ‘learning’, which is relevant to every social science discipline as it addresses issues of social change • Traces twenty-five years of Lave’s work, including her own retrospective review of ‘situated learning’ • The chapters can be read in any order, each having its own introduction Social, cultural anthropology
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-108-48046-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-108-72743-3 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
KEY REFERENCE
The Cambridge Handbook of Kinship Edited by Sandra Bamford | University of Toronto
An essential work of reference for students and researchers of kinship, this Handbook will also be of interest to anyone working on issues related to gender, subjectivity, personhood, power relations, embodiment, globalization, and the history of social science thought. • Showcases the most important directions in the study of kinship over the last few decades, providing readers with a well-rounded view of the field • Twenty-nine chapters draw upon the original work of the most preeminent scholars in the field • Combines cutting-edge theoretical insights with well-grounded ethnographic research Social, cultural anthropology | Cambridge Handbooks in Anthropology
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 650pp 6 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-04118-9 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$160.00
R
Emotional Worlds Beyond an Anthropology of Emotion Andrew Beatty | Brunel University
A Guide for Analysts and Those Who Need to Understand Them Leslie Lipschitz | Bowdoin College, Maine
An excellent reference for applied economists, Macroeconomics for Professionals offers a guide to the practical tools of macroeconomic analysis, explaining succinctly the mainstream analytic frameworks for assessing developments and policies. • Draws on developments in countries around the world to provide the framework for macroeconomic analysis • Provides professionals and students with the tools needed to evaluate whether macroeconomic policies are adequately addressing twentyfirst-century challenges • Uses simple and appealing terms to enable readers to understand the importance of the macroeconomic issues covered Macroeconomics and monetary economics
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-316-51589-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-44983-0 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99
P P
The Bank of England and the Government Debt Operations in the Gilt-Edged Market, 1928–1972 William A. Allen | National Institute of Economic and Social Research (NIESR), London
This book analyzes the operations of the Bank of England in the gilt-edged market during the midtwentieth century. Drawing heavily on the archives and daily ledgers of the Bank of England, William A. Allen presents a specialized and revealing study of the practice and governance of British monetary policy. • Reveals largely unknown facts about the Bank of England’s gilt-edged operations during the mid-twentieth century through the use of archival research • Offers a different interpretation of monetary history by focusing on the problems posed by inadequate market liquidity • Sheds light on the Bank of England’s secretive policy decisions and the general public’s understanding of those decisions Macroeconomics and monetary economics | Studies in Macroeconomic History
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 284pp 23 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-108-49983-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C
The Political Economy of Defence
Emotional Worlds is the first anthropological work in a generation to reconsider the nature of emotion, a preoccupation of our age. Adopting a narrative approach, it explores cultural worlds from the intimate perspective of the emotional life, showing how emotions tell a story, shaping lives, transforming situations and colouring experience. • Provides readers with a critical perspective on the ethnographic encounter and a vivid insight into other lives • Recovers a vast area of social life and experience lost to conventional ethnography • Provides a critical perspective on other approaches to emotion in cognitive psychology, philosophy and the human sciences, highlighting their limitations in real-life situations Social, cultural anthropology | New Departures in Anthropology
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-02099-3 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-60537-4 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99
Macroeconomics for Professionals
P P
Edited by Ron Matthews | Cranfield University, UK
A contemporary and comprehensive analysis of national and supranational defence governance in an uncertain and increasingly dangerous world. For policymakers, analysts, graduate students and academics interested in defence economics, political economy, public economics and public policy. • The only contemporary perspective on the political economy of defence • Gives an updated and comprehensive review of the role of government and supranational authorities in the delivery of defence and security • Comprises high quality contributions from celebrated international scholars in their respective fields Public economics and public policy
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 542pp 21 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-42492-9 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$120.00 978-1-108-44101-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99
P P
Economics, Business Studies
Markets and Morals
Agency and Democracy in Development Ethics
Justifying Kidney Sales and Legalizing Prostitution Yew-Kwang Ng | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore
The book is researched and written with strong academic rigor and persuasive argument that also makes it accessible to the general public. Considering efficiency, equality, and morality, it argues for market expansion, particularly in legalizing kidney sales and prostitution. These are highly controversial issues with important public policy significance. • Explores how kidney sales and legalized prostitution in particular would significantly increase social welfare while considering efficiency, equality and morality • Extends economic analysis to include such effects as the possible crowding out of intrinsic motivation and morality in using the market, thus helping to reduce the anti-market sentiments that might be based on mistaken views • Argues that the progression of society through higher degrees of division of labor, higher incomes, better education, more liberalism, and more understanding of economics will typically allow a wider scope for using markets Public economics and public policy
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 254pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-19494-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64657-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99
Economic development and growth
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19500-4 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00
39 C
Barriers, Detours and Leapfrogging in Innovation Systems Keun Lee | Seoul National University
The Political Economy of War, Terrorism, Genocide, and Peace Second edition Charles H. Anderton | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts
This book provides comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of the key themes and principles of conflict economics, with new scholarship on well-established areas such as war, terrorism and alliances and underresearched areas including genocides, individual and family aspects of war, and conflict prevention. • Incorporates new tools and theoretical perspectives, including behavioral economics and economics of identity • Provides more extensive coverage of macroeconomic concepts and issues such as genocides and mass killings, weapons technologies, and conflict management and peace • Simple graphs, intuitive narratives, and applications of standard economic concepts and methods will be of use to both economic and noneconomic audiences Microeconomics
P P
International Trade, Welfare, and the Theory of General Equilibrium Edited by Sugata Marjit | Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta
This essential volume reflects the continuing and enduring utility of general equilibrium as a framework of analyses. It attempts to reiterate that understanding broad and holistic consequence of economic events and policies go beyond the partial equilibrium perspective. • Includes the seminal 1965 paper by Ronald Jones, ‘The Structure of Simple General Equilibrium Models’ • Offers unique perspectives by bringing together veteran scholars as well as young researchers • Recounts an array of contributions based on the theory and application of general equilibrium on several distinct research questions of wider interest Microeconomics
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-47387-3 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
Economists, philosophers, and policy experts from the Global North and South advance the conversation on the ethical dimensions of agency and democracy in development. These diverse essays from leading development academics and practitioners will interest students and scholars of global justice, international development and political philosophy. • Brings together the issues of agency, democracy, participation, and ethics in global development in a single, cohesive volume • Offers a diverse and relevant set of essays from academics and practitioners from a variety of fields from all around the globe • Celebrates and builds upon the work of development ethics pioneer David A. Crocker
The Art of Economic Catch-Up P P
Principles of Conflict Economics
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 241 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18420-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-63539-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99
Lori Keleher | New Mexico State University
Lee provides policy solutions for development challenges in non-technical terms, instead framing them with insightful and inventive allegories. The Art of Economic Catch-Up will appeal to anyone interested in innovation, ‘leapfrogging’, and economic development. • Includes accessible, non-technical explanations • Contains inventively conveyed, highly original theories • Presents incisive analysis of economic problems in developing/ emerging countries Economic development and growth
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-47287-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-108-46070-5 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
TEXTBOOK
Institutional Economics An Introduction Stefan Voigt | Universität Hamburg
A concise and clear introduction to the new institutional economics that summarizes and explains current knowledge whilst addressing its gaps and weaknesses. For undergraduate and postgraduate students taking their first course on institutional economics, or anyone interested in the subject and its specific subfields. • Written in a concise, yet easy to understand style • This English version of the hugely popular German textbook has been substantially revised and features new pedagogical features and online resources • A continuation of Cambridge University Press’s strong history of publishing in institutional economics, which includes titles by Nobel Laureates Elinor Ostrom and Douglass North Contents: Preface; Introduction; 1. The basics; 2. Simple transactions; 3. Repeated and long-term transactions: on the choice of governance structures with given institutions; 4. Institutions and collective action; 5. The relevance of institutions for growth and development; 6. Explaining differences in external institutions across societies; 7. Explaining change in internal institutions; 8. On the need for normative theory; 9. Consequences for economic policy; 10. Outlook. Economic development and growth
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 18 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-47324-8 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 X 978-1-108-46108-5 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$44.99 X
C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
Economics, Business Studies
Understanding Economic Change
Impact Evaluation Treatment Effects and Causal Analysis Markus Frölich | Universität Mannheim, Germany
Advances in Evolutionary Economics Edited by Ulrich Witt | Max Planck Institute, Jena
Leading evolutionary economists explain how thinking in evolutionary terms can enhance our understanding of economic and social change. Highlighting recent advances in the field, this book shows how the evolutionary approach is increasingly expanding into ever more domains of economics. • Offers interpretative tools for understanding economic change • Authored by a range of international experts in the field • Outlines recent advances in the field and extensions to new areas for the first time
40
Economic development and growth
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 402pp 11 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-13620-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C
Encompasses the main concepts and approaches of quantitative impact evaluations, used to consider the effectiveness of programmes, policies, projects or interventions. This textbook for economics graduate courses can also serve as a manual for professionals in research institutes, governments, and international organizations. • Covers recent developments in rigourous impact evaluations of the last fifteen years • Considers numerous real world examples • Uses graphical tools to illustrate key identification conditions • No previous knowledge of complex econometric theory is required Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 419pp 978-1-107-04246-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-107-61606-6 Paperback c. £25.00 / c. US$40.00
P P
Persecution and Toleration
An Introduction to the Advanced Theory of Nonparametric Econometrics
The Long Road to Religious Freedom Noel D. Johnson | George Mason University, Virginia
A Replicable Approach Using R Jeffrey S. Racine | McMaster University, Ontario
The emergence of religious liberty in the West is one of the most important developments in modern history. This book treats the subject in an integrative way, borrowing tools from economics, history, and political science. Researchers in fields across the humanities and social sciences will find it a valuable resource. • Presents a novel explanation of the rise of religious freedom • Readers will understand how modern Western societies came to treat religious diversity differently than pre-modern societies • Discusses the foundations of liberal societies in a manner accessible to a popular audience
This book provides theory, open source R implementations, and the latest tools for reproducible nonparametric econometric research. Advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and faculty wishing to keep abreast of this field will find this resource more accessible than similar books. • R code is provided for all examples and can be studied and modified by the reader • Each chapter ends with a ‘Practitioner’s Corner’ providing a set of commented examples in R that can be refined by the reader to suit their needs • An online solutions manual is available to instructors along with LaTeX beamer PDF formatted slides authored in R markdown that can be modified and tailored to an instructor’s needs
Economic development and growth | Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42502-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$100.00 978-1-108-44116-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
Global Value Chains and Development
January 2019 253 x 177 mm 340pp 978-1-108-48340-7 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99
P
Big-Time Sports in American Universities
Redefining the Contours of 21st Century Capitalism Gary Gereffi | Duke University, North Carolina
This book traces the emergence of arguably the most influential approach used to analyze globalization and its impacts. It studies the conceptual foundations of GVC analysis, and the twin pillars of ‘governance’ and ‘upgrading’, along with detailed case studies of China, Mexico and other emerging economies. • Offers a coursebook studying global value chains (GVC) • Brings together seminal writings of Professor Gereffi, one of the founders of the GVC framework • Presents detailed case studies of various emerging economies Economic development and growth | Development Trajectories in Global Value Chains
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 425pp 978-1-108-47194-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-45886-3 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99
Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics
P P
Second edition Charles T. Clotfelter | Duke University, North Carolina
Why do so many American universities operate spectator sports businesses that have virtually nothing to do with research, service, or learning? The new edition of Charles T. Clotfelter’s book continues to explore how this enterprise has become a central function in American universities, and argues for an honest accounting of its costs and benefits. • Provides an updated examination of big-time college sports in American universities • Addresses recent scandals in big-time sports at the University of North Carolina, Penn State University, and the University of Miami • Explores topics currently in the news, including the attempt to unionize college athletes, and the link between college football and violence on campus Industrial economics
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 380pp 18 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-42112-6 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-43139-2 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99 G
Economics, Business Studies / Education
Education
TEXTBOOK
Financial Econometrics Models and Methods Oliver Linton | University of Cambridge
TEXTBOOK
This thorough exploration of the models and methods of financial econometrics is written by one of the world’s leading financial econometricians. The up-to-date content covers developments in econometrics and finance over the last twenty years while ensuring a solid grounding in the fundamental principles of the subject. • Contains up-to-date coverage of topics reflecting recent developments in financial econometrics, including microstructure and asset pricing • This book is based on a successful course taught in the UK, China and Australia • Written by one of the world’s leading econometricians Contents: 1. Introduction and background; 2. Econometric background; 3. Return predictability and the efficient markets hypothesis; 4. Robust tests and tests of nonlinear predictability of returns; 5. Empirical market microstructure; 6. Event study analysis; 7. Portfolio choice and testing the capital asset pricing model; 8. Multifactor pricing models; 9. Present value relations; 10. Intertemporal equilibrium pricing; 11. Volatility; 12. Continuous time processes; 13. Yield curve; 14. Risk management and tail estimation; 15. Exercises and complements; 16. Appendix. Finance
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 622pp 978-1-107-17715-4 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$180.00 978-1-316-63033-4 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99
X X
Consumer Expectations Micro Foundations and Macro Impact Richard Thomas Curtin | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Building Relationships in Educational Settings Second edition Michael Dyson | Federation University Australia
This edition has been fully revised, and features two new chapters on assessment and planning for success along with sample planning documents and lesson plan templates. In-chapter activities, reflections, case studies and links to the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers (APST) reinforce student understanding. • Features links to the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers (APST) • Includes sample planning documents and lesson plan templates • Contains activities, reflections and case studies to help students feel confident before going on placement Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Ethical considerations; 3. Expectations; 4. Observations; 5. Planning for successful learning; 6. Assessing for successful learning; 7. Classroom management; 8. Mentoring and reflective practice; 9. Portfolios and reflective practice; 10. Building relationships for working with Indigenous students; 11. Building relationships for working with high able and gifted students; 12. Pre-service teachers from a nonEnglish speaking background; 13. Conclusions. Education, history, theory
Richard Thomas Curtin has directed the University of Michigan’s consumer sentiment surveys for more than four decades. His analyses of recent trends in consumer expectations are regularly covered in the worldwide press. In this book, Curtin presents a new theory of expectations, consistent with both micro data observations and the macro environment. • Proposes a new theory of consumer expectations based on empirical observations from the University of Michigan’s consumer sentiments surveys • Challenges rational and behavioural theories that presume consumers play a passive role in the macro economy • Establishes a framework that can achieve consensus across disciplines including psychology, sociology, and political science Economics (general)
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 370pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-107-00469-6 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-0-521-18113-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99
Success in Professional Experience
P P
July 2018 249 x 174 mm 248pp 2 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-44561-0 Paperback £54.99 / US$69.99
X
TEXTBOOK
Making Humanities and Social Sciences Come Alive Early Years and Primary Education Edited by Deborah Green | University of South Australia
Drawing on the expertise of a diverse team of academics and educators, Making Humanities and Social Sciences Come Alive is an invaluable resource that provides early childhood and primary pre-service educators with the knowledge and skills to deliver this exciting curriculum. • Closely aligned with the Australian Curriculum and the Early Years Learning Framework, this text encourages best practice in the teaching of history, geography, civics and citizenship, and economics and business in the early childhood and primary settings • Each chapter draws on the expertise of a diverse group of leading academics and practising teachers from across Australia, providing comprehensive coverage of all major concepts • Learning is supported through practical tips, reflections, review questions and case studies highlighting the application of theory Contents: Part I. Humanities and Social Sciences Curriculum: 1. Making humanities and social sciences come alive: the significance of curriculum in education; 2. A guided tour of the HASS Australian Curriculum: planning and integrating learning; 3. HASS in the early years: connecting the Early Years Learning Framework and the Australian Curriculum; 4. Humanities and social sciences in the early childhood and primary years; Part II. HASS Concepts and Sub-strands: 5. Conceptual thinking in HASS; 6. The past in the present: bringing history and citizenship education to life in early years settings; 7. History and historical inquiry; 8. Making geography come alive by teaching geographical thinking; 9. Civics and citizenship in the twenty-first century; 10. Bringing economics and business into educational settings; Part III. Teaching and Learning in HASS: 11. Inquiry learning – the process is essential to the product; 12. Engaging with ethical understanding in the early years and beyond: the community of inquiry approach; 13. The power of play to engage and nurture creative, independent learners; 14. Using picture books to develop language and literacies in HASS; 15. Effective assessment practices; Part IV. Integration
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
41
Education
across Cross-Curriculum Priorities: 16. The General Capabilities’ synergy with HASS; 17. Authentic engagement with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander content in P–6 education; 18. Studies of Asia and Australia’s involvement with Asia; 19. Educating for sustainability: theoretical and practical insights for preservice teachers; Part V. HASS for All Learners: 20. Values education and social justice; 21. Culturally responsive pedagogy: respecting the diversity of learners studying humanities and social sciences; 22. Humanities and social sciences for everyone: inclusive approaches respectful of learner diversity; Part VI. Community and Global Connections: 23. Using community resources to develop active and informed citizens; 24. Uncovering hidden hems in the community; 25. Enhancing HASS learning with technology; 26. Libraries and librarians: at home with HASS; 27. Global education; Part VII. Getting Started: 28. Early career teaching in the early years; 29. Early career teaching in the primary years. Education, history, theory
42
March 2019 255 x 190 mm 552pp 74 colour illus. 33 tables 978-1-108-44543-6 Paperback £54.99 / US$69.99 X
Health and Physical Education Preparing Educators for the Future Third edition Judith Miller | University of New England, Australia
Health and Physical Education: Preparing Educators for the Future continues to provide a comprehensive overview of the theoretical underpinnings, knowledge, understanding and skills required to successfully teach health and physical education in Australia. The book brings together research, curriculum and pedagogy in the field. • Includes an improved balance of early years, primary and secondary content • Presents a greater focus on ‘health’, health education and promotion • This book is supported by superior pedagogical features within the text and a complementary VitalSource interactive eBook Education, history, theory
November 2018 255 x 190 mm 288pp 36 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-33369-6 Paperback with VitalSource eBook £55.00 / US$84.95 X
The Politics of Institutional Reform Katrina, Education, and the Second Face of Power Terry M. Moe | Stanford University, California
Treating Hurricane Katrina as a natural experiment, Moe explores education reform to reveal how political power shapes and stifles efforts to fix failing institutions. Because the post-Katrina reforms proved revolutionary, this book will interest researchers and students in American politics, education, public policy, and theory of political institutions. • Provides a novel approach to studying the politics of institutional reform • Offers a new perspective on the education reform that occurred in New Orleans post-Katrina • Shows how the politics of institutional reform can be understood in terms of simple fundamentals: vested interests and power
Making Sense of Mass Education Third edition Gordon Tait | Queensland University of Technology
This book provides engaging and accessible analysis of traditional issues associated with mass education. It challenges preconceptions about social class, gender and ethnicity discrimination; highlights the interplay between technology, media, popular culture and schooling; and inspects the relevance of ethics and philosophy in modern classrooms. • Updated to include the latest research, statistics and legal policies • Features a new chapter on alternative education, reflecting the changing landscape of Australian education • Includes access to a large collection of additional questions, activities and relevant web and video links Contents: Part I. Re-assessing the Three Pillars: Modern and Postmodern Sociologies of Education: 1. Social class; 2. Gender; 3. Race/ethnicity; Part II. The Foundations of an Alternative Approach: Education and Governance: 4. Governance; 5. Subjectivity; 6. Pre-adulthood; 7. Big data; Part III. Cultural Contexts of Contemporary Education: 8. The media; 9. Popular culture; 10. Technology; 11. Globalisation; Part IV. Philosophy and Mass Education: 12. Philosophy; 13. Ethics and the law; 14. Truth and postcolonialism; 15. Alternative education. Education, history, theory
February 2019 255 x 190 mm 364pp 6 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-44579-5 Paperback c. £60.00 / c. US$84.95
C
X
TEXTBOOK
Understanding Curriculum The Australian Context Second edition Scott Webster | Deakin University, Victoria
Understanding Curriculum is a critical introduction to contemporary curriculum theory and practice. Substantially revised, the second edition includes more detailed consideration of the ideological underpinnings of curriculum development, and features new chapters on assessment and reporting, and updated vignettes and extracts. • Explores major philosophies of curriculum development, including conservative, neoliberal and progressive approaches • Examines the relationships between curriculum and pedagogy, equity, technology, gender, social justice and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander issues in depth • Includes annotated weblinks and lecturer resources Contents: 1. The landscape of curriculum theory; 2. Introducing conservative ideological approaches to curriculum; 3. Social efficiency ideology; 4. Neoliberal ideology in curriculum; 5. Progressive approaches to curriculum; 6. Social reconstruction ideology; 7. Pedagogy; 8. Equity and (critical) diversity; 9. Exploring implications of the construction of the girl/boy binary in curriculum; 10. Indigenous issues and a curriculum for social justice; 11. How educational technology influences curriculum work; 12. Assessing what we value; 13. Designing assessment; 14. Unit planning and design; 15. Reflecting on how you can bring education to the curriculum. Education, history, theory
February 2019 249 x 176 mm 276pp 978-1-108-44999-1 Paperback £59.99 / US$74.99
Education, history, theory
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 214pp 978-1-108-48115-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
TEXTBOOK
X
Language and Linguistics
Language and Linguistics
lexicon; 11. Compositionality in the mapping from the lexicon to syntax; Answers to selected exercises; Online resources; Glossary; References; Subject index; Name index.
Korean Syntax and Semantics
Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics
EunHee Lee | State University of New York, Buffalo
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 432pp 101 b/w illus. 39 tables 978-0-521-83932-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 X 978-0-521-54795-6 Paperback £25.99 / US$33.99 X
An accessible yet in-depth introduction to the structure and meaning of Korean and modern linguistic theory, which will be essential reading for both professional linguists and students in syntax, semantics, and Asian language and linguistics. • Contains new theoretical analyses of Korean, that provides an important reference for theoretical discussions • Provides key words, exercises and further reading lists to help develop the application of mainstream linguistic theories to Korean • Uses innovative applications of modern syntax-semantics theoretical technology in a step-by-step way Grammar and syntax
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 368pp 102 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-41719-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C
Universal Semantic Syntax A Semiotactic Approach Egbert Fortuin | Universiteit Leiden
Fernando Zúñiga | Universität Bern, Switzerland
Aimed at students of linguistics and researchers in morphology, syntax, and semantics, this textbook introduces a wide variety of topics related to passives, causatives, and other voices, and systematizes how they are similar and how they differ. • The first ever textbook devoted to the crosslinguistic study of voice • Creates consistent terminology that can be adopted by users to enable better understanding of the field due to common labels for different, yet similar, phenomena • Includes a chapter on sources of individual voices and voice syncretisms Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics
Syntactic theory has been dominated in the last decades by theories that disregard semantics in their approach to syntax. This book presents an alternative approach to syntax, showing that syntax can be analyzed from a semantic perspective. • Proposes a new and integrated view of syntax • Provides a clear and comprehensive introduction into semiotactic theory, ideal for readers without prior knowledge of the theory • Presents a model for analyzing each sentence from any language by formalizing it Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 160
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-47680-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
Grammatical Voice
C
TEXTBOOK
The Lexicon James Pustejovsky | Brandeis University, Massachusetts
An accessible introduction to lexical structure and design, and the relation of the lexicon to grammar as a whole. The Lexicon can be used for introductory and advanced courses, and includes a range of exercises and in-class activities designed to engage students, and help them acquire the knowledge and skills they need. • The book is structured so the contents can be easily customised to a specific course level, set of objectives or requirements, with a brief cross-reference guide for instructors • No single linguistic framework is assumed, so instructors can easily adapt the materials to their specific theoretical allegiance • Includes a wide range of exercises per chapter, with ‘Discuss’ items specifically tailored for in-class activities and group discussion • Uses a syntactic approach to lexical data, with special emphasis on syntactically relevant lexical features, to help students relate the content of this course to their background in syntactic theory Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Part I. The Lexicon in Linguistic Theory: 1. Introduction; 2. Lexicon and syntax; 3. Lexicon in syntactic frameworks; 4. Lexicon and semantics; 5. Lexicon in semantic frameworks; Part II. Lexical Structures: 6. The structure of a lexical entry; 7. Semantic typing and decomposition; 8. Argument structure; 9. Lexical aspect, tense, and modality; Part III. Lexicon as a System: 10. General architecture of the
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 309pp 23 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-107-15924-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-61212-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 P
Open Source Jihad Problematizing the Academic Discourse on Islamic Terrorism in Contemporary Europe Per-Erik Nilsson
Per-Erik Nilsson provides an overview of the academic research and political legislation concerning ‘Islamic terrorism’ in Europe, examining ‘terrorism’, ‘radicalism’, and ‘counter-terrorism’ and how they evolved into academic focus of studies and political objects of governance. Grammar and syntax | Elements in Religion and Violence
August 2018 178 x 127 mm 100pp 978-1-108-44874-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
G
The English Phrasal Verb, 1650–Present History, Stylistic Drifts, and Lexicalisation Paula Rodríguez-Puente | Universidad de Oviedo, Spain
Ideal for researchers and students in English historical linguistics and syntax, this comprehensive study traces the development of phrasal verbs from early modern to present-day English. Based on large amounts of empirical evidence it shows the phrasal verb to be one of the most idiosyncratic features of English. • Provides readers with new evidence concerning the status of phrasal verbs based on empirical evidence over a long time span • Uses corpus evidence to provide new insights into the nature of the particles and phrasal-combinations • Provides readers with a better understanding of the morphosyntactic and semantic features of phrasal verbs under three great processes of linguistic change (grammaticalisation, lexicalisation, and idiomatisation) Grammar and syntax | Studies in English Language
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 344pp 41 b/w illus. 44 tables 978-1-107-10174-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
43
Language and Linguistics
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Rhyme over Reason
The Language of Hunter-Gatherers
Phonological Motivation in English Réka Benczes | Corvinus University of Budapest
44
Ideal for scholars and students of linguistics, discourse, stylistics and language play, this book explores the role of phonological motivation – sound symbolism and rhyme/alliteration – in English word-formation. It argues that the sound shape of words carries meaning for its users and also has a range of social and interactional functions. • Presents an up-to-date and comprehensive account of word-formation patterns generally neglected or marginalized in morphological literature • Incorporates a wide array of examples, ranging from conventionalized words and expressions to brand names and advertisements • Places often neglected word-formations into the bigger morphological picture Phonetics and phonology
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 15 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-49187-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
The Prosodic Patterns of English Conversation A comprehensive resource that catalogues the most common and useful prosodic patterns in English, explaining how we weave together intonation, loudness variation, and timing to frame words, tie meanings together, and achieve our goals in conversation. Ideal for courses on phonetics, pragmatics, and English as a second language. • Focuses on prosody in real life conversations, ideal for English as a Second Language (ESL) teachers and learners • Considers the broader picture of human interaction, linking language phenomena to culture, cognitive processes, personal styles, and social interaction • Accessible to both students and non-specialists, early chapters develop concepts and help the reader hone their perceptions Phonetics and phonology
P P
The Limits of Expression Language, Literature, Mind Patricia Kolaiti | New York College, Athens
Sociolinguistics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 672pp 978-1-107-00368-2 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00
C
Language, Culture, and Education
Explores language, culture, and education among immigrants in the United States. Using qualitative and quantitative research methods, it describes the range of experiences in raising children with more than one language, across major ethno-linguistic groups in New York – those of Hispanic, Chinese and Korean communities. • Provides professionals in education, speech language pathology, and social studies with guidance on how to integrate cultural and linguistic diversity into their teaching and therapy practices • Highlights parents’ concerns about maintaining their heritage language and the challenges they face in raising their children bilingual • Includes a repository of first-hand immigrant experiences that focuses on the challenges of learning English, acculturation into US society, and achieving education goals Sociolinguistics
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 342pp 4 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-08187-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Variation, Versatility and Change in Sociolinguistics and Creole Studies John Russell Rickford | Stanford University, California
Exploring ‘the prison house of language’, this book radically alters our view of the interplay between language, literature and mind; it reconsiders a wide range of interdisciplinary issues of particular interest to linguists, cognitive psychologists and literary/art theorists, sketching new directions for literary study in the twenty-first century. • This book is accessible to a wide audience across multiple disciplines, with varying degrees of expertise • Shows how linguistics and cognitive theories can both influence and be influenced by the study of literature and art • Maps out new directions for literary study in the twenty-first century Semantics and pragmatics
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 165pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41866-9 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
This volume offers a linguistic window into twenty-first-century hunter-gatherer societies – how they survive and interface with agricultural and industrial societies. It challenges assumptions regarding the lack of social dynamism in huntergatherer societies and shows that their languages are no different from other languages. • Addresses an ongoing debate, whilst bringing new kinds of data to the argument • Includes a valuable appendix on forager languages • Easily accessible, it avoids using technical linguistic jargon
Challenges of Diversity in the United States Edited by Elizabeth Ijalba | Queens College, City University of New York
Nigel G. Ward | University of Texas, El Paso
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 262pp 108 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-18106-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-63361-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
Edited by Tom Güldemann | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin
C
A collection of seminal articles that show how linguists who study variation and change in language and society, and those who study pidgin and creole languages, have benefitted from sharing their respective data, theories and methods. Ideal for scholars and students of sociolinguistics, creole studies, and Caribbean and African American studies. • Includes several of John Russell Rickford’s key works in one place, including two brand new, specially-written chapters • Addresses key theoretical concepts in sociolinguistics with data from creole communities and insights from recent data from African America and the Caribbean • Provides an invaluable resource for researchers who wish to assess the linguistic and sociolinguistic competence of speakers in their speech communities or communities of practice more deeply than most current methods provide for Sociolinguistics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 382pp 23 b/w illus. 39 tables 978-1-107-08613-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C
Language and Linguistics
Language and Subjectivity Tim McNamara | University of Melbourne
Understanding the role of language within the formation of a sense of self has been revolutionised by developments in social theory, particularly poststructuralism. This book provides students with a much-needed introduction to these developments and their relevance to social problems involving racist, sexist, homophobic and other discourses. • Provides an up-to-date theoretical approach to the topic, in a field which often relies on out-of-date theory • Difficult concepts are explained clearly, promoting understanding by students as well as researchers • Presents an exciting and theoretically defensible methodological breakthrough in poststructuralist discourse analysis Sociolinguistics | Key Topics in Applied Linguistics
February 2019 216 x 138 mm 282pp 978-1-108-47548-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$104.00 978-1-108-46855-8 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
Talk and Text in the Criminal Process Martha Komter | Netherlands Institute for the Study of Crime and Law Enforcement (NSCR)
Aimed at linguists and sociologists working on discourse and conversation analysis, as well as scholars of law, this book examines how a suspect’s statement is elicited and written down, how it systematically differs from how the statement was spoken, and how it is quoted in court. • Provides insight for academics and legal professionals into the interplay of talk and text in institutional settings • Supplies a step-by-step analysis of the construction of the police report in the course of the interrogation • Uncovers the unnoticed features and unintended effects of the entextualisation process Sociolinguistics | Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 33
C
Sociolinguistic Variation in Children’s Language
This book explores the impact of the rise of English as a global language on English language teaching, and calls for innovation in pedagogical practice. Readership includes researchers of World Englishes, English as a lingua franca, English as an international language, and translanguaging, as well as teachers of applied linguistics and TESOL. • Discusses the key teaching constructs from a global perspective • Examines a wide range of recent research on the pedagogical implications of the growth of English as a global language • Provides researchers with a roadmap for future teaching-related research in Global Englishes, World Englishes, English as a lingua franca and English as an international language Applied linguistics and second language acquisition
The Cambridge Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics Edited by Geoff Thompson | University of Liverpool
Aimed at researchers and advanced students working in systemic functional linguistics (SFL) and other functional and cognitive areas of linguistics, this field-defining handbook provides an important state-ofthe-art survey of key issues in the study of SFL, covering an impressive range of theory and application. • A valuable one-stop resource of systemic functional linguistics (SFL) foundations and developments, for students, lecturers and researchers alike • Surveys the key issues in the study of SFL, making it accessible to readers who are unfamiliar with the theory • Provides an outline of future directions of the theory and its applications to inspire future research Discourse analysis | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 800pp 118 b/w illus. 52 tables 978-1-107-11698-6 Hardback £120.00 / US$156.00 R PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Acquiring Community Norms Jennifer Smith | University of Glasgow
Aimed at sociolinguists and researchers of child language acquisition, as well as psychologists and educationalists, this book analyses the development of dialect in preschool children, in interaction with their primary caregivers. • Focuses on a comprehensive range of features that provides a complete picture of the acquisition of variation • Analyses an extensive database of vernacular speech arising from caregiver/child interaction in the earliest years of language development • Provides a wealth of real-life examples of caregiver/child interaction, not readily available elsewhere Sociolinguistics | Studies in Language Variation and Change
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-17261-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00
Heath Rose | University of Oxford
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 8 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-107-16273-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-61495-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 P
The Suspect’s Statement
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 226pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05948-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
Global Englishes for Language Teaching
C
The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics Edited by H. Ekkehard Wolff | Universität Leipzig
For scholars, students, and readers interested in African affairs and development studies, this book looks at past and current research on ‘African languages’ and addresses the role and functions of language, African and other, in ‘traditional’ and postcolonial African societies in terms of sociocultural modernization and economic development. • The first fully-comprehensive account of African linguistics that addresses its global history, tracing its establishment in various world regions and sub-regions of Africa • Exposes readers to a plethora of academic traditions and approaches to the study of ‘African languages’ and ‘language in Africa’ • Covers a vast area of inquiry including historical linguistics, language typology, culture and society, multilingualism, literacy, and language planning African, Caribbean language, linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 728pp 21 b/w illus. 13 maps 95 tables 978-1-108-41798-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 R
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
45
Language and Linguistics / Law
Law
Mexican American English Substrate Influence and the Birth of an Ethnolect Edited by Erik R. Thomas | North Carolina State University
An intensive overview of Mexican American English, linking it to the speech of other immigrant groups worldwide. This study is of particular interest to students and researchers in linguistics, as it provides insight into language contact, immigrant groups’ response to majority cultures, and an analysis of language-transfer effects. • Offers the most comprehensive empirical linguistic analysis of Mexican American English conducted to date • A large number of linguistic variables are analysed, to give a balanced picture of linguistic divisions within a community • Makes previously unmade connections between Latino English and other immigrant language varieties around the world History of the English Language | Studies in English Language
46
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 88 b/w illus. 41 tables 978-1-107-09856-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
TEXTBOOK
The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language
Anita Bernstein | Brooklyn Law School
In this book, Anita Bernstein explains why lawyers seeking gender progress from primary legal materials should start with the common law. She analyzes politically contentious issues such as abortion, surrogacy, prostitution, and sexual assault, with the aim to widen what the law can achieve in furtherance of women’s autonomy. • Offers an analysis of politically contentious issues, including abortion, surrogacy, prostitution, and sexual assault, with the goal of widening what the law can achieve in furtherance of women’s autonomy • Provides an explanation of why lawyers seeking gender progress from primary legal materials should start with the common law • Challenges the presumption that the common law and feminist jurisprudence are incompatible by identifying connections between the two systems that have always existed but have rarely been acknowledged Jurisprudence, legal theory
Third edition David Crystal | University of Wales, Bangor
An essential text for a new generation of twentyfirst-century English language enthusiasts, its dual purpose as both a reference and textbook will appeal to English language lecturers and students as well as non-native English speakers. Audio resources recorded by David Crystal for this new edition bring the text to life. • Fully updated and expanded with new material to meet the needs of twenty-first century English language enthusiasts • Packed with over 100 colour illustrations, maps, tables and graphics • New online audio resources recorded by David Crystal for this third edition bring the text to life Contents: 1. Modelling English; Part I. The History of English: 2. The origins of English; 3. Old English; 4. Middle English; 5. Early modern English; 6. Modern English; 7. World English; Part II. English Vocabulary: 8. The nature of the lexicon; 9. The sources of the lexicon; 10. Etymology; 11. The structure of the lexicon; 12. Lexical dimensions; Part III. English Grammar: 13. Grammatical mythology; 14. The structure of words; 15. Word classes; 16. The structure of sentences; Part IV. Spoken and Written English: 17. The sound system; 18. The writing system. Part V. Using English: 19. Varieties of discourse; 20. Regional variation; 21. Social variation; 22. Personal variation; 23. Electronic variation; Part VI. Learning About English: 24. Learning English as a mother tongue; 25. New ways of studying English. English language, linguistics (general)
November 2018 276 x 219 mm 582pp 978-1-108-42359-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43773-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99
The Common Law Inside the Female Body
P P
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17781-9 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62918-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
P P
Danse Macabre Temporalities of Law in the Visual Arts Desmond Manderson | Australian National University, Canberra
The visual arts offer wholly new resources through which to understand the representation, power, ideology and critique of law. This interdisciplinary book includes exceptional close readings of major works by artists from the sixteenth to the twentyfirst century informed by legal and social history, and by recent developments in legal and art theory. • Connects legal ideas to two major new turns in contemporary research – towards time, and visual studies • Engages with specific works of art from the sixteenth to the twentyfirst century • Discusses the intersection of law and art Jurisprudence, legal theory
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 64 b/w illus. 978-1-107-15866-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Church Law in Modernity Toward a Theory of Canon Law between Nature and Culture Judith Hahn | Ruhr-Universität, Bochum, Germany
This book discusses natural law as a traditional but highly contested source of canon law. In doing so it marks a contribution to the heated debates on natural law in general and on the foundation of law, both secular or religious, in legal studies, philosophy, and ethics. • Proposes a new view of Catholic natural law • Proposes a new procedure for canon law legislation • Discusses natural law from an interreligious and interdisciplinary perspective Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-48325-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Law
Jurist in Context
Emergency Powers in Australia
A Memoir William Twining | University College London
This fascinating intellectual memoir by a leading academic lawyer charts the development of his thought in the context of African, American, and British universities over sixty years. Twining’s unique engagement with globalisation, jurisprudence, evidence, and legal education is addressed to legal theorists and academic lawyers generally. • Provides a historical perspective and intimate account of the development of law as a discipline in common law countries over sixty years • Offers a distinctive view of jurisprudence that challenges some mainstream ideas and practices while providing an integrated approach to legal theorising • Explores fundamental ideas about rules, values, concepts, evidence, standpoints, problems, reasoning and social facts, as well as the implications of globalisation for law and jurisprudence
Second edition H. P. Lee | Monash University, Victoria
This book is of value to public officials with responsibility for handling emergencies threatening public safety or national security, constitutional commentators and scholars, and members of the public interested in understanding how Australia reconciles preservation of public safety with the protection of fundamental freedoms and the rule of law. • Provides a contemporary perspective on how a democratic country, such as Australia, deals with emergencies or crises which threaten public safety or national security, without undermining the rule of law • Provides a lucid analysis of the Australian constitutional and legal framework and the broad range of powers available to the authorities to deal with a crisis situation • Focuses on the operation of the separation of judicial power as a constraint on the invocation of special powers pertaining to preventative detention and control orders
Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law in Context
Constitutional and administrative law, public law
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 11 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 978-1-108-48097-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-70367-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99 P
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 312pp 978-1-107-16653-0 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Women as Constitution-Makers
Judicial Power
Case Studies from the New Democratic Era Edited by Ruth Rubio-Marín | Universidad de Sevilla
How Constitutional Courts Affect Political Transformations Christine Landfried
Featuring works by scholars and practitioners, this book offers an exciting analysis of the power of national and transnational constitutional courts. In times of rising populism, the authors examine the conditions under which constitutional courts can be a resource for democratic governance. Of interest to students, researchers, and practitioners. • Scholars of different disciplines and judges contribute chapters to this volume • The authors offer a new perspective of research on constitutional courts by relating the legitimacy and the effectiveness of constitutional courts to judicial methods of decision-making • The contributions offer a differentiated view of the power of constitutional courts focusing on the interesting question: what exactly is political about judicial review and what is not?
This book offers first-hand accounts of women’s role in constitutionmaking in the democratic and post-conflict ‘revolutions’. Its audience will include students and readers of political and constitutional history, those interested in the dynamics of non-‘western’ politics, and the growing readership for literature on gender and constitutionalism. • Offers case studies of women as constitution-makers in nine individual countries, with a focus on countries other than the ‘west’ • Provides case studies of constitution-making in newly-democratising or post-conflict countries • The introduction draws lessons from a comparison of the case studies, as well as addressing larger, synthetic questions about both the importance of women’s participation in constitution-making, and the obstacles women face as constitution-makers Constitutional and administrative law, public law
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 384pp 1 table 978-1-108-49277-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
Constitutional and administrative law, public law
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 403pp 1 table 978-1-108-42566-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00
C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
47
Law
AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
The Shapeshifting Crown
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Locating the State in Postcolonial New Zealand, Australia, Canada and the UK Edited by Cris Shore | University of Auckland
48
The Crown, bedrock of the constitution and ultimate source of state power, is a legal fiction; ambiguous, enigmatic, poorly understood, yet politically expedient. This book combines anthropological and legal perspectives to unravel its shapeshifting nature and the work that it performs in postcolonial New Zealand, Australia, Canada and Britain. • A novel anthropological analysis of the Crown and the political and legal work that it performs in Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the United Kingdom • Examines the Crown’s fluid, contested and contradictory meanings and the implications of this for political legitimacy, sovereignty and governance in postcolonial societies • Provides comparative and ethnographic perspectives on the role of the Crown in postcolonial Australia, Canada, New Zealand and Britain, and assesses which country will be the first to become a republic • Analyses arguments about constitutional reform and offers new anthropological insights into the meanings of monarchy as a symbolic system Constitutional and administrative law, public law
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 224pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49646-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Social Foundations of the Post-National Legal Structure Chris Thornhill | University of Manchester
This book examines the social processes that lead to the evolution of legal norms with global constitutional standing in contemporary society. It makes an important contribution to the sociology of constitutional law, post-legal national legal processes and human rights law. This title is also available as Open Access. • Explains the deep-lying social foundations of transnational law • Develops a new historical-sociological method for analyzing transnational norms • Combines methods derived from legal analysis, legal sociology and political sociology • This title is also available as Open Access Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 534pp 978-1-108-45599-2 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99 Also available 978-1-107-03852-3 Hardback £72.99 / US$110.00
C C
The Nature of Constitutional Rights The Invention and Logic of Strict Judicial Scrutiny Richard H. Fallon Jr. | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts
Constitutional Dialogue Rights, Democracy, Institutions Geoffrey Sigalet | Stanford University, California
This volume will interest academic audiences across the fields of human rights law, public law, constitutional theory, jurisprudence, political theory, and political science. It will appeal to lawyers and judges reviewing legislation for compliance with rights, and political scientists and legislators interested in institutional dialogue. • Breaks important new ground in political and constitutional theory • The contributors are drawn from multiple intersecting disciplines and subfields • Exposes readers to different regional perspectives Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 21
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 483pp 978-1-108-41758-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00
A Sociology of Transnational Constitutions
C
This book explains what it means to have a constitutional right - which is often less than people think. It examines how, and why, rights can be outweighed by ‘compelling governmental interests’. Using historical examples, the book illuminates the nature of the judicial role in protecting genuinely meaningful rights. • Offers a fresh perspective on constitutional law and constitutional debates by focusing on the question of what it means to have a constitutional right when rights must often yield to ‘compelling governmental interests’ • Provides an account of rights as ‘constraints’ on governmental discretion, not absolute ‘privileges’ • Combines historical, doctrinal, and philosophical perspectives to clarify what the Supreme Court does in defining and enforcing ‘constitutional rights’ Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies on Civil Rights and Civil Liberties
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-48326-1 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00
P
Law
Hybrid Constitutionalism
Rescuing Human Rights
The Politics of Constitutional Review in the Chinese Special Administrative Regions Eric C. Ip | The University of Hong Kong
A Radically Moderate Approach Hurst Hannum | Tufts University, Massachusetts
This book makes a significant contribution to the comparative constitutional law and politics of hybrid regimes, those that are neither liberal democratic nor closed autocracies, whose number is on the rise everywhere in the world. It takes as its case studies China’s two Special Administrative Regions: Hong Kong and Macau. • Develops a theoretical analysis of the politics of constitutional review in hybrid regimes and explores the politics and laws of hybrid and other non-democratic regimes • Examines the divergence between Hong Kong and Macau constitutional law based on an analysis of political differences between the Chinese Special Administrative Regions • Provides a comprehensive and accessible summary of the doctrinal differences between the constitutional jurisprudence of the top courts in Hong Kong and Macau Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 3 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-19492-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Colonialism, Neo-Colonialism, and Anti-Terrorism Law in the Arab World
Human rights
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-41748-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-40536-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99
49 P P
AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
The African Court of Justice and Human and Peoples’ Rights in Context Development and Challenges Edited by Charles C. Jalloh | Florida International University
Fatemah Alzubairi | Kuwait University
This book will benefit theorists and practitioners of anti-terrorism law and policy at the national and international levels, including politicians and lawmakers as well as academics, military institutions, and UN bodies and figures. It is also useful to non-governmental human rights organizations, as well as scholars of colonialism and neo-colonialism. • Bridges a gap between Western and Arab legal and political approaches • Simplifies theoretical perspectives • Provides a legal history of counter-terrorism in colonial and neocolonial eras Comparative law
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-47692-8 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
This is a multi-disciplinary book with a primary focus on international law and human rights. It analyzes human rights successes and failures, and argues that the role of human rights in foreign affairs continues to be crucial in the twenty-first century. • Creates a better and more realistic understanding of human rights in the world • Distinguishes human rights from other elements of both foreign policy and social change • This book is accessible to a wide audience, not just human rights lawyers and activists
C
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
From Transitional to Transformative Justice Edited by Paul Gready | University of York
The book will appeal to a diverse audience, including advocates and sceptics, academics and practitioners, transitional justice specialists and readers from other sectors (development, peacebuilding and human rights), and to a genuinely multi-disciplinary cohort of scholars. Its value lies in its contribution to both conceptual and practicebased thinking on transformative justice. • Debates the definition of transformative justice and its relationship with transitional justice • Develops a set of empirical case studies to support the concept of transformative justice • Appeals to a wide range of audiences, in sectors beyond transitional justice and in disciplines beyond law
This volume analyses the prospects and challenges of the African Court of Justice and Human and Peoples’ Rights in context. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Offers in depth analysis of the unprecedented merger of three types of jurisdiction contained in the Malabo Protocol in a single court • Assembles leading scholars, practitioners and experts to situate the future African Court within the wider international legal context • This title is also available as Open Access Human rights
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-42273-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Human Rights-Compliant Counterterrorism Myth-making and Reality in the Philippines and Indonesia Jayson S. Lamchek | National University of Singapore
This book is for anyone interested in human rights and counterterrorism, including scholars, students, practitioners and the general public. Voicing a new view based on theoretical insights of critical terrorism studies and critical international law, it develops empirical studies of two important but under-researched developing countries. • Provides a new critical view of developments in human rights and counterterrorism law and policy • Written in a highly accessible language which ‘reads at times like a thriller’ • Offers extended multidisciplinary case studies using previously unpublished materials on two important but under-studied developing countries, the Philippines and Indonesia Human rights
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 2 tables 978-1-108-49233-1 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Human rights
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 342pp 3 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-16093-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
Law
Beyond Cages
Can ASEAN Take Human Rights Seriously?
Animal Law and Criminal Punishment Justin Marceau | University of Denver
Alison Duxbury | University of Melbourne
This is the first book to critique the animal protection movement’s alliance with the prosecuting state. For persons researching social change or civil rights, this critique of the strategies of the animal protection movement will serve as a unique and valuable case study. • Offers a unique and valuable case study for those researching social change or civil rights • Provides readers with a comprehensive account of the way that criminal justice advancements may not advance, and may even impede, social change efforts • Proposes a new understanding of the existing social science research regarding the link between animal abuse and human violence Human rights
50
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-41755-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40545-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
P P
The Right to Inclusive Education in International Human Rights Law Edited by Gauthier de Beco | University of Huddersfield
The volume fills an important gap in literature by providing a detailed overview of the right to inclusive education in international human rights law and its application, in light of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, at the national, regional and international levels. • Explores the interrelationship between disability studies and law • Offers a thorough examination of specific aspects of the right to inclusive education • Includes an intelligible and clear presentation of international and regional mechanisms, as well as case studies in a large number of countries Human rights | Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 368pp 978-1-107-12118-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
The Future of Economic and Social Rights Edited by Katharine G. Young | Boston College, Massachusetts
Students, academics and practitioners in law and other disciplines will learn from the world’s leading experts on economic and social rights – including rights to education, health care, food and housing. The examination of constitutions, courts and international mechanisms signal a transformation in debates about human rights, constitutions, democracy and development. • Engages multiple disciplines • Integrates and involves international, comparative and single-country perspectives • Explores emerging doctrines and proposals from leading commentators on economic and social rights from international human rights and constitutional rights regimes Human rights | Globalization and Human Rights
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 667pp 12 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-41813-3 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00
C
Provides a comprehensive explanation and critique of ASEAN’s human rights system in the context of political-legal developments in Southeast Asia and the global human rights discourse. It also features a rich analysis of the national, regional and international mechanisms that could strengthen the multi-institutional ASEAN human rights system. • Provides a comparative study of the multifaceted ASEAN human rights system in relation to the other human rights mechanisms available to ASEAN member states at the national, regional and international levels • Explores the historical issues and political developments that could explain the evolutionary path of the ASEAN human rights system and looks at the developments that have led to legal change • Examines the structure and work of the ASEAN human rights mechanisms in detail and updates the current literature on ASEAN and human rights Human rights | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration
March 2019 216 x 138 mm 400pp 978-1-108-46590-8 Paperback £37.99 / US$49.99
P
Rights and Civilizations A History and Philosophy of International Law Gustavo Gozzi | Università di Bologna
This book explains the Western colonial project and the West’s attempt to legitimize it through its international law, refusing the presumed universalism of the Western concept of human rights compared with the Arab declarations on rights. The book is addressed to readers interested in legal history and political thought. • Proposes a comparison between Western international law and Islamic international law so readers can appreciate the Western-centric character of international law and how to analyze it critically • Shows how international law can be analyzed through its anthropological underpinnings, so readers can understand the relation between Western hegemony and the West’s representation of the inferiority of ‘the other’ • Highlights the need to embrace a concept of international law that takes the plurality of civilizations into account Public international law
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 404pp 978-1-108-47423-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
Law
TEXTBOOK
The Institute of International Law’s Resolution on State Succession and State Responsibility
AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
A Critical Introduction to International Criminal Law Carsten Stahn | Universiteit Leiden
Introduction, Text and Commentaries Marcelo G. Kohen | Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva
This book contains an analysis of the Resolution adopted in 2015 by the Institute of International Law, on the question of state succession in matters of state responsibility. It explains the content of each provision based on a comprehensive survey of state practice, juridical decisions, and scholarly works. • Provides readers with an article-by-article commentary of the Resolution adopted in 2015 by the Institute of International Law on the question of state succession in matters of state responsibility • The only book providing readers with numerous examples of arbitral awards and judicial decisions (both domestic and international), state practice and opinions of scholars explaining the rationale and the reasons why the Institute adopted specific solutions to address particular problems for each provision • Presents an analysis of the Draft Articles proposed by ILC Special Rapporteur in his First and Second Reports Public international law
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-49650-6 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$125.00 978-1-108-73389-2 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99
P P
The Cambridge Handbook of Disaster Risk Reduction and International Law Edited by Katja L. H. Samuel | University of Reading
This unique, timely Handbook is framed around the Sendai Framework, the globally agreed upon roadmap for disaster risk mitigation. Examining the development of previously under-researched ‘disaster risk reduction law’, it is expected to be a primary source of reference for years to come, including informing related law, policy and practice. • Introduces concepts of DRR, especially DRR law, increasing awareness and understanding of the existence and function of DRR law at a key time in its development • Highlights the critical need for broader cross-sectoral engagement on DRR issues and looks at multi-sectoral approaches by the Sendai Framework, especially between law, science and technology • Seeks to contribute to the development of DRR related law, policy and practice as well as to better inform law and policy makers on the growing importance of DRR law through a comparative analysis of multiple regime Public international law
March 2019 253 x 177 mm 500pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47412-2 Hardback c. £140.00 / c. US$182.00
R
Suitable for students, academics and professionals from multiple fields wishing to understand contemporary theories, practices and critiques of international criminal law, this book presents the field in an accessible way via five core themes: crimes, theories of responsibility, global justice institutions, procedures and punishment and reparation. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Takes a problem-oriented approach, treating subjects through core challenges, which invites engagement with real-life challenges and big picture issues • Covers philosophical and scholarly perspectives on core themes of ICL, making it relevant to graduate, post-graduate and Ph.D. students, as well as teachers, scholars and practitioners • The book is related to a free learning environment, the MOOC on Investigating and Prosecuting International Crimes, offering an additional learning guidance with exercises • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core Contents: Preface; List of abbreviations; Introduction; 1. International crimes; 2. Individual and collective responsibility; 3. The global institutional architecture; 4. International criminal justice procedures; 5. Remedying wrong; 6. Beyond the status quo: re-thinking international criminal law; Index. Public international law
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 420pp 978-1-108-42320-5 Hardback £57.99 / US$74.99 978-1-108-43639-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99
X X
The Legacy of Ad Hoc Tribunals in International Criminal Law Assessing the ICTY’s and the ICTR’s Most Significant Legal Accomplishments Edited by Milena Sterio | Cleveland-Marshall College of Law, Ohio
Leading authorities in the field of international criminal law address the history of the ICTY and the ICTR. Focusing on how these tribunals have had a positive impact on the development of international criminal law, this volume discusses how their legacy will contribute toward the advancement of this field. • Provides an overview of the Yugoslavia and Rwanda tribunals’ most significant legal accomplishments • Assesses the tribunals’ overall legacy and lasting impact in the field of international criminal law • Serves as a guide to the International Criminal Court and to future ad hoc tribunals Public international law
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41738-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00
P
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
51
Law
Victim Reparation under the Ius Post Bellum
International Law Reports Volume 178 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice
An Historical and Normative Perspective Shavana Musa | University of Manchester
This book is interdisciplinary and covers a wide range of academic genres. It will be of interest to international lawyers, legal historians, military historians, maritime lawyers and historians, political scientists, arbitrators and legal practitioners. • Provides crucial historical analysis of how reparation was dealt with from the seventeenth century onwards • Takes a normative approach to the issue • Includes a contextual account of selected wars Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 139
52
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 295pp 978-1-108-47173-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00
C
Narratives of Hunger in International Law Feeding the World in Times of Climate Change Anne Saab | Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva
This book looks at the problem of hunger in the face of climate change. It addresses the role that international law plays in constructing an understanding of climate change-induced hunger and consequently in devising solutions. It sheds light on the important function of international legal language, for lawyers and non-lawyers alike. • Addresses the way in which international law shapes understandings of hunger and climate change, and sheds new light on the function of international law as a language • Explores the narrative force of international law and avoids technical language, understandable text for lawyers and non-lawyers alike • Looks at the climate ready seeds question in international environmental law and highlights the importance of questioning assumptions Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 140
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 223pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47337-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
International Law Reports Volume 177 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice
Volume 177 is devoted to the Final Award on Costs in Philip Morris Asia Limited v. Australia, the 2015 and 2016 orders on provisional measures of the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea and Arbitration Tribunal in The Enrica Lexie Incident (Italy v. India) and the order and judgment in Request for Interpretation (Cambodia v. Thailand). • Contains reports on the 2017 Final Award on Costs in Philip Morris Asia Limited v. Australia • Presents reports on the 2015 and 2016 orders on provisional measures of the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea and the Arbitration Tribunal in The Enrica Lexie Incident (Italy v. India) • Reports on the 2011 order and 2013 judgment of the International Court of Justice in Request for Interpretation (Cambodia v. Thailand) Public international law | International Law Reports, 177
October 2018 219 x 146 mm 780pp 1 map 978-1-108-42728-9 Hardback £170.00 / US$240.00
R
Volume 178 is devoted to the judgment of the UK Supreme Court in cases including Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No 2), Al-Waheed v. Ministry of Defence, Belhaj and Boudchar v. Straw and Others and Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No 1). • Includes reports on the 2017 judgment of the United Kingdom Supreme Court in Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No 2); ‘The Iraqi Civilian Claimants’ v. Ministry of Defence and Foreign and Commonwealth Office and Mohammed (Serdar) and Others v. Ministry of Defence • Contains reports on the 2017 judgment of the United Kingdom Supreme Court in Al-Waheed v. Ministry of Defence and Mohammed (Serdar) v. Ministry of Defence • Reports on the 2017 judgment of the United Kingdom Supreme Court in Belhaj and Boudchar v. Straw and Others and Rahmatullah v. Ministry of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (No 1) Public international law | International Law Reports, 178
November 2018 219 x 146 mm 794pp 978-1-108-47327-9 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
R
International Law Reports Volume 179 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice
Volume 179 is devoted to the 2016 Partial Award in the Arbitration between Republic of Croatia and the Republic of Slovenia, the 2017 Final Award in the Arbitration between the Republic of Croatia and the Republic of Slovenia and 2017 Opinion 2/15 of the Court of Justice of the EU concerning the Free Trade Agreement between the EU and Singapore. • Includes reports on the 2016 Partial Award in the Arbitration between Republic of Croatia and the Republic of Slovenia • Contains reports on the 2017 Final Award in the Arbitration between the Republic of Croatia and the Republic of Slovenia • Reports on the 2017 Opinion 2/15 of the Court of Justice of the European Union concerning the Free Trade Agreement between the European Union and Singapore Public international law | International Law Reports, 179
January 2019 219 x 146 mm 700pp 21 maps 978-1-108-47355-2 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$220.00
R
International Law Reports Volume 180 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice
Volume 180 is devoted to the UK Supreme Court judgment in Reyes v. Al-Malki and related decisions, the UK Supreme Court and Court of Appeal judgments in Benkharbouche v. Secretary of State, and related decisions and the Grand Chamber judgment of the European Court of Human Rights in Naït-Liman v. Switzerland. • Presents reports on the UK Supreme Court judgment in Reyes v. AlMalki and related decisions • Includes reports on the UK Supreme Court and Court of Appeal judgments in Benkharbouche v. Secretary of State and related decisions • Reports on the Grand Chamber judgment of the European Court of Human Rights in Naït-Liman v. Switzerland Public international law | International Law Reports, 180
March 2019 219 x 146 mm 693pp 978-1-108-47356-9 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
R
Law
Tariff Negotiations and Renegotiations under the GATT and the WTO
The Return of the Home State to Investor-State Disputes Bringing Back Diplomatic Protection? Rodrigo Polanco | Universität Bern, Switzerland
Procedures and Practices Second edition Anwarul Hoda | Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations
Over the past seven decades, there has been a phenomenal increase in international trade in goods, largely due to the sustained efforts by the world’s main trading nations to reduce and eliminate tariff barriers progressively and in a multilaterally orchestrated manner. This book gives an historical account of these efforts. • Recounts the WTO negotiations for the new plurilateral ITA Expansion Agreement • Includes an account of WTO renegotiations in the context of successive enlargements of the European Union • Provides an account of the WTO negotiations for accession of a number of new members of the WTO, including two major trading nations, China and Russia, and the implementation of changes in the WTO members’ schedules of tariff commitments owing to periodic revisions of the harmonized system
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017 Volume 1: Pages 1 to 358 World Trade Organization
Global Trends and Shifting Paradigms Pasha Hsieh | Singapore Management University
This volume explores cutting-edge areas of ASEAN law in national, regional and global contexts and analyses the development of commercial laws in the ASEAN Economic Community. It provides a guide for policy-makers, business and legal professionals to understand the new dynamics of Asia-Pacific regionalism. • Proposes a normative framework of the new regional economic order that will appeal to policy-makers and academics who specialize in regional integration • Provides a comprehensive legal analysis of ASEAN law in national, regional and global contexts and explores the legal frameworks for realizing the ASEAN Economic Blueprint 2025 • Examines the impact of ASEAN law and mega-regional trade agreements on commercial laws in ASEAN countries International economic and trade law, WTO law
C
Trade and American Leadership The Paradoxes of Power and Wealth from Alexander Hamilton to Donald Trump Craig VanGrasstek | Harvard University, Massachusetts
The United States led the world to create an open trading system. That system served US interests well, but also allowed China to rise and American allies to become more independent. Trade and American Leadership focuses on today’s challenges and the rising danger of economic nationalism. • This book is historically grounded but focuses on present predicaments • Relates theory to actual practice • Bridges the divide between issues of politics and economics International economic and trade law, WTO law
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47695-9 Hardback £30.99 / US$39.99
C
C
ASEAN Law in the New Regional Economic Order
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 454pp 2 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-42499-8 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00
International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 358pp 11 tables 978-1-108-47338-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00
International economic and trade law, WTO law
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 392pp 22 tables 978-1-107-19433-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00
Investment treaties have become highly controversial because they allow investors to sue host states outside domestic courts. This book explores how recent changes to that system involving the home state of the investor are mostly aimed to minimise states exposure to investment claims, and not necessarily to protect foreign investors. • Examines the underlying reasons of the exclusion of the home state from investor-state dispute settlement and explores the role that home states could play in investor-state dispute settlement • Analyses whether current reforms and changes proposed for the international investment law regime will improve the system or reduce the exposure of states to investment claims • Provides a historical perspective of the relationship between foreign investors, home states and host states, and examines how its changes have affected the way that investment law has developed
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: I. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 358pp 15 tables 978-1-108-48294-3 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
R
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017 Volume 2: Pages 359 to 1064 World Trade Organization
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: II. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 710pp 15 tables 978-1-108-48293-6 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
R
P
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
53
Law
54
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017
Volume 3: Pages 1065 to 1586 World Trade Organization
Volume 6: Pages 2611 to 3034 World Trade Organization
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: III. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: VI. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes
International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 526pp 10 tables 978-1-108-48292-9 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 428pp 35 tables 978-1-108-48289-9 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
R
R
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017
Volume 4: Pages 1587 to 2196 World Trade Organization
Volume 7: Pages 3035 to 3766 World Trade Organization
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: IV. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: VII. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes
International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 614pp 1 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-48291-2 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00 R
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 736pp 5 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-108-48288-2 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00 R
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017
Dispute Settlement Reports 2017
Volume 5: Pages 2197 to 2610 World Trade Organization
Volume 8: Pages 3767 to 4372 World Trade Organization
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: V. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes
These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. They are an essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2017: VIII. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes
International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 418pp 10 tables 978-1-108-48290-5 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00
November 2018 240 x 160 mm 610pp 2 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-108-48287-5 Hardback £170.00 / US$220.00 R
R
Law
Lessons from the Clean Air Act
International Judicial Practice on the Environment
Building Durability and Adaptability into US Climate and Energy Policy Edited by Ann Carlson | University of California, Los Angeles School of Law
Questions of Legitimacy Christina Voigt | Universitetet i Oslo
This book examines the Clean Air Act to find lessons to inform policy makers at the state and federal level with regard to shaping energy and climate policy. Students and scholars will benefit from a structured introduction and evaluation of some of the most prominent programs under the Act. • Evaluates the success and failures of the Clean Air Act from various disciplines, including law, economics, and political science • Provides an introduction to the Clean Air Act and examines how it continues to evolve • Utilizes the Act as a template for designing durable and flexible energy policy that can respond to new economic, technical and scientific information Environmental law
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42152-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-108-43266-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
Environmental law | Studies on International Courts and Tribunals
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-108-49717-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00
P P
C
Reconciling Efficiency and Equity
Perspectives on Environmental Law Scholarship
A Global Challenge for Competition Law? Edited by Damien Gerard | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium and Cleary Gottlieb Steen amd Hamilton LLP, Brussels
Essays on Purpose, Shape and Direction Edited by Ole W. Pedersen | Newcastle University
This collection of essays contains personal reflections by leading scholars in the field on the nature, form, quality and challenges of environmental law scholarship. It will be of value to scholars and students of environmental law who consider environmental law their disciplinary home. • Leading environmental law scholars from different jurisdictions offer their personal reflections on environmental law • Examines complicated issues such as methodology, quality of scholarship, and the challenges of environmental law scholarship • Explores the nature and purpose of environmental law from the perspective of leading contributors from a variety of jurisdictions Environmental law
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 1 table 978-1-108-47524-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
An increasing number of environmental cases are decided by international courts which lack specialist competence in environmental law. This raises fundamental questions of these courts’ legitimacy, including who has standing to bring an environmental claim, on which legal norms is it decided and whether judges have the necessary expertise. • Analyses and compares the judicial practice of environmental cases brought to different international adjudicative bodies which lack specialisation in environmental law • Focusses on the issue of legitimacy and whether international courts and tribunals are fit for addressing some of the most pressing global challenges of our time • Examines recent environmental cases decided by international courts and looks at judicial practice in terms of trends, challenges, possibilities and outcomes
C
This book explores the role of competition law as a form of economic and social regulation in modern technological capitalism. It should attract competition academics, competition policy officials, judges and policymakers, competition law students, and trade regulation experts. • Proposes a new conceptualization of competition law taking into account fairness concerns • Advances a social contract perspective in understanding the goals of competition • Examines the way competition law can work for the people and can limit economic power • Explores the governance arrangements for a more effective competition law enforcement Competition law, anti-trust law | Global Competition Law and Economics Policy
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 18 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-49808-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00
C
The Interaction Between Competition Law and Corporate Governance
Smart Mixes for Transboundary Environmental Harm
Opening the ‘Black Box’ Florence Thépot | University of Glasgow
Edited by Judith van Erp | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands
This volume addresses how combinations of public and private actors, and legislation and informal rules, can become smart mixes to regulate transboundary environmental harm. It will interest students and researchers of environmental law and regulation, as well as scholars of international law, instrument design, political science, and sociology. • Proposes a new approach to environmental policy instruments • Provides a theoretical framework related to smart instrument mixes as well as a concluding analysis based on the chapters • Moves beyond case studies in specified domains to draw lessons about policy design
This book explores the interaction between competition law and corporate governance. It will appeal to an audience of lawyers and nonlawyer competition professionals in the US, UK, and EU, as well as other jurisdictions with competition law regimes. • Provides the first systematic account of the interaction between competition law and corporate governance • Develops a distinctive understanding of the ever-lasting cartel problem, as explained by individual and organizational factors • Proposes a unified approach to the delicate question of liability in various types of economic relationships, such as within corporate groups, commercial agency agreements, and companies Competition law, anti-trust law | Global Competition Law and Economics Policy
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42249-9 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Environmental law | Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 360pp 11 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-108-42838-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
55
Law
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
The Cambridge Companion to Comparative Family Law
Transboundary Water Disputes State Conflict and the Assessment of their Adjudication Itzchak E. Kornfeld | Hebrew University of Jerusalem
56
Edited by Shazia Choudhry | Queen Mary University of London
In this book Kornfeld analyzes the effectiveness of North American international courts and ad hoc arbitral tribunals, in adjudicating transboundary water disputes and allocating scarce water resources. He traces the historical development of water law, taking into account issues of sovereignty, jurisdiction and scientific evidence. • Examines a series of cases in water law with a particular focus on allocation of water in transboundary disputes • Develops five criteria for measuring the effectiveness of courts and tribunals in water law • Considers the role of states and of international courts and tribunals in adjudicating water disputes Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-18660-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Family law | Cambridge Companions to Law
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 375pp 978-1-107-16753-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$109.99 978-1-316-61805-9 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$44.99
P P
Personal Debt in Europe
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
The EU Financial Market and Consumer Insolvency Federico Ferretti | Università di Bologna
Corporate Governance in Asia A Comparative Approach Edited by Bruce Aronson | US-Asia Law Institute, School of Law
A comprehensive textbook that provides a comparative overview of corporate governance frameworks and practices in major Asian countries. Aimed at undergraduate and graduate students in law school, business school and international studies. Academics, analysts and practitioners will find the book an essential reference for their research/practice. • Provides a single source for learning both general theory and in-depth analysis of corporate governance systems in important jurisdictions in Asia • Features six foundational chapters focusing on general theory and widely known corporate governance systems in the West, suitable for teaching a general course on comparative corporate governance • Contains eight country-specific chapters, authored by leading experts in important jurisdictions in Asia, which follow a common template and highlight innovations and developments in each jurisdiction Corporate law, commercial law, company law
January 2019 244 x 170 mm 400pp 11 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-42077-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-108-43087-6 Paperback £34.99 / US$49.99 P
Corporate Duties to the Public Barnali Choudhury | University College London
This book is aimed at scholars, policymakers, industry and non-governmental organizations, lawyers and business managers. By offering a systematic understanding of the most pertinent corporate responsibilities, the ideas in this book can be used both to develop policies and rules in this area and to hold corporations accountable. • Provides an in-depth look at instances that imply corporate duties to the public and examines a range of pertinent corporate duties issues • Investigates the theory and practice of corporate responsibilities toward third parties and looks at how they work, whether they are justified, and how they should be designed in the future • Explores the role of corporations beyond traditional corporate social responsibility (CSR) to examine the idea of corporate responsibilities more broadly and with reference to a range of theoretical viewpoints Corporate law, commercial law, company law
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-42146-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00
In the face of rapid changes in social norms, demographics and political expectations, families and family law have faced significant challenges. This book takes a jurisdictional approach and explores how different countries have tackled these issues. It is aimed at students, practitioners and academics across a variety of disciplines. • A wide range of jurisdictions are represented in the book and common themes are identified • Includes contributions from a wide range of academics from all over the world • Provides students with a diverse range of cultures and backgrounds
C
Federico Ferretti and Daniela Vandone examine the ‘dark side’ of personal debt, or over-indebtedness, in social, economic and legal terms. This book will appeal to an interdisciplinary mix of researchers in Europe and around the world studying the impact of personal/household debt and the best ways to address it. • Analyses personal debt and the over-indebtedness of consumers in the European Union from the multi-disciplinary perspectives of economics, policy, and law • Examines the state and adequacy of EU policies and law in dealing with the large scale of over-indebted consumers and their insolvency • Provides a cross-country and time-series analysis of the personal debt market, the personal debt industry, and the characteristics of overindebted consumers European law
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 24 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42673-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Building Consensus on European Consensus Judicial Interpretation of Human Rights in Europe and Beyond Edited by Panos Kapotas | University of Portsmouth
The book is addressed to researchers and students in law, political science and philosophy studying the making of human rights standards. It is also of interest to non-academic audiences, such as judges, practicing lawyers, national authorities developing human rights policies, and civil society organisations engaged in human rights advocacy. • Contributes to the conceptualisation and understanding of the function of European consensus as a tool of interpretation in European human rights law • Engages with a critical evaluation of consensus analysis and contributes to the existing discourse on its desirability as a means of enhancing the external legitimacy of the European Court of Human Rights • Offers a comparative analysis of European consensus with similar methods of interpretation in other legal systems European law
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 480pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47332-3 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00
C
Law
The Crisis behind the Euro-Crisis The Euro-Crisis as a Multidimensional Systemic Crisis of the EU Edited by Eva Nanopoulos | Queen Mary University of London
The book is aimed at anyone engaged in EU studies (lawyers, political scientists, political economists), but also anyone interested in the history, form and future of European integration and contemporary political debates about the European trajectory. Its inter-disciplinary contributions will appeal to both EU law specialists and non-specialists. • Proposes to situate the legal examination of the Euro-crisis in a systemic context, which includes socio-political analyses • The book actively invites critical examination of the EU, encouraging inter-disciplinary dialogue and the use of analysis that goes beyond that of traditional EU law discourse • Includes contributions that touch on broader ideological, political and practical aspects of European integration, informed by the relevant experience of the different writers European law
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-47034-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
Polycentricity in the European Union This book provides new insights on EU governance based on polycentric governance theory, developed by Vincent Ostrom and Nobel Prize winner Elinor Ostrom. It is relevant for scholars and students of EU law and policy, as well as for policymakers and those interested in comparative institutional analysis. • Introduces the key features of Ostrom polycentric governance theory and presents a workable framework of the theory in practice • Expands the application of polycentricity to the EU, outside of the United States and natural resource management • Provides an alternative perspective on EU governance, compared to EU federalism or renationalization of powers • Gives a new perspective on established EU processes and analyses specific EU processes such as access to justice, access to information, and learning, as essential parts of polycentricity European law
C
This collection of cutting-edge scholarship examines the law and policy of financial regulation using a combination of conceptual analysis and strong empirical research. It features an excellent mix of authors ranging from global leaders to rising stars and addresses questions from the EU to China. • Discusses key problems of financial regulation from a political economy perspective • Offers diverse analytical perspectives and innovative applications to problems facing the regulation of finance globally and in key jurisdictions • Provides contributions based on methodologies, contexts, and normative outcomes that provide unique insights into financial regulation and policy Financial law, banking law | International Corporate Law and Financial Market Regulation
The Case for an International Court of Civil Justice Maya Steinitz | University of Iowa School of Law
People in developing countries whose lives and livelihoods are destroyed by multinational corporations have no place to turn for justice. Still they try, costing corporate defendants time and money. Explains why national courts do not help, and offers an alternative intended to appeal to victims, corporations, national governments and lawyers. • Addresses a global audience of scholars, students, lawyers, and general educated readership • Readers will learn about the history of the problem and this possible solution through easy-to-understand stories set in India, Ecuador and Nigeria • Provides highly sophisticated legal analysis of global access to justice deficit in transnational mass tort cases as well as detailed, workable plans for the new international court Criminal law
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-107-16285-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
Foreclosed Mortgage Servicing and the Hidden Architecture of Homeownership in America Christopher K. Odinet | University of Oklahoma, College of Law
C
Plausible Crime Stories
Foreclosed sheds light on stories of homeowners that have been neglected, particularly those facing foreclosure and deep financial distress. This book reveals the powerful and often invisible mortgage servicing industry, the tremendous discretionary power it wields over the housing of most Americans, and the servicing problems that persist today. • Uses real-world stories of homeowners in distress and explains the homeowner-lender-mortgage servicer relationship • Gives readers insight into one of the most prevalent but often misunderstood legal relationships in the American economy in a way that is understandable and accessible • Provides policy makers at the state and federal level with concrete and politically realistic solutions to not only regulate mortgage servicers but also giving homeowners the legal tools they need to assert themselves in our legal system Financial law, banking law
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41870-6 Hardback £91.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-40635-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
Edited by Emilios Avgouleas | University of Edinburgh
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 496pp 12 b/w illus. 24 tables 978-1-108-47036-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C
Josephine van Zeben | University of Oxford
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 332pp 9 tables 978-1-108-42354-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
The Political Economy of Financial Regulation
The Legal History of Sexual Offences in Mandate Palestine Orna Alyagon Darr | Sapir Academic College, Israel and Ono Academic College, Israel
What makes one crime story convincing and another implausible? Evidence law provides only a partial answer. This study explores the meaning of plausibility and the materials from which it is constituted in a particular historical and sociocultural setting: proving sex offences in Mandate Palestine. • Presents the first in-depth study of the history of sex offences in Mandate Palestine and examines the issue of plausibility in a specific socio-cultural setting • Offers an innovative approach to the historical study of criminal law and evidence in relation to plausibility • Utilises archival materials and court case documents to examine judicial proceedings and explore the role cultural categories such as age, gender or nationality play in the process of proof Criminal law | Law in Context
P P
November 2018 247 x 174 mm 212pp 978-1-108-49723-7 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
57
Law
New Technologies and the Law in War and Peace
Justice Framed A Genealogy of Transitional Justice Marcos Zunino | British Institute of International and Comparative Law
Edited by William H. Boothby | Geneva Centre for Security Policy
58
Policymakers, legislators, scientists, thinkers, military strategists, academics, and indeed all with an interest in understanding the future want to know how twenty-first century scientific advance is to be regulated in war and peace. This book takes numerous technologies in turn and tries to provide some of the answers. • Explains new and emerging technologies in accessible terms that will enable the reader to understand the nature and potential applications of cutting edge technologies • Adopts a novel, comparative law approach to the warfare and peacetime applications of specific technologies that will help to evaluate topical issues of new law and policy • Sets ideas of composition in international law alongside linkages between emerging technologies and discusses future legal and policy challenges
An essential resource for anybody interested in transitional justice and human rights. Lawyers, policy-makers, transitional justice scholars and historians will find that it provides a compelling account of the history of transitional justice, uncovering forgotten episodes and neglected mechanisms for responding to past human rights violations. • Presents a comprehensive analysis of the history of transitional justice, providing a unique perspective on the emergence and development of this discourse • Challenges existing historical narratives of the development of transitional justice and identifies forgotten episodes and mechanisms • Shows how the historical emergence of the discourse of transitional justice has influenced which responses to past human rights violations are considered valid
Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict
Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-49753-4 Hardback c. £115.00 / c. US$150.00 978-1-108-74012-8 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99
P P
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 313pp 978-1-108-47525-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
An Islamic Vision of Intellectual Property Theory and Practice Ezieddin Elmahjub | Swinburne University of Technology, Victoria
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
The United States Department of Defense Law of War Manual Commentary and Critique Edited by Michael A. Newton | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee
The Department of Defense Manual provides a consolidated compendium of the American approach to modern warfighting. This book dissects the 1193 pages and 7029 footnotes in a manner that permits readers and military practitioners to understand precisely the strengths and weaknesses of the US legal and policy pronouncements. • Highlights the dramatic changes between the 1956 US Army Manual and the 2016 Department of Defense Law of War Manual • Informs practitioners, military officers, international experts, and informed citizens about the most pressing and controversial issues of our day in light of modern legal principles • Contains expert perspectives from both academics and military practitioners from around the world Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-42715-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-44769-0 Paperback £36.99 / US$49.99
This book shows that Islamic sources offer a comprehensive theory of social justice with a strong focus on the distribution of rights and obligations to access and re-use knowledge and cultural products. It will appeal to readers interested in many disciplines, including Islamic and comparative legal studies, and theories and cultural studies of intellectual property. • Proposes a new comparative theory of intellectual property (IP) that will attract the attention of readers who are uncomfortable with a singular Western vision of IP • Demonstrates how the Islamic vision of IP is fundamentally anchored in social justice and overlaps with comparative Western theories of social justice • Provides enormous support to the human development framework of IP, which will appeal to those critical of IP expansion and concerned about IP’s impact on human development measures Intellectual property
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18283-7 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-63269-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99
P P
The Right To Parody P P
Comparative Analysis of Copyright and Free Speech Amy Lai | University of British Columbia, Vancouver
The author argues that parody, in addition to being an increasingly recognized defense to copyright infringement, is a human right. Written in non-specialist language, this book will appeal to both scholars and general readers interested in intellectual property, constitutional law, and free speech advocacy. • Proposes a new view of parody in copyright law • Brings together common and civil law jurisdictions in discussion • Covers an Asian jurisdiction and offers an in-depth study of the sociopolitical landscape of Hong Kong as it illuminates the significance for its copyright law to adopt a parody exception • Combines philosophical inquiries with legal analyses in this multijurisdictional study Intellectual property
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42738-8 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Law
AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
Blockchain Regulation and Governance in Europe
Genetic Resources, Justice and Reconciliation
Michèle Finck | Max-Planck-Institut für Innovation und Wettbewerb, Munich
Canada and Global Access and Benefit Sharing Edited by Chidi Oguamanam | University of Ottawa
This collection focuses on Indigenous perspectives on the sharing of traditional knowledge and the exploitation of genetic resources in Canada. This book is for public policy makers, Indigenous communities, environmental policymakers, lawyers, and researchers with a biodiversity, biotechnology, traditional knowledge, or climate change focus. This book is also available as Open Access. • Represents the only single book-length work that focuses exclusively on access and benefit sharing in Canada as it relates to Indigenous peoples • Features a unique undergirding methodology derived from actual conversations with Indigenous peoples who will be affected by whatever Access and Benefit Sharing (ABS) policy the government of Canada decides to implement • The focus on Indigenous peoples’ voices, lived experience, and unique perspective on knowledge, innovation, ownership, and conservation provides fascinating and novel insights • This title is also available as Open Access Intellectual property
E-commerce law, internet law
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 215pp 978-1-108-47475-7 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-46545-8 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99
59 P P
TEXTBOOK
Australian Uniform Evidence Law Fiona Hum | Monash University, Victoria
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-47076-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00 C
Licensing and Access to Content in the European Union Regulation between Copyright and Competition Law Sebastian Felix Schwemer | University of Copenhagen Faculty of Law
Schwemer investigates the regulation of the audiovisual and music sectors, two online markets that have been subject to scrutiny by the European institution, and offers a guide to the evolving landscape for multi-territorial access and licensing of copyrighted works. It will appeal to legal scholars, students, practitioners, and policy-makers. • Provides a comprehensive in-depth investigation of the conflict between territorial exploitation and the borderless nature of the internet in the context of the Digital Single Market and the most recent regulatory developments • Investigates the regulation of two topical and rapidly expanding online markets, namely of audiovisual and musical works, and how the markets encompass collective management, geo-blocking and portability • Offers a highly valuable overview of extremely complicated, complex and dynamic issues, so that both readers familiar and readers lessfamiliar with the subject matter will gain insights from the book Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 49
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 7 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47577-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
Michèle Finck examines the relationship between blockchain technology and EU law and introduces the theme of blockchain governance. This book will appeal to scholars, students, practitioners and policymakers interested in blockchain technology and to readers intrigued by the relationship between law and innovation more generally. • Provides an introduction to blockchain governance and protocol maintenance • Underlines the centrality of adequate governance processes for the technology’s future • Introduces the overall relationship between blockchain and law • Argues that blockchains need to be interoperable with law to be adopted a broad scales
C
Australian Uniform Evidence Law offers a studentfriendly introduction to the law of evidence and its operation across Uniform Evidence Act jurisdictions. Using the Evidence Act 1995 (Cth) as its point of reference, this text introduces basic concepts first and then leads students into more detailed coverage of the Act. • Provides clear and accessible text with a logical structure written for students • Features well-chosen and curated case extracts and legislation • Includes problems in each chapter and ‘Putting it all together’ problems at the end of the book to show how the topics interrelate Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Adducing evidence; 3. Relevance; 4. Hearsay; 5. Opinion; 6. Admissions; 7. Tendency and coincidence; 8. Credibility; 9. Character; 10. Identification evidence; 11. Privileges; 12. Discretionary and mandatory exclusions; 13. Facilitation of proof and ancillary matters; 14. Putting it all together; 15. Suggested answers to practice problems. Evidence
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 528pp 978-1-108-45001-0 Paperback £90.00 / US$144.95
X
Evaluation of Evidence Pre-Modern and Modern Approaches Mirjan Damaška | Yale University, Connecticut
For legal scholars as well as non-academic lawyers, this book deals with the question of whether the evaluation of evidence should be rule-free or rule-bound. Distinguishing positive and negative legal proof, it proposes that the latter will have a bright future in view of likely scientific and technological advances. • Proposes a new theory about the origin of Roman-canon evidence • Suggests that departures from evaluation of evidence free from legal rules should not be viewed as departures from ideal arrangements • Distinguishes positive and negative legal proof Evidence | ASCL Studies in Comparative Law
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 162pp 978-1-108-49728-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
Law
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
60
AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
Regulating Religion in Asia
Gift Exchange
Norms, Modes, and Challenges Edited by Jaclyn L. Neo | National University of Singapore
The Transnational History of a Political Idea Grégoire Mallard | Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva
Examines how law regulates religion and explores the influence of world religions on the legal systems in Asia, including how religion responds to such regulations. It looks at underlying norms influencing state regulation of religion, and the challenges emerging from such regulation. • Explores the relationship between law, religion and society from an Asian perspective that will expand and build on existing studies from the west • Provides theoretical perspectives as well as case studies focusing on Asian experiences • Provides insights from a wide range of contributors and presents a multi-disciplinary perspective on the topic Socio-legal studies
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-108-41617-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00
C
A Promising Law and Humanities Approach Helle Porsdam | University of Copenhagen
P P
Care for the World Laudato Si’ and Catholic Social Thought in an Era of Climate Crisis Edited by Frank Pasquale | University of Maryland
Cultural rights are transformative and empowering. They enable people to aspire to a better future for themselves and play a key role in realizing all other human rights. This book discusses how cultural rights provide a much-needed discourse to explore, negotiate, and come to new cross-cultural understandings. • Proposes cultural rights talk as an empowering tool • Offers an exploration of four core cultural rights • Transitions between literary and legal texts Socio-legal studies
C
The Legal Process and the Promise of Justice
This volume convenes leading scholars to reflect on the legal, economic, practical, and philosophical implications of religious values. Inspired by the celebrated encyclical Laudato Si’, they offer gracefully written and learned reflections on what it would mean to express an ethic of compassion and care for the world. • Directly applies Catholic social thought to the question of the treatment of labor • Conveys the philosophical foundations of Catholic social thought • Contrasts the approach of Catholic social thought with other approaches to policy formation Socio-legal studies | Law and Christianity
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-316-51046-9 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
Studies Inspired by the Work of Malcolm Feeley Edited by Rosann Greenspan | University of California, Berkeley
Malcolm Feeley is one of the founding giants of the law and society field, whose vast scholarship examines legal process from the inner workings of criminal courts to the possibility of prison reform. This volume offers essays by leading law and society scholars who reflect on, analyze, and expand Feeley’s scholarship. • Offers international perspectives on issues formerly studied only in the context of the United States • Sheds new light on lower courts scholarship • Provides a one volume introduction to a core set of socio-legal research areas that share a common concern with legal process Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-41568-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-48969-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-45348-6 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99
The Transforming Power of Cultural Rights
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42755-5 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
This book explores Marcel Mauss’s ideas on gift exchanges to examine financial and commercial governance, both within Europe and between Europe and the rest of the world. It will appeal to students and scholars of law and society, the global history of international law, anthropology, sociology, and political science in the twentieth century. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Demonstrates the relevance of Marcel Mauss’s ideas of gift exchange to twentieth-century anthropology and to political debates about international economic governance • Proposes a new history of international economic relations in the twentieth century • This book is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core
C
C
Consentability Consent and its Limits Nancy S. Kim | California Western School of Law
Consentability examines the relationship between consent, autonomy, and contract, what it means to consent, and proposes new models for how society should determine which activities should (or should not be) consentable. This book is intended for a general audience, as well as policymakers, legislators, judges, lawyers, scholars, and students. • Proposes a new model for consent that better reflects human behavior • Provides greater clarity engaging in doctrinal analysis of legal issues involving consent • Offers a transparent and systematic way to evaluate morally complex issues Contract law
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16491-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61655-0 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
P P
Law / Management
Sanctity of Contracts in a Secular Age Equity, Fairness and Enrichment Stephen Waddams | University of Toronto
Numerous techniques have been employed to control highly unreasonable contracts, but large gaps remain, with the consequence that extremely unfair contracts have been enforced. This book advances arguments in favour of recognition of a general judicial power to relieve against highly unreasonable contracts. • Explores the various techniques, derived from equity and from other sources, which have enabled the court to modify highly unreasonable contracts, revealing that large gaps remain • Explores the relation between law and equity, and the relation, in this context, of both with the law of unjust enrichment • Proposes a general judicial power to modify contracts in order to avoid consequences that are highly unreasonable Contract law
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42567-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
TEXTBOOK
Remedies in Australian Private Law
Frontiers of Strategic Alliance Research Negotiating, Structuring and Governing Partnerships Edited by Farok J. Contractor | Rutgers University, New Jersey
This book comprehensively encompasses the latest research in the expanding fields of strategic alliances and interfirm collaborations, featuring contributions from leading international experts. Invaluable for graduate students in business management, as well as the consultants, executives and lawyers who negotiate, form, and manage alliances. • Describes cutting-edge practice and theory, and contains many suggestions for future research and directions in alliance management • This book will appeal to graduate students and academic researchers in business management, as well as business practitioners • Includes contributions from distinguished academics at top-ranking business schools from across the world Strategic management
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 594pp 978-1-108-41627-6 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00
R
Mafia Organizations The Visible Hand of Criminal Enterprise Maurizio Catino | Università degli Studi di Milano-Bicocca
Second edition Katy Barnett | University of Melbourne
Remedies in Australian Private Law offers a detailed introduction to remedies and their functions under Australian law. With a strong black-letter law focus, the text provides a complete treatment of remedies in common law, equity and statute, and develops a framework for understanding the principles of private law remedies and their application. • A clear, comprehensive and accessible text on remedies’ principles for students • Provides a logical map of the law of remedies which helps students understand the connections • The book is thoroughly updated and includes extended discussions, new sections and reorganisation of content Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. General Principles of Compensation: 2. Assessment of compensation; 3. Attribution of responsibility; 4. Multiple wrongdoers; Part II. Compensation in Specific Contexts: 5. Compensation for breach of contract; 6. Compensation in tort; 7. Compensation for personal injury and death; 8. Compensation under the Australian Consumer Law; 9. Equitable compensation for equitable wrongs; Part III. Remedies Compelling Performance and Related Remedies: 10. Specific performance; 11. Injunctions; 12. ‘Equitable damages’ or Lord Cairns’ Act damages; Part IV. Remedies as Vindication: 13. Self-help remedies; 14. Exemplary damages and aggravated damages; 15. Apologies and declaratory relief; Part V. Account of Profits and Other Gain-Based Relief for Wrongs: 16. Disgorgement of gains and ‘reasonable fee’ damages; Part VI. Restitution and Giving Back: 17. Personal remedies for unjust enrichment; 18. Rescission; Part VII. Proprietary Remedies: 19. Proprietary remedies; Part VIII. Enforcement of Remedies: 20. Enforcement of remedies. Law (general)
September 2018 247 x 174 mm 580pp 978-1-108-40475-4 Paperback £85.00 / US$110.00
Management
X
Makes sense of mafias as organizations, via a pioneering comparative analysis of seven mafia groups from around the world. This collative study of historical accounts, official data, investigative sources, and interviews will aid students and scholars of sociology, organizational studies and criminology to better understand how mafias work. • Considers seven mafias around the world: the three Italian mafias, American Cosa Nostra, Japanese Jakuza, Chinese Triads, and Russian mafia • Provides a quantitative assessment of the presence and size of mafia organizations around the world • Sheds light on how the different mafias organize themselves and how they deal with organizational dilemmas Organisation studies
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 362pp 978-1-108-47611-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-46696-7 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99
P G
Competition’s New Clothes 20 Short Cases on Rivalry Between Firms François Lévêque | Mines ParisTech
Twenty revealing tales of real-life rivalry between firms in diverse industries, including wine, skiing, opera, video games and cruise liners. These entertaining and insightful narratives will appeal to anyone, from company executives to enthusiasts, with an interest in the economics of contemporary industry and services. • Contains twenty real-life cases, told with entertaining verve • Takes an objective view on the effects of competition on the marketplace • Considers the development of competition, and how it is driven, especially by globalization and innovation Organisation studies
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 206pp 978-1-108-47359-0 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-108-46191-7 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99
P P
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
61
Management / Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
Starting Points
Development with Global Value Chains
Intellectual and Institutional Foundations of Organization Theory Bob Hinings | University of Alberta
Upgrading and Innovation in Asia Edited by Dev Nathan | Institute for Human Development, New Delhi
This Element is for all those interested in the development of organization theory and its relevance to today. It is particularly aimed at graduate students and advanced undergraduates but it is relevant to all of those who wish to understand the trajectory of this important subject. Organisation studies | Elements in Organization Theory
August 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-70932-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
62
P
Re-engaging with Sustainability in the Anthropocene Era
Entrepreneurship and innovation | Development Trajectories in Global Value Chains
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 440pp 978-1-107-10463-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 978-1-108-73384-7 Paperback £34.99 / US$48.99
An Institutional Approach Andrew J. Hoffman | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Applies organization theory to the challenge of the Anthropocene era, a period of human impact on climate change, chemical waste, habitat destruction, and despeciation. Uses institutional theory to help analysts understand the framing of scientific facts, the counter-mobilization of skeptics, and the creation of archetypes as new social orders. Organisation studies | Elements in Organization Theory
August 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 2 colour illus. 978-1-108-72769-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
Can firms and economies utilize global value chains (GVC) for development? How can they move from low-income to middle-income and even high-income status? This book addresses these questions through a series of case studies examining upgradation and innovation by firms operating in GVCs in Asia. • Includes contributions from leading global value chains scholars • Contains case studies of Asian countries • Presents case studies from a range of sectors
R
TEXTBOOK
International Management Behavior Global and Sustainable Leadership Eighth edition Harry W. Lane | Northeastern University, Boston
Extoling mindful global leadership and reincorporating industry business cases, this eighth edition imparts competent and sustainable business practices for global leaders. Fully updated, the authors build on forty years of teaching, researching and working with managers worldwide to bring students the latest developments in global business practice. • Provides a thorough overview, including real-world examples, of how to be an international manager in the global business world • Emphasizes ethical business, corporate responsibility and mindful leadership to reveal the most effective and sustainable leadership qualities needed by successful leaders of international companies • Includes cases from the Ivey Business School, Harvard Business School and IMD in order to enrich understanding of business strategies from around the world Contents: Part I. The New Global Context: 1. Global leaders in the twenty-first century; 2. Mindful global leadership; 3. Understanding culture: through the looking glass; Part II. Leading People Across Contexts: 4. Interpersonal skills for international management: map-bridge-integrate for effectiveness at the point of action; 5. Leading global teams; 6. Talent management: selection, preparation and mobility of global leaders; Part III. Executing Strategy and Performance: 7. Executing global strategy: foundations; 8. Executing global strategy: applications; 9. Leading change in global organizations; Part IV. Integrity and Sustainable Performance: 10. Competing with integrity: personal integrity; 11. Competing with integrity: corporate sustainability; 12. Conclusion. International business
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 384pp 45 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-47328-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 X 978-1-108-46114-6 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 X
C C
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas A Republican Europe of States Cosmopolitanism, Intergovernmentalism and Democracy in the EU Richard Bellamy | University College London
Bellamy deploys a novel republican account of the legitimacy of international organisations, to locate the EU’s democratic deficiencies and their resolution at the national rather than the supranational level. This is for readers interested in global democracy, global justice, the statism-cosmopolitanism debate, EU politics, and republican theory. • Proposes an innovative republican account of international political justice, centred on securing non-domination between and within democratic states • Applies this theory to the EU, showing how a form of ‘republican intergovernmentalism’ both describes and can guide the integration process • Offers readers a demoicratic account of the EU’s democratic legitimacy, capable of responding to Euroscepticism and Brexit Political theory
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-107-02228-7 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$95.00 978-1-107-67812-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$32.99
P P
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
Australian Politics in the Twenty-First Century
Rule by Multiple Majorities A New Theory of Popular Control Sean Ingham | University of California, San Diego
Old Institutions, New Challenges Glenn Kefford | Macquarie University, Sydney
Australian Politics in the Twenty-First Century presents the many moving parts of Australia’s political system from an institutional perspective. It equips students with the requisite foundational knowledge, and encourages them to critically examine the complex interplay between a centuries’ old system and a diverse, modern Australian society. • Utilizes an institutional approach to introduce students to Australia’s political landscape while encouraging them to critically examine how these institutions have changed since Federation • Explores institutions not often considered but whose influence is increasing, including minor parties, the bureaucracy, the media and the citizenry • Extensive resources housed within the complementary VitalSource interactive eBook allow students to consolidate and extend their knowledge and understanding
Ingham explores how multiple, overlapping majorities can have control in a democracy, even if there is not a unified ‘will of the people’. This book will be of interest to political theorists as well as political scientists who study electoral accountability, representation, and social choice theory. • Presents a novel theory of democracy and popular control that abandons the notion of a popular will • Combines social choice theory, game theory, empirical political science, and political philosophy, integrating political theory with the rest of political science • Supplies a theory of democracy grounded in realistic assumptions about voters Political theory | Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 208pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49704-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Political theory
November 2018 255 x 190 mm 350pp 63 colour illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-57756-4 Paperback with VitalSource eBook £69.99 / US$110.00 X
Media Ethics and Global Justice in the Digital Age Clifford G. Christians | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign
Today’s digital revolution is a worldwide phenomenon. This book presents a new theory of media ethics that is explicitly international. It will interest scholars and students of media, new technologies, and global justice. • Presents a new, explicitly international theory of media ethics • Bridges moral philosophy with the philosophy of technology • Shows how ethical principles can be applied practically in various countries and across a range of media technologies Political theory | Communication, Society and Politics
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-15214-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-60639-1 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99
P P
Roll Call Rebels Strategic Dissent in the United States and United Kingdom Justin H. Kirkland | University of Virginia
Directly compares the British House of Commons and United States House of Representatives. Through similar motivations, member ideology and party agenda are revealed to produce party disloyalty based on data of legislative voting agenda following changes in agenda control. Legislative scholars are encouraged to regard commonalities of both political systems. Political theory | Elements in American Politics
December 2018 229 x 152 mm 82pp 978-1-108-70155-6 Paperback c. £15.00 / c. US$18.00
P
TEXTBOOK
Machiavelli: The Prince Second edition Niccolo Machiavelli Edited by Quentin Skinner | Queen Mary University of London
This new edition of the acclaimed translation of Niccolò Machiavelli’s The Prince – revised for the first time after thirty years – includes an extended and rewritten introduction by Quentin Skinner, an improved timeline of key events in Machiavelli’s life, and a fully updated bibliography. • Fully updated for the first time after thirty years • Includes a thoroughly revised introduction by Professor Quentin Skinner, one of the most influential historians of political thought of our time • Features an improved timeline of key events, an updated bibliography, and useful biographical notes on characters in the text Contents: Editorial note; Introduction; Principal events in Machiavelli’s life; Bibliographical note; Translator’s note; Map: northern and central Italy, c. 1500; Dedicatory letter: Niccolò Machiavelli to His Magnificence Lorenzo de’ Medici; 1. How many kinds of principality there are, and by what means they are acquired; 2. Hereditary principalities; 3. Mixed principalities; 4. Why the Kingdom of Darius, which Alexander occupied, did not rebel against his successors after Alexander’s death; 5. By what means cities or provinces that lived under their own laws before they were occupied ought to be administered; 6. New principalities acquired by one’s own arms and ability; 7. New principalities acquired through the arms and fortune of others; 8. Those who become rulers through crime; 9. The civil principality; 10. In what ways the strengths of all principalities should be measured; 11. Ecclesiastical principalities; 12. How many kinds of soldiers there are, and mercenary troops; 13. Auxiliaries, mixed troops and one’s own troops; 14. How a ruler should act concerning military matters; 15. The things for which men, and especially rulers, are praised or blamed; 16. Liberality and parsimony; 17. Cruelty and mercifulness; and whether it is better to be loved than feared, or the contrary; 18. In what way rulers should keep their promises; 19. How contempt and hatred should be avoided; 20. Whether building fortresses, and many other things that rulers frequently do, are useful or useless; 21. What a ruler should do in order to be thought outstanding; 22. On those whom rulers employ in secret matters; 23. How flatterers should be shunned; 24. Why the rulers of Italy have lost their states; 25. How much control fortune has over human affairs, and by what means she can be resisted; 26. An exhortation to seize possession of Italy
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
63
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
and assert her liberty from the barbarians; Appendix A. Letters relevant to The Prince; Appendix B. Notes on the vocabulary of The Prince; Biographical notes; Index of subjects; Index of proper names. Texts in political thought | Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought
January 2019 216 x 138 mm 180pp 1 map 978-1-107-14586-3 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99 978-1-316-50926-5 Paperback £10.99 / US$14.99
X X
Campus Sexual Assault Constitutional Rights and Fundamental Fairness Evan Gerstmann | Loyola Marymount University, California
64
Gerstmann shows how colleges are often punishing students as sex offenders without a fair hearing and are defining sexual offenses in an unconstitutionally broad manner. This book is for members of the general public and students who want to understand the debate about sexual assault in American colleges. • Provides constitutional analysis on the important subject of campus sexual assault • Examines how ‘affirmative consent’ laws are unconstitutional • Challenges widely held beliefs, such as that students today are more sexually active than preceding generations, that women rarely commit sexual assault, or that college students are in greater danger of sexual assault than their non-college attending cohorts American government, politics, policy
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 244pp 978-1-108-49792-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-70931-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
P G
Who Donates in Campaigns? The Importance of Message, Messenger, Medium, and Structure David B. Magleby | Brigham Young University, Utah
Who Donates to Campaigns? examines data on donors to the 2008 and 2012 presidential election campaigns to demonstrate who is donating and how the internet and campaign finance law have contributed to significant change. This book will be of value to students, scholars, campaign professionals, and journalists and anyone interested in US campaign and elections. • Analyzes donors from a variety of contribution sizes to give a complete picture of those that donate, and compare small and large donors • Utilizes real data from the Obama, McCain, and Romney campaigns to see who is donating to campaigns and to understand what that means for political participation and partisan polarization • Examines not only how the legal and regulatory environment of campaign finance has changed since the last major donor studies were conducted, but also how changes in technology – especially the internet – have provided candidates and donors with additional ways to interact and make contributions American government, politics, policy
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 482pp 57 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-108-42927-6 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00 C
When Democracy Trumps Populism European and Latin American Lessons for the United States Edited by Kurt Weyland | University of Texas, Austin
This book offers the first systematic, comparative study of the conditions under which populism slides into illiberal rule and the prospects for US democracy under President Trump. Leading international scholars provide concise, targeted analyzes of key European and Latin American experiences and the lessons they yield for American democracy. • Provides concise, targeted analyzes of key Latin American and European experiences with populism and the lessons they yield for US democracy • Develops a comparative framework for understanding the conditions under which populism slides into illiberal rule cross-nationally • Makes an original argument about the likely resilience of US democracy American government, politics, policy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 240pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48354-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-72882-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$27.99
C G
HIGHLIGHT
White Identity Politics Ashley Jardina | Duke University, North Carolina
This book is for people who want to understand emerging patterns of white identity and collective political behavior in an increasingly diverse America. Drawing on robust evidence, Jardina shows that many whites possess an activated racial identity and support policies and candidates they see as protecting whites’ power and status. • Develops a new theory of dominant group identity • Draws on open-ended and close-ended surveys, as well as observational and experimental data, to provide the first comprehensive empirical analysis of heightened white group consciousness in the United States • Shows that white racial identity is a lens through which many white Americans view the political world, explaining vote choice and opinion on a range of pressing contemporary political issues, from immigration to social spending • Challenges the conventional wisdom that the ‘white working class’ is uniquely driving white voting behavior American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Public Opinion and Political Psychology
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 38 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-108-47552-5 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-46860-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$24.99 G
The Foundations of American Jewish Liberalism Kenneth D. Wald | University of Florida
American Jews have built a political culture based on the principle of equal citizenship in a secular state. This book examines how this worldview developed and how it has influenced American Jews’ political behavior since the founding. It offers insights for readers interested in history, law, politics, religion, and Judaism. • Offers the most comprehensive examination to date of American Jewish political behavior and how it has developed over time • Approaches Jewish political behavior from a social scientific perspective, drawing on survey data and archival research • Develops a theory of political action that is relevant to understanding other ethnic and religious groups American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-108-49789-3 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-70885-2 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
Thirsty Cities
Fox Populism
Social Contracts and Public Goods Provision in China and India Selina Ho | National University of Singapore
Branding Conservatism as Working Class Reece Peck | College of Staten Island
This book traces the historical development of Fox’s counter-elite news brand and reveals how an iconoclastic news style was crafted by fusing two class-based traditions of American public culture: populist politics and tabloid journalism. Through this style Fox successfully reframes narrow, conservative political demands as popular and universal. • Traces the historical development of Fox’s counter-elite news brand, contextualizing it within broader political and journalistic trends • Proposes a new conceptualization of media partisanship • Offers new insight into the popularity of Fox’s free market interpretation of the Great Recession • Offers a multi-modal framework for understanding media populism American government, politics, policy | Communication, Society and Politics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49676-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72178-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
P G
Citizenship and Contemporary Direct Democracy David Altman | Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile
Citizenship and Contemporary Direct Democracy is for anyone who studies democracy, elections, or political institutions. Its original data makes it indispensable for researchers, while the accessible, non-technical approach makes it suitable for students and teachers alike. The normative argument will appeal to political theorists and philosophers. • Connects the study of direct democracy to the broader field of comparative democratization • Offers a new view of the most discussed contemporary democratic innovations • Offers the first major cross-national, comparative study of the origins and effects of direct democratic institutions Comparative politics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 29 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-49663-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
Non-Policy Politics Richer Voters, Poorer Voters, and the Diversification of Electoral Strategies Ernesto Calvo | University of Maryland, College Park
Calvo and Murillo consider the non-policy benefits that voters consider when deciding their vote. The authors’ theory shows how these nonpolicy resources also shape parties’ ideological positions and which type of electoral offers they target to poorer or richer voters. • Delivers an empirically rich account of voters’ preferences and parties’ responses in two new unequal democracies to test our framework • Systematizes how to assess preferences of voters across different demographic groups and the bias they may generate in parties’ responsiveness • Provides the first systematic empirical analysis of partisan networks, emphasizing how activists’ features, recruitment, and connection to voters shapes their impact on both clientelism and ideological persuasion • Allows readers to distinguish how activists’ electoral tasks vary across contexts and how their impact can be measured
The experiences of the two rising powers of Asia, China and India, in providing drinking water highlight an important puzzle – why do some countries provide more public goods than others? The book argues that public goods vary according to the social contract between a government and its people. • Compares public goods provided by China and India and argues that regime types do not determine public goods outcomes • Proposes a new conceptual framework for understanding public goods provision through a detailed study of drinking water in Chinese and Indian cities • Explores important policy issues for developing countries and gives insights into real-life policy implications for governments Comparative politics
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-42782-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Cultural Backlash Trump, Brexit, and Authoritarian Populism Pippa Norris | Harvard University, Massachusetts
What explains the rise of authoritarian populism in Europe and the US, including Trump and Brexit? The book argues that a backlash against cultural change by older generations triggered these disruptive forces. • Provides new insights and evidence into populism, one of the most topical issues in political science • Develops a new theoretical framework explaining authoritarian populism • Compares more than fifty parties across dozens of countries, focusing on the US and Europe Comparative politics
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 75 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-108-42607-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-44442-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P
Decentralized Governance and Accountability Academic Research and the Future of Donor Programming Edited by Jonathan A. Rodden | Stanford University, California
This book is for those who need a broad overview of contemporary knowledge about decentralized governance and development or are trying to identify gaps in the literature. This volume will be of use to policy practitioners and students in development studies, political economy, and comparative politics. • Reviews academic research of relevance to development programming on decentralization • Improves engagement between academic research and public policy on decentralization • Brings together many top applied scholars to evaluate two decades of research on decentralization and identify the most fruitful avenues for future research Comparative politics
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 308pp 9 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-49790-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Comparative politics
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 31 b/w illus. 49 tables 978-1-108-49700-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
65
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
Information, Accountability, and Cumulative Learning
Empire, Race and Global Justice
Lessons from Metaketa I Edited by Thad Dunning | University of California, Berkeley
Duncan Bell | University of Cambridge
Examines a set of voter information campaigns worldwide to assess their effectiveness, and develops a new social science research model aimed at cumulative learning. It will appeal to academics and practitioners looking for innovative ways to conduct social science research that is rigorous, policy-relevant, and cumulative. • Raises serious questions about when and how making voters more informed is likely to increase electoral accountability • Introduces a new model for producing cumulative research • Presents the results of seven planned field experimental studies of informational campaigns aimed at improving electoral accountability Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics
66
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 54 b/w illus. 3 maps 50 tables 978-1-108-42228-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-43504-8 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99 P
These pioneering essays explore the racial and imperial dimensions of contemporary political theory debates over global justice. The first volume of its kind, this book promises to be an important resource for students and scholars. • Explores the role of race and empire in political theory debates over global justice • Brings together an interdisciplinary range of contributors, including historians, political theorists, lawyers, and international relations scholars • A very useful resource for scholars working on issues of global justice from a range of philosophical, social scientific and historical perspectives International relations, international organisations
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42779-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Participation in Social Policy Public Health in Comparative Perspective Tulia G. Falleti | University of Pennsylvania
TEXTBOOK
Decision-Making in American Foreign Policy
Governments and international organizations have promoted community participation in public health since the late 1970s. We lack comparative studies of these participatory institutions in public health. This Element proposes a conceptualization of programmatic participation and distinguishes between two types, monitoring and policy-making.
Translating Theory into Practice Nikolas K. Gvosdev | United States Naval War College, Newport, Rhode Island
Comparative politics | Elements in the Politics of Development
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 8 b/w illus. 1 map 2 tables 978-1-108-46820-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 R AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
Oral Democracy Deliberation in Indian Village Assemblies Paromita Sanyal | Florida State University
A talk-centered qualitative analysis of three hundred Indian village assemblies, revealing how the deliberation between citizens in a mass democracy is influenced by state policy and literacy. Essential reading for those interested in participation, development, and deliberative democracy. This title is also available as Open Access. • A unique investigation into the relationship between state policy and literacy, as reflected in the quality of deliberation in grassroots institutions of participatory democracy • Reconsiders normative theories of deliberative democracy, developing a concept better suited to poor and highly unequal societies • Includes the methodological contribution of a discourse analysis of deliberation, analysing a large sample within the framework of a comparative natural experiment • This title is also available as Open Access Comparative politics | Theories of Institutional Design
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-01974-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
This textbook on the complex influences on American foreign policymaking is tailored for students preparing to become national security practitioners. Rather than presenting theory for the sake of theory, it translates the complete academic field of foreign policy analysis into an intuitive, cohesive, and practical set of analytic tools. • Contains real-world case studies of recent events which are used throughout to allow students to apply theory • Translates foreign policy decision-making for a practitioner audience, explicitly aiming to show the professional relevance of academic theory • Updates concepts and paradigms by drawing contemporary political parallels and updating many now outdated examples usually used to illustrate these concepts Contents: List of boxes; List of figures; Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. Foreign policy analysis; 3. Unitary state perspective; 4. Cognitive perspective; 5. Organizational process perspective; 6. Bureaucratic politics perspective; 7. Palace politics perspective; 8. Sub-bureaucratic politics perspective; 9. Domestic politics; 10. Other countries; 11. Conclusion; Index. International relations, international organisations
January 2019 253 x 177 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42714-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-44768-3 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99
X X
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
Mobilising International Law for ‘Global Justice’
New Directions in India’s Foreign Policy Theory and Praxis Edited by Harsh V. Pant | Observer Research Foundation, India
Edited by Jeff Handmaker | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam
This book aims to reach scholars and undergraduate students interested in the theme of global justice and the dynamics of international law-making and enforcement. Practicing lawyers and public officials will also appreciate its grounded studies on the challenges of applying international law in response to complex social and political problems. • Critically engages with the political dimensions of international law, drawing on the influential scholarship of Martti Koskenniemi • The book cuts across various dimensions of international law (e.g. on human rights, conflict, peace and security, corruption) and a variety of concrete case examples are included • Locates international law within broader processes of globalisation • Shows how law can be mobilised in a variety of strategic ways International relations, international organisations
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 262pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49794-7 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00
C
Varieties of Resilience Studies in Governmentality Jonathan Joseph | University of Sheffield
Resilience is the ability of individuals, groups and societies to withstand and recover from external shocks. This comparative study examines resilience as it is experienced across different countries and policy sectors, providing original insights for anyone interested in discovering why resilience has become so influential in policy-making. • The first book-length study to properly examine the meaning and use of resilience across different countries and policy sectors • Develops a strong conceptual framework of resilience, supported by empirical examinations of a wide range of policy documents • Provides a critical view of the dominant Anglo-Saxon view of resilience as a neoliberal form of governmentality International relations, international organisations
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 218pp 978-1-107-14657-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-60157-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99
P P
Labour Internationalism in the Global South The SIGTUR Initiative Robert O’Brien | McMaster University, Ontario
An analysis of labour internationalism that explores in depth the experience of the Southern Initiative on Globalisation and Trade Union Rights (SIGTUR). This book will interest anyone concerned with the role of labour in the global economy, economic justice, global social movements, and internationalism. • The first major examination of modern labour internationalism in the Global South • Includes an in depth analysis of the Southern Initiative on Globalisation and Trade Union Rights (SIGTUR), based on twenty years of participant observation • Develops a ‘six faces’ theoretical approach to labour internationalism International relations, international organisations
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-108-48091-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
This volume explores key concepts like ‘constructivism’ and ‘territoriality’ and analyses their contribution to the academic discourse on Indian foreign policy, and discusses issues such as the ‘Indo-Pacific’ and the ‘responsibility to protect’ to address the expanding horizons of Indian foreign policy. • The most updated and contemporary volume on India’s foreign policy • Brings on board eminent scholars of foreign policy across international academia International relations, international organisations
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-108-47366-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-46219-8 Paperback £23.99 / US$31.99
P P
Contagion and War Lessons from the First World War John A. Vasquez | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign
Vasquez explains the processes that cause the spread of interstate war by looking at how contagion brought countries into the First World War. The book will interest students and scholars of international relations, conflict studies and international history, especially those interested in the spread of conflict, or the First World War. • Develops and applies six contagion models to the First World War • Examines every major pair of states that entered the First World War to see how contagion actually worked, providing a new interpretation of the First World War • Generates new hypotheses and insights on contagion which can be applied to other cases International relations, international organisations
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 412pp 27 b/w illus. 15 tables 80 exercises 978-1-108-41704-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-40427-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P TEXTBOOK
The Politics of the First World War A Course in Game Theory and International Security Scott Wolford | University of Texas, Austin
World War I is the perfect case study for teaching international relations. This book uses thirteen historical puzzles to provide students with a rigorous yet accessible training in game theory, with each chapter showing, through guided exercises, how game theoretical models can explain otherwise challenging strategic puzzles. • Engages students with an interesting test case – World War I • Ties the underlying narrative of the war to a primer on basic game theory, teaching students how to use models to resolve puzzles so that students learn the basics of game theory together with the analytical value of using it • Uses simple math which is clearly explained with guided examples, benefiting those from non-technical backgrounds • Teaches students how to build theories, better preparing them to conduct their own research Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction: the Great War; 2. The theory of War I: commitment problems; 3. Armed continent: the Anglo-German naval race; 4. Leaping into the dark: Europe goes to war; 5. The theory of World War II: information problems; 6. A scrap of paper: Belgium, France, and British entry; 7. Troubled partnerships: coalitions at war; 8. The best laid plans: attrition’s static horror; 9. Choosing sides: building military coalitions; 10. Coordinating caution: naval war in the North Sea; 11. The theory of World War III: commitment and war termination; 12. The theory of World
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
67
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
War IV: information and war termination; 13. Too proud to fight?: U-boats and American neutrality; 14. The end of the beginning: victory, defeat, and peace; 15. Conclusion: history and the present; Bibliography; Index. International relations, international organisations
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42601-5 Hardback c. £125.00 / c. US$150.00 978-1-108-44437-8 Paperback c. £48.99 / c. US$59.99
X X
How Negotiations End Negotiating Behavior in the Endgame Edited by I. William Zartman | The Johns Hopkins University
68
Where past studies have examined when and how negotiations begin, this is the first full-length work to analyze the closing phase of negotiations, identifying negotiator behavior patterns in the endgame. It will appeal to scholars and advanced students of negotiation in international relations, international organisation, and business studies. • Presents the first full-length work to examine the components of closing behavior in negotiation • Provides historical understanding of how types of negotiations have ended through analysis of specific cases • Introduces new analytical concepts for those studying or working in the field of negotiation International relations, international organisations
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 415pp 6 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-47583-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00
C
World Ordering A Social Theory of Cognitive Evolution Emanuel Adler | University of Toronto
Building on his research on constructivist theory, and communities and practices, Adler suggests cognitive evolution, a timely social and normative theory of world ordering. It explains why configurations of practices organize and govern social orders epistemically and normatively, and why and how they evolve from one social order to another. • Proposes a new social theory of change • Illustrated with three case studies: Europe’s contemporary social order, the cyberspace order, and the corporate order • Will interest students and scholars of international relations and of sociological approaches to international politics and social change International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 150
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 397pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41995-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-41267-4 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$34.99
P P
Reasoning of State Realists, Romantics and Rationality in International Relations Brian C. Rathbun | University of Southern California
International relations scholars typically assume the rationality of foreign policy makers when in fact leaders systematically vary in the rationality of their thinking. Through case studies of leaders like Churchill and Reagan, Rathbun shows that the imposed standard of rationality, based in objectivity and deliberation, was often absent. • Questions longstanding assumptions about rationality in foreign policymaking • Utilizes a wide variety of research methods • Will interest students and scholars of international relations, political psychology and international history, particularly those interested in foreign policy decision making International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 149
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 370pp 7 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-42742-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44618-1 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99
P P
The Wealth Effect How the Great Expectations of the Middle Class Have Changed the Politics of Banking Crises Jeffrey M. Chwieroth | London School of Economics and Political Science
Chwieroth and Walter show how the politics of banking crises in democracies have been transformed by growing ‘great expectations’ among middle class voters that governments should protect their wealth. It will interest political scientists, economists, historians and general readers alike. • Shows how much and why the politics of major banking crises have changed since the early nineteenth century • Uses extensive quantitative and qualitative longitudinal evidence • Provides detailed analysis of the policies and politics of banking crises over two centuries in Brazil, the United Kingdom and the United States Political economy
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 595pp 103 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-15374-5 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-1-316-60778-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$37.99 P NEW IN PAPERBACK
Public Forces and Private Politics in American Big Business Timothy Werner | University of Texas, Austin
A rigorous examination of the politics of corporate social responsibility in the United States. Through the use of case studies and interviews with ‘Fortune 500’ company executives, this book shows how politics affect American firms’ choices, even in the wake of the 2007–9 financial crisis. • Proposes a new theory of the firm as a political actor • Features case studies covering a range of issues, including the environment, gay rights and corporate governance • Interviews with executives at forty firms in the ‘Fortune 500’ demonstrate that the statistical relationships found in the quantitative case studies reflect executives’ decision-making processes Political economy | Business and Public Policy
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 205pp 16 b/w illus. 6 maps 10 tables 978-1-107-60677-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 C Also available 978-1-107-02291-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$113.00 C
Nativism and Economic Integration across the Developing World Collision and Accommodation Rikhil R. Bhavnani | University of Wisconsin, Madison
Explores the colliding trends of internal migration and nativism in developing countries. Looks at how subnational migration is associated with nativist politics, the effects of internal migration surges on public policy and how political decentralization strengthens subnational politicians’ incentives to define and cater to nativists. Political economy | Elements in Political Economy
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-73390-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
P
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Contesting Authoritarianism
Street Citizens
Labor Challenges to the State in Egypt Dina Bishara | University of Alabama
Protest Politics and Social Movement Activism in the Age of Globalization Marco Giugni | University of Geneva
The first book-length analysis to explain the character of contemporary protest politics. Street Citizens analyzes original survey data on activists to explain the diverse motivations, social characteristics values and networks that draw them to engage politically to tackle the pressing social problems of our times. • Provides an evidence-based analysis of participants in street demonstrations across Europe based on a unique dataset • Examines variations in the features of street demonstrations that enables readers to go a step further in their research to understand who, why and how people demonstrate, compared to previous research • Each chapter builds on a specific research question, allowing them to be used selectively if required European government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 235pp 2 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-47590-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 P 978-1-108-46926-5 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99 P
Practicing Islam in Egypt Print Media and Islamic Revival Aaron Rock-Singer | Cornell University, New York
Following the ideological disappointment of the 1967 Arab-Israeli war, an Islamic revival arose in Egypt. Here, Rock-Singer looks beyond the artificial divide between state institutions and Islamic activists and melds social and intellectual history to show how Egypt’s Islamic revival emerged, who it involved, and why it still shapes Egypt today. • Highlights the centrality of daily practice to the emergence of an Islamic revival in Egypt • Emphasises the importance of the state as both a religious actor and as a site of contestation • Explores the challenges and complications of piety Middle East government, politics, policy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 216pp 978-1-108-49205-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
The Politics of Migration in Modern Egypt Strategies for Regime Survival in Autocracies Gerasimos Tsourapas | University of Birmingham
The Egyptian regime consistently employs labour emigration to their own advantage in order to remain in power. Drawing on a wealth of unexplored sources, Tsourapas identifies the complex strategies that authoritarian regimes develop to ensure that migration aids their survival and shows that cross-border mobility and power are inextricably linked. • Offers a pioneering analysis of the politics of intra-Arab labour migration • Provides a critical re-reading of modern Egyptian history from 1952 to the present • Introduces a missing dimension to the study of authoritarianism in the Middle East and the broader Global South • Draws on a wealth of unexplored and unpublished primary sources in multiple languages to shed light on the interplay between labour emigration and authoritarianism Middle East government, politics, policy
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47554-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Why and how did independent trade unions emerge in Egypt, despite its history of state control over organized labour? And why was the movement pioneered by traditionally quiescent civil servants? Bishara examines the relationship between labour organizations and the state to reveal how political change occurs under an authoritarian regime. • Charts the emergence of the independent trade union movement in Egypt • Studies how political change occurs within authoritarian regimes • Relies on case studies and data collected through in-depth interviews and participant observation Middle East government, politics, policy | Cambridge Middle East Studies, 52
August 2018 228 x 152 mm 204pp 1 b/w illus. 2 maps 1 table 978-1-107-19357-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$82.99 P 978-1-316-64472-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99 P
Reforming Family Law Social and Political Change in Jordan and Morocco Dörthe Engelcke | Max-Planck-Institut für ausländisches und internationales Privatrecht, Germany
Family law continues to be one of the most controversial legal areas in all Muslim-majority countries. In this book, Dörthe Engelcke explores the remarkable differences in the engagement with family law in the 2000s by Morocco and Jordan, both ostensibly similar regimes. • Questions whether family law reform has improved women’s rights throughout the Middle East and North Africa • Combines the study of Islamic family law reform and authoritarianism • Draws on in-depth fieldwork, including interviews with sharia court judges, politicians, women’s activists, and members of Islamist movements Middle East government, politics, policy | Cambridge Middle East Studies, 55
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-108-49661-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
In the Wake of Disaster Islamists, the State and Social Contract in Pakistan Ayesha Siddiqi
This book is an ethnographic exploration into the state’s responsibility to its people in the aftermath of a natural hazard based disaster. It examines state-citizen interaction in Pakistan after large scale floods devastated the country in 2010 and then again in 2011, and transforms our understanding of contemporary disasters. • Employs ethnographic methodology to ground its arguments • Draws on approaches from literature and other disciplines • Makes an academic argument while discussing and evaluating policy South Asian government, politics, policy
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 210pp 978-1-108-47292-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
Crafty Oligarchs, Savvy Voters Democracy under Inequality in Rural Pakistan Shandana Khan Mohmand | University of Sussex
This book looks at why rural Pakistani citizens vote despite their limited political agency owing to high levels of socio-economic inequality. It finds that electoral politics enables marginalized voters to strategically further their interests vis-à-vis elite groups, but that persistent inequality limits their ability to organize or compete. • The book’s analysis is based on original data, the likes of which has not been used to study Pakistan’s voting majority before • Offers a micro-level perspective with new and deeper insights into potential directions for political reform • Provides a new typology of voters, which nuances the usual dichotomy drawn between clientelism and programmatic politics South Asian government, politics, policy | South Asia in the Social Sciences, 8
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47363-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00
C
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
69
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
Nationalism, Development and Ethnic Conflict in Sri Lanka
Populism in Southeast Asia Paul D. Kenny | Australian National University, Canberra
Rajesh Venugopal | London School of Economics and Political Science
70
This book examines the relationship between ethnic conflict and economic development in modern Sri Lanka. Drawing on a historically informed political sociology, it explores how the economic and the ethnic have encountered one another, focusing in particular on the phenomenon of Sinhala nationalism. • Employs an interdisciplinary approach cutting across economics, political science, sociology, anthropology and human geography • Written in a lucid and accessible language which would be of appeal to both academics and general readers South Asian government, politics, policy | South Asia in the Social Sciences, 5
October 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-42879-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Civil-Military Relations in Southeast Asia Aurel Croissant | Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany
R
Singapore Identity, Brand, Power Kenneth Paul Tan | National University of Singapore
Explores nation building and international relations in the small multicultural nation state and cosmopolitan global city of contemporary Singapore. Examines the exercise of smart power, or the ability to strategically combine soft and hard power resources.
R
On the Brink
P
Indonesia Twenty Years of Democracy Jamie S. Davidson | National University of Singapore
Argues that after twenty years of democratization, Indonesia has performed admirably. Focuses on Indonesia’s political regime, political economy, and identity-based mobilizations since democratization in 1998. South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia
Trump, Kim, and the Threat of Nuclear War Van Jackson | Victoria University of Wellington
In 2017, the world watched as a barrage of personal insults and escalating threats were traded between Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un amid unprecedented shows of military force. Jackson traces the crisis from standoff to summit, showing just how close the world came to inadvertent nuclear war. • The first informed and accessible account of the North Korea nuclear crisis from standoff to summit • Explains why 2017 witnessed the worst nuclear scare since the Cuban Missile Crisis, and how war was averted • Includes revelatory insights into Trump’s aggressive rhetoric and North Korea’s military mentality, identifying future risks of nuclear war East Asian government, politics, policy
R
Ritual and Region
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 248pp 2 maps 978-1-108-47348-4 Hardback £18.99 / US$24.95
G
Playing by the Informal Rules
The Invention of ASEAN Mathew Davies | Australian National University, Canberra
Why the Chinese Regime Remains Stable despite Rising Protests Yao Li | Harvard University, Massachusetts
Explores why ASEAN has endured and why members, many of whom remain comparatively weak and poor, continue to invest in the regional project. Argues that ASEAN has and continues to serve state interest through the creation of a shared ritual and symbolic framework. South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45796-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-45910-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
August 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46046-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia
August 2018 229 x 152 mm 78pp 978-1-108-45908-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia
South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia
Reviews the historical origins, contemporary patterns, and emerging changes in civil-military relations in Southeast Asia. It analyzes military roles in state- and nation-building, political domination, revolutions and regime transitions, and military entrepreneurship.
August 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45909-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00
Populism is a political strategy through which charismatic leaders establish links with unattached mass constituencies. Identifying all cases of populism in Southeast Asia’s democracies, this Element shows that populist mobilization thrives because parties are so weak. This weakness is caused by institutional and political economic factors.
P
This book highlights the important role of informal norms in structuring state-protester interactions, mitigating conflict, and explaining regime resilience amid mounting unrest. It will appeal to scholars of social movements, comparative politics, civil society, international relations, governance, democratization, and area studies. • Presents a new view of political mobilization and authoritarian resilience • Provides a novel theoretical framework in which to monitor the trajectory of political contention in China and beyond • Proposes fresh perspectives on power, rules, legitimacy, and resistance in modern societies East Asian government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 230pp 19 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-47078-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
When Democracies Deliver
Checking Presidential Power
Governance Reform in Latin America Katherine Bersch | Davidson College, North Carolina
This book highlights the importance of strategy, revealing that gradual reforms produce better results than drastic overhauls imposed by political will. This study is aimed at scholars interested in comparative politics, state development, Latin American politics, and public policy, as well as practitioners and policymakers around the globe. • Applies cognitive-psychological insights about decision-making to governance reform • Presents detailed case studies of public sector reform • Explains both why certain reform strategies succeed and how political conditions influence the adoption of successful strategies Latin American government, politics, policy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 232pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-47227-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
The first to offer an explanation of the levels of reliance on executive decrees in comparative perspective, this book intends to reach an audience of scholars and non-academics interested in the behavior of legislators, the struggles behind the concentration of power by presidents, and Latin American politics. • Proposes a new view of executive power, decree authority, and checks and balances • Provides a parsimonious explanation of levels of reliance on decrees • Offers empirical tests of the theory at different levels of analysis Latin American government, politics, policy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 252pp 26 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-108-42762-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
C
Building Participatory Institutions in Latin America
State-Sponsored Activism Bureaucrats and Social Movements in Democratic Brazil Jessica Rich | Marquette University, Wisconsin
Reform Coalitions and Institutional Change Lindsay Mayka | Colby College, Maine
This book explains how and why some national mandates for participatory policymaking develop into powerful institutions for citizen engagement. It argues that participatory institution building can happen when new participatory institutions originate in sweeping policy reforms that attract the support of powerful stakeholders who normally would not support participatory policymaking. • Proposes a new theory of reform coalitions in institutional change processes • Offers a rich description and analysis of policy reform processes in developing countries • Includes an extensive cross-national analysis of nationally-mandated participatory institutions Latin American government, politics, policy
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 318pp 14 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47087-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
Executive Decrees and the Legislative Process in New Democracies Valeria Palanza | Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile
State-Sponsored Activism proposes a new model of state-society relations, and explains how social movements can survive over time without falling prey to co-optation. For a broad audience of students, scholars, and policymakers, this is a definitive text for those interested in learning about Brazil’s movement to fight HIV/AIDS. • Proposes a new model of state-society relations • Shows how NGOs help to sustain policy successes through hidden forms of political advocacy • Provides the most complete history to date of Brazil’s AIDS movement Latin American government, politics, policy
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 252pp 31 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47088-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
Votes for Survival Relational Clientelism in Latin America Simeon Nichter | University of California, San Diego
C
Buying Audiences Clientelism and Electoral Campaigns When Parties Are Weak Paula Muñoz | Universidad del Pacífico, Peru
Buying Audiences develops a new theory of how politicians campaign and deploy electoral clientelism in the absence of institutionalized parties and stable party-broker relationships. It will interest scholars who study Latin American politics, electoral campaigns, clientelism, political parties, and business influence in the developing world. • Develops a new theory of how clientelism works in the absence of stable party-broker relationships • Shows how politicians campaign without institutionalized parties • Offers new insight into business influence in the developing world and challenges to party building • Uses a mixed methods approach and examines an understudied case Latin American government, politics, policy
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 318pp 20 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-108-42259-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C
This book focuses on clientelism, the pattern of exchanges between politicians and votes as citizens promise to vote for a politician in order to receive benefits. While many scholars have explored the threats to clientelism, this book is the first exploration into why clientelism survives, and even thrives, in certain countries. • Explores how citizens often depend on clientelist relationships to cope with their vulnerability to adverse shocks such as unemployment, illness and drought in contexts with inadequate welfare states • Emphasizes how citizens often rely on exchange relationships with politicians to cope with their vulnerability, spurring them to sustain clientelism • Investigates patterns of clientelism during non-election periods, rather than the dominant focus on campaign strategies, such as vote buying and other episodic forms of clientelism, emphasizing the important role of ongoing exchange relationships Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42836-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 978-1-108-44950-2 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99
P P
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
71
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Contemporary Nigerian Politics
Electoral Politics and Africa’s Urban Transition
Competition in a Time of Transition and Terror A. Carl LeVan | American University, Washington DC
How do Africa’s voters decide who to vote for, and what do political parties campaign on? A. Carl LeVan contributes to our understanding of democratization, elections, and transitions by demonstrating how Nigeria’s opposition prevailed by appealing to voters on economic and other issues, even as Boko Haram unleashed a new wave of terrorism. • Focuses on how violence and terrorism impact elections in Nigeria • Contributes to understandings of why Africa’s largest political party lost power • Examines reasons for the return of secessionism in Nigeria
72
African government, politics, policy
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47249-4 Hardback £72.99 / US$94.99 978-1-108-45974-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99
P P
Class and Ethnicity in Ghana Noah L. Nathan | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Despite the rapid urbanization of African societies, the socio-economic changes associated with urbanization are not having the political effects that many expected. This book contributes to understanding African urbanization, political behavior, and the ability of developing societies to transition away from clientelism. • Examines how urban contexts shape political behavior in the developing world • Provides some of the first systematic empirical evidence on the political effects of the growth of the African middle class • Challenges widespread conventional wisdom in journalist and policy-making circles, showing that modernization narratives about urbanization are insufficient African government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 360pp 25 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47495-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00
Democracy in Ghana Everyday Politics in Urban Africa Jeffrey W. Paller | University of San Francisco
C
Foundations of Agnostic Statistics
With a majority urban population, Ghana has one of the most successful and consolidated democracies in Africa. Based on fifteen months of fieldwork, Jeffrey W. Paller explains the meaning and practice of accountability across different types of urban neighborhoods and shows how they shape both political participation and urban development. • Proposes a new view of democracy and development in urban Africa • Sheds light on the everyday politics that are so important to African societies • Develops a comparative research design and a model of urbanization that offers new insight into the patterns of political development in Africa’s growing cities
This book provides a rigorous but accessible treatment of modern statistical methodology for researchers in the social and health sciences. It provides readers with the mathematical tools to critically engage with cutting-edge statistical methods. • Provides a rigorous and targeted mathematical introduction to the statistics underlying modern statistical methodology in the social and health sciences • Prepares readers to go on to advanced study in statistical methodology, including in causal inference, nonparametric statistics, and econometrics • Develops the fundamentals of ‘agnostic statistics’ – an approach that asks what can be learned about the world under minimal assumptions
African government, politics, policy
Research methods in politics
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 336pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-316-51330-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
African Development, African Transformation How Institutions Shape Development Strategy Landry Signé | Stanford University, California
Inspired by the ideas of Pan-Africanism and the African Renaissance, NEPAD (now AUDA) was created in 2001 to bring Africa into the globalizing world and close the gap between developing and developed countries. Here, Signé provides a brilliant examination of its role in transforming African economies and facilitating interstate cooperation. • An examination of the Africa Union’s development body’s (NEPAD, transformed into the African Union Development Agency, or AUDA) continuity with and divergence away from Western-based development institutions • An insightful case study of the evolution of a continent-wide, Africanbased development institution • Debates academically informed policy options for using the African Union Development Agency (AUDA, initially named NEPAD) in the future to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals and Agenda 2063 African government, politics, policy
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 220pp 9 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-108-47057-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 P 978-1-108-45620-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 P
Peter M. Aronow | Yale University, Connecticut
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 318pp 35 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17891-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63114-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99
P P
A Practical Introduction to Regression Discontinuity Designs Part I Matias Cattaneo | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
An accessible and practical guide for the analysis and interpretation of regression discontinuity (RD) designs. The focus is on the canonical sharp RD setup that has the following features: (i) the score is continuously distributed and has only one dimension, (ii) there is only one cutoff, and (iii) compliance with the treatment assignment is perfect. Research methods in politics | Elements in Quantitative and Computational Methods for the Social Sciences
February 2019 229 x 152 mm 120pp 1 b/w illus. 21 colour illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-71020-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 R
Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas / Psychology
Why Bother? Rethinking Participation in Elections and Protests Susan C. Stokes | University of Chicago
Why Bother? offers and tests a new theory about participation in politics and, in particular, why people vote and join protests. This book will appeal to students and scholars in political science, sociology, and social psychology and to members of the public who want to understand trends in political participation. • Develops and tests a theory that explains why people take part in two key instruments of popular politics, voting and protesting • Considers the cost of abstention to explain a number of apparent anomalies, such as how efforts to suppress the vote and the repression of protesters are sometimes ineffective and can even lead to higher rates of participation • Draws on a wealth of survey data, interviews, and experimental results from a range of countries Politics (general) | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 174pp 12 b/w illus. 28 tables 6 exercises 978-1-108-47522-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-46594-6 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$29.99 P
Psychology The Cambridge Handbook of Sexual Development Childhood and Adolescence Edited by Sharon Lamb | University of Massachusetts, Boston
This interdisciplinary Handbook brings together the top researchers in child and adolescent sexual development to redefine the issues, conflicts, and debates that characterize the field. It explores the role of sexuality in children’s and adolescents’ everyday experiences of identity, family, school, neighborhood, religion, and popular media. • Showcases current knowledge and overviews of the field, including coverage of new methodologies • Addresses contemporary issues such as LGBTQ identities, social and traditional media, the effects of pornography, and controversies about sexual health education • The book’s interdisciplinary approach will appeal to scholars and students across psychology, sociology, education, and anthropology Developmental psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 604pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-19071-9 Hardback £150.00 / US$195.00 R 978-1-316-64077-7 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99 P
Affectionate Communication in Close Relationships Kory Floyd | University of Arizona
This book reviews and critiques empirical research on affectionate communication in close relationships, and offers compelling questions for future empirical work. It will appeal to faculty, graduate students, and undergraduate students in social psychology, communication, family studies, sociology, health sciences, and clinical psychology. • Represents both a socio-cultural and a bio-evolutionary approach to communication research • Provides a detailed summary of research on the mental and physical health effects of affectionate behavior • Compares and critiques existing theories and measurement models of affectionate communication Social psychology
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 299pp 1 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-47058-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Arguing, Obeying and Defying A Rhetorical Perspective on Stanley Milgram’s Obedience Experiments Stephen Gibson | York St John University
This text presents a qualitative analysis of the transcripts from the experimental sessions from one of the most notorious academic studies ever conducted: Stanley Milgram’s obedience experiments. It will appeal to scholars and students in psychology, the social sciences, and the history of science. • Features a detailed analysis of the transcripts of Stanley Milgram’s obedience experiments, with multiple examples from recordings of the experimental sessions themselves • Provides an overview of the last 10-15 years’ worth of work on Milgram’s obedience experiments • Outlines the way in which recent developments in the wider study of rhetoric can be used to expand discursive and rhetorical psychology Social psychology
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 246pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42133-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Power in Close Relationships Edited by Christopher R. Agnew | Purdue University, Indiana
Using interdisciplinary theorizing and research about power from disciplines such as social psychology, communications, family studies, and public health, this book is an essential resource for any researcher, professional, student, or layperson seeking to better understand how power operates in those relationships that are most important to us. • Presents multiple theoretical perspectives to offer a unique overview of the research surrounding power in close relationships • Supplies specific examples of theoretical applications in practice • Proposes new theoretical insights and suggestions for future research and theoretical extensions Social psychology | Advances in Personal Relationships
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 312pp 3 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-19261-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
73
Psychology
74
Health and Illness in Close Relationships
The Cambridge Handbook of Computing Education Research
Ashley P. Duggan | Boston College, Massachusetts
Edited by Sally A. Fincher | University of Kent, Canterbury
Written for academic researchers, students, and health professionals, this is the first volume to review and synthesize the current literature on health and illness in close relationships. The author provides an integrated theoretical framework for understanding the complexities of health trajectories and relationship processes. • Offers an integrated theoretical framework of health, illness, and relational processes • Cuts across current theoretical concerns and propositions to connect with practical issues of health management within relationships • Illustrates how language shapes responses to close relationships and the understanding of health and illness
This Handbook describes the extent and shape of computing education research, and articulates its boundaries with partner disciplines. Written by leading researchers from academia and industry (including Google and Microsoft), it provides both a guide for existing researchers and a practical resource for those new to the field. • Articulates research from other disciplines that are related to computing education • Includes several chapters of practical guidance, including qualitative and quantitative methods, study design, and research-to-practice case studies • Written by leading researchers from academia and industry, such as Google and Microsoft
Social psychology | Advances in Personal Relationships
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 950pp 53 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-49673-5 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00 R 978-1-108-72189-9 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99 P
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 392pp 978-1-108-41993-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
Sustaining Early Childhood Learning Gains Program, School, and Family Influences Edited by Arthur J. Reynolds | University of Minnesota
How early childhood learning gains are initiated, increased, sustained, and affect life-course development are fundamental to science and society. This book synthesizes research findings for increasing and sustaining gains in early childhood programs and practices, and addresses the effectiveness of these public investments in promoting well-being. • Offers a comprehensive analysis of next steps and new-generation approaches in early intervention • Provides a conceptual overview of the factors that influence whether early childhood learning programs have short- and longer-term effects • Includes examples and illustrations of effective approaches for improving early childhood learning programs Educational psychology
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 370pp 27 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-108-42592-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 C
The Cambridge Handbook of Cognition and Education Edited by John Dunlosky | Kent State University, Ohio
Leading scientists reveal how to enhance instruction and student achievement across many domains, including science, mathematics, reading, and writing. Directed towards graduate students and seasoned scientists interested in education, it is also accessible to practitioners and students who are interested in improving learning and achievement. • Showcases the strength of evidence on how to improve various aspects of education • Each chapter offers ideas on where each field should go next so as to inform education practices • Supplies an overview of the origins of each field and where it will be moving in the future • Scientists, instructors, and students will find the chapters accessible, easy to read, and informative Educational psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
January 2019 253 x 177 mm 550pp 79 b/w illus. 31 tables 978-1-108-41601-6 Hardback c. £145.00 / c. US$185.00 R 978-1-108-40130-2 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$56.99 R
Educational psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
Cognition and Intractability A Guide to Classical and Parameterized Complexity Analysis Iris van Rooij | Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen
This is the first book to provide an accessible introduction to computational complexity analysis and its application to questions of intractability in cognitive science. It is essential reading for students and researchers who want to understand how cognitive models can be scaled from the lab to situations of real-world complexity. • The first book to describe how classical and parameterized complexity analysis can be applied to cognitive modeling • Provides a rigorous yet accessible introduction to the conceptual and mathematical foundations of intractability • Illustrates various complexity-theoretic proof techniques that can be used by cognitive researchers as part of their theoretical toolkit Cognition
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 386pp 978-1-107-04399-2 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-72897-3 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99
P P
TEXTBOOK
Introduction to Human Neuroimaging Hans Op de Beeck | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium
The only text to cover all the major human neuroimaging techniques in an accessible and practical manner. With example research studies, color illustrations, and practice questions, it is ideal for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in the behavioral and brain sciences taking introductory courses on human neuroimaging. • The only book that offers an accessible and practical overview of the range of human neuroimaging methods • Developed specifically for students in the behavioral and brain sciences • Provides example research studies to illustrate key concepts, and practice questions for homework and self-study • Includes over 100 full color illustrations Contents: 1. Introduction and overview; Part I. Structural Neuroimaging: 2. The physics behind magnetic resonance imaging; 3. Structural imaging methods; Part II. Hemodynamic Neuroimaging: 4. Hemodynamic imaging methods; 5. Designing an hemodynamic imaging experiment; 6. Image processing; 7. Basic statistical analysis; 8. Advanced statistical analysis; Part III. Electrophysiological Neuroimaging: 9. Electromagnetic field of the brain; 10. Electroencephalography and magnetoencephalography; 11. Basic analysis of electrophysiological signals; 12. Advanced data analysis; Part IV. Complementary Methods: 13. Multi-modal imaging; 14. Causal methods to modulate brain activity. Cognition | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 350pp 118 colour illus. 978-1-107-18030-7 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$159.99 978-1-316-63218-5 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$89.99
X X
Psychology
The Cambridge Handbook of Creativity
Darwinian Hedonism and the Epidemic of Unhealthy Behavior
Second edition Edited by James C. Kaufman | University of Connecticut
David M. Williams | Brown University, Rhode Island
This Handbook covers virtually all of the many facets of scientific research on creativity, including the related areas of innovation and imagination. It includes cutting-edge work from psychology, education, business, entrepreneurship, and neuroscience to present a complete overview of the nuanced topic of creativity. • Incorporates a variety of ideas from psychology, business, entrepreneurship, education, economics and neuroscience • Analyses creativity from multiple perspectives, including both individual and environmental perspectives • Examines the biological, cognitive, emotional, and motivational underpinnings of creativity Cognition | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
March 2019 253 x 177 mm 754pp 9 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-18848-8 Hardback £140.00 / US$185.00 978-1-316-63854-5 Paperback £44.99 / US$64.99
P P
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Innovations in CBT for Childhood Anxiety, OCD, and PTSD Improving Access and Outcomes Edited by Lara J. Farrell | Griffith University, Queensland
This book brings together the world’s leaders in treatment science to present innovations in cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) for child and adolescent anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Practicing clinical psychologists, social workers and other mental health professionals, child and youth psychiatrists, students and academics will benefit from reading this book. • Includes treatment advances from leaders in the field of child and youth anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) clinical research • Provides step-by-step, clinical examples of how to deliver the latest approaches to treatment innovation in real-world contexts • Supplies empirical research outcomes on treatment efficacy for novel interventions including the predictors and moderators of treatment response Health and clinical psychology
March 2019 253 x 177 mm 500pp 17 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-41602-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 P 978-1-108-40132-6 Paperback £64.99 / US$84.99 P
Pseudoscience in Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy A Skeptical Field Guide Stephen Hupp | Southern Illinois University, Edwardsville
This book identifies ineffective and harmful treatments for every major mental health issue affecting youth and instead proposes strong evidence-based treatments. Written by experts from academia, hospitals, and private practice, it is the ideal resource to inform practitioners, students, and researchers on which treatments to avoid. • Reviews questionable, ineffective, and harmful treatments and provides evidence-based alternatives • Includes side bars from interdisciplinary science communicators • Informs readers on which treatments to avoid and which treatments actually work
This book brings a new perspective to psychological hedonism as a fundamental theory of human behavior based on ideas grounded in affective neuroscience and evolutionary biology. The resulting Darwinian hedonism viewpoint is then applied to the growing epidemic of unhealthy behaviour; including poor diet, physical inactivity, and substance use. • Proposes a new theory of human behavior • Reframes the ancient and intuitive principle of psychological hedonism • Based on contemporary affective neuroscience and neo-Darwinian evolutionary biology • Can be applied to the global epidemic of unhealthy behavior, which is argued to be the main driver for the rising rates of chronic disease Health and clinical psychology
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 360pp 18 b/w illus. 978-1-107-11043-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
75 C
The Neuroscience of Sleep and Dreams Patrick McNamara | Boston University
This book provides complete coverage of the neuroscience of both sleep and dreams for upper-level undergraduates and graduate students. Unlike other introductory texts, it emphasizes the social nature of sleep and dreams, and links new discoveries to established evolutionary theory. • Tells a story that connects all of the disparate facts surrounding sleep and dreams • Evolutionary theories are brought in to explain the functional significance of sleep data and findings • Links new discoveries about sleep and dreams to established scientific findings with implications for sleep medicine Health and clinical psychology | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 271pp 7 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-17110-7 Hardback £76.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-62974-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 P
The Cambridge Handbook of Anxiety and Related Disorders Edited by Bunmi Olatunji | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee
This book provides descriptive and experimental approaches to the study of anxiety and related disorders alongside literature reviews and empirically-guided suggestions for treatment. It is written for academics and graduate students studying psychology, psychiatry, and neuroscience,as well as clinicians in medical centers or private practices. • Highlights contemporary approaches to the classification, presentation, etiology, assessment, and treatment of anxiety and related disorders • Integrates findings from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and the Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) • Surveys existing descriptive and experimental approaches to the study of anxiety and related disorders • Emphasizes the provision of empirically-guided suggestions for treatment Health and clinical psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
November 2018 279 x 216 mm 898pp 978-1-107-19306-2 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00
R
Health and clinical psychology
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-17531-0 Hardback c. £75.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-62695-5 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
Psychology / Social Science Research Methods
Social Science Research Methods
The Cambridge Handbook of Technology and Employee Behavior Edited by Richard N. Landers | University of Minnesota
76
Experts from across all industrial-organizational (IO) psychology describe how increasingly rapid technological change has affected the field. In each chapter, authors describe how this has altered the meaning of IO research within a particular subdomain and what steps must be taken to avoid IO research from becoming obsolete. • Offers a view across the entirety of the field with chapters covering almost every subdomain of industrial-organizational psychology • Highlights cross-domain themes and field-wide challenges • Written by experts in integrating technology within their personal field of study Applied psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 960pp 978-1-108-47670-6 Hardback c. £145.00 / c. US$185.00 978-1-108-70132-7 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$56.99
R R
The Cambridge Handbook of Wisdom Edited by Robert J. Sternberg | Cornell University, New York
This is a review of the psychological literature on wisdom by leading experts in the field. It covers the philosophical and sociocultural foundations of wisdom, and showcases the measurement and teaching of wisdom. The connection of wisdom to intelligence and personality is explained alongside its relationship with morality and ethics. • Provides a comprehensive review of the psychological literature on wisdom by top experts in the field • Includes virtually all of the major theories of wisdom, as well as the full range of research on wisdom as it is understood today • Will be useful to those seeking to understand wisdom scientifically, and to those who wish to apply their understanding of wisdom to their own work • Parents, teachers, and mentors who want to develop wisdom in others will have practical information about how to do it Applied psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology
January 2019 253 x 177 mm 838pp 14 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-108-47641-6 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00 R 978-1-108-70034-4 Paperback £46.99 / US$59.99 P
Doing Better Statistics in Human-Computer Interaction Paul Cairns | University of York
Written for human-computer interaction (HCI) researchers – whether undergraduates, professors, or UX professionals who need to analyse quantitative data – this book helps to improve readers’ knowledge of the modern best practice in statistics and their understanding of how to do statistical analysis on their own data. • Readers do not have to struggle with mathematics in order to understand the arguments around how to do better statistics • Provides the underpinning philosophy of statistics in science • Allows readers to quickly find the answers they seek within the concise chapters Quantitative methods
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 29 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-48252-3 Hardback c. £79.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-108-71059-6 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$32.99 P
Focus Groups for the Social Science Researcher Jennifer Cyr | University of Arizona
A concise and accessible introduction to focus groups, Cyr highlights the unique, inter-related features of the method for data collection in social science. She explains if, when, and how to use focus groups effectively as a stand-alone method, or as part of a multi-method research design. • Offers a clear set of guidelines regarding how to present focus group data for article- and book-length research • Provides a theoretical grounding for the use of focus groups in the social sciences • Explains how to use focus groups as a stand-alone method or in a mixed-methods research design • Clarifies when focus groups may be useful for the social science researcher, as well as when they may not be Qualitative methods | Methods for Social Inquiry
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 180pp 978-1-107-18916-4 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-316-63879-8 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
Sociology
Sociology
Becoming Activists in Global China Social Movements in the Chinese Diaspora Andrew Junker | The Chinese University of Hong Kong
The Civil Sphere in East Asia Edited by Jeffrey C. Alexander | Yale University, Connecticut
From leading East Asian scholars, this collection of case studies, distributed across five East Asian nations, examines a wide range of contemporary social and cultural conflicts. It will be of use to graduate students and researchers in cultural sociology, political sociology, social theory, sociology of social movements, and globalization theory. • Covers an incredible range of topics, from banking crises and Presidential impeachment in Korea, to police surveillance and scandals over fertility technology in Japan, to labor struggles in China, to memory wars throughout East Asia • Utilizes diverse case studies across five different nations in East Asia • Advances civil sphere theory, a new, ambitious, and exciting sociological theory of democratic possibilities
C
Social Mobility and Education in Britain Research, Politics and Policy Erzsébet Bukodi | University of Oxford
A comprehensive examination of social mobility and education in Britain that exposes the prevailing misconception in political and policy circles of social mobility in decline. For students, researchers, policymakers, and anyone interested in the issues surrounding social inequality, social mobility and education. • Collects the findings of extensive research on social mobility and education in Britain • Reveals a significant disconnect between research findings and the discussion of mobility in political and policy circles, and in the media • This book is accessible to non-specialists Political sociology
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 271pp 36 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-108-47496-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-108-46821-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99 P
Grounded Nationalisms A Sociological Analysis Siniša Malešević | University College Dublin
Challenging the dominant view of nationalism as a historically declining social force, Malesevic explains why the recent escalation of populist nationalism is not a social anomaly but rather a historical norm. Globalisation is not the enemy of nationalism; instead, as this book shows, the two forces have developed together through modern history. • Offers a new sociological approach aimed at explaining the rise and grounding of nationalism over the last two hundred years • Provides a novel theoretical understanding of recent political events driven by nationalism, such the election of Donald Trump and the vote for Brexit • Will appeal to students and scholars of political and historical sociology and comparative politics, particularly those interested in nationalism Political sociology
Keeping the Peace Spatial Differences in Hindu–Muslim Violence in Gujarat in 2002 Raheel Dhattiwala | Universiteit van Amsterdam
This book investigates geographic variation in Hindu-Muslim violence in Gujarat in 2002. It uses statistical and ethnographic methods to unpack mechanisms of crowd behaviour, intergroup relations, and political incentives driving the spread of collective violence, and aims to demonstrate the implicit political logic of the violence. • Includes macro-level analysis of 216 towns and rural areas, and interview excerpts of 162 respondents, including nine rioters • Includes end of chapter summary apart from a concluding chapter Political sociology
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-108-49759-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99
Political sociology
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 210pp 10 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-48299-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C
Political sociology
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 322pp 2 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-42783-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
This sociological study examines the religious movement Falun Gong within the context of the contentious politics literature. Using the 1989 democracy movement as a comparative case, the author explains Falun Gong’s intensive grassroots mobilization, its significance for China, and its implications for understanding religious and political movements. • Provides a cogent and insightful understanding of the religious movement Falun Gong • Offers a new explanation of how and why the diaspora Chinese democracy failed to sustain protest mobilization after the events of 1989 • Examines Falun Gong and the Chinese democracy movement as contentious politics, illuminating Chinese cultural sources and limits for democracy
C
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42516-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-44124-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99
P P
Protectors of Pluralism Christian Protection of Jews in the Low Countries Robert Braun | Northwestern University, Illinois
This book sheds new light on the relationship between religion and tolerance by investigating the Christian protection of Jews during the Holocaust. It will appeal to those interested in religion, political violence, collective action, mixed methods, altruism, racism, tolerance, the Holocaust, and genocide. • Explores the relationship between religion and tolerance by investigating the Christian protection of Jews during Holocaust • Examines the reinforcing mechanisms that link minority status to rescue operations • Applies a range of social science methodologies and theories Political sociology | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 40 b/w illus. 56 maps 28 tables 978-1-108-47102-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45697-5 Paperback c. £23.00 / c. US$29.99 P
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
77
Sociology
Activists Forever?
Adivasis and the State
Long-Term Impacts of Political Activism Olivier Fillieule | Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Rennes
Subalternity and Citizenship in India’s Bhil Heartland Alf Gunvald Nilsen | Universitet i Agder, Norway
This collection of essays examines political involvement’s sociobiographical effects by drawing on a global range of case studies. It will appeal to social movement scholars as well as scholars of life course sociology in an interactionist perspective. • Demonstrates the importance of hitherto undervalued topics in the study of the biographical consequences of activism • Expands the scientific boundaries of this field through an interdisciplinary approach and new methods of analysis • Provides new empirical examples of social movement outcomes from Europe, the United States, and Latin America Political sociology | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics
78
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 360pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42872-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$125.00
C
Solidarity in Practice Moral Protest and the US Security State Chandra Russo | Colgate University, New York
Chandra Russo examines embodiment and emotions in long-term solidarity activism among three communities contesting US torture, militarism and immigration policies. This broad-based study is aimed at undergraduate and graduate students in sociology, anthropology, political science, peace and conflict studies, American studies, and religious studies. • Examines the process and content of witnessing as political action • Analyses the under-examined concept of solidarity within social movements • Presents an up-to-date overview of religiously motivated protest communities Political sociology | Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 218pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47311-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-46099-6 Paperback £20.99 / US$28.99
P G
Kings of Mississippi Race, Religious Education, and the Making of a Middle-Class Black Family in the Segregated South Sandra L. Barnes | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee
The King family was a twentieth-century anomaly: a middle-class black family in rural Mississippi. Using family narratives, census data, and employing a socio-ecological lens, this book illustrates how family decisions affected generations across time as they navigated dynamics like segregation, migration, education, religion, and urban living. • Proposes an alternative view of the twentieth-century middle-class black family in the rural South • Draws on census data to contextualize the family narratives of seven generations of the King family • Examines the role religion plays in socio-economic decisions and class outcomes for a middle-class black family in Mississippi Sociology of race and ethnicity | Cambridge Studies in Stratification Economics: Economics and Social Identity
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-108-42406-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
C
This work deciphers how subalternity is both constituted and contested through state-society relations in India’s Bhil heartland. At the core of the book lies a concern with understanding the dialectics of power and resistance that give form and direction to the political economy of democracy and development in contemporary India. • A fine-grained and engaged historical ethnography of the making of subalternity and citizenship in Adivasi communities in rural India • Develops and deploys an innovative Gramscian approach to the study of how subalternity is constituted and contested in state-society relations • Written in an engaging style that will be accessible to non-specialist readers and a wide readership beyond the disciplinary confines of South Asia studies Sociology of race and ethnicity | South Asia in the Social Sciences, 7
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49653-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00
C
TEXTBOOK
Fundamentals of Criminological and Criminal Justice Inquiry The Science and Art of Conducting, Evaluating, and Using Research Daniel P. Mears | Florida State University
This book helps students to develop the sensibility of a researcher for thinking about, conducting, and evaluating research. Students need a one-stop source to integrate and apply what they learn in methods – as well as statistics, theory, and diverse topic-specific – classes. Fundamentals of Criminological and Criminal Justice Inquiry addresses this gap and does so through numerous real-world examples. • Not merely a ‘how to’ of research, this book shows students how to analyze, evaluate and use research in their work • As well as research methods, the book aims to explain exactly when and why certain types of research are carried out and used • Aimed at practitioners and policymakers, who can learn how to use research to implement effective policy, and researchers who can learn how to develop research ideas that can be useful for practitioners and policymakers • Includes a succinct history and description of criminology and criminal justice as a field to give context to the history and current state of research in the field, along with examples to give further context Contents: About the authors; Preface; Part I: 1. Introduction; 2. Science and criminological and criminal justice research; 3. The science and art of conducting, evaluating, and using research, initial observations; Part II: 4. The role of theory in research; 5. The role of data in research; 6. The role of analysis in research; Part III: 7. Basic (science-focused) vs. applied (policy-focused) research; 8. Identifying causal effects; 9. Criminological and criminal justice research areas and topics; Part IV: 10. Criteria for conducting, evaluating, and using research; 11. The science and art of conducting, evaluating, and using research: practical steps; References; Index. Criminology
March 2019 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-107-19370-3 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$129.99 978-1-316-64513-0 Paperback c. £46.99 / c. US$59.99
X X
Sociology / Computer Science
TEXTBOOK
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Engaging with Social Work
A Contemporary Perspective Sandeep Sen | Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi
A Critical Introduction Second edition Christine Morley | Queensland University of Technology
Engaging with Social Work equips students with a critical perspective and develops their understanding of social work and human services practice, with an emphasis on the principles of social justice and human rights. This fully revised second edition includes a new chapter on the emerging challenges and opportunities for social work. • Provides an integrated critical perspective to practising social work and encourages the reader to challenge dominant social discourses and to consider their own personal values, biases and assumptions • New edition covers the prominent topics of family violence, critical practice with diverse communities and responding to the rise in global inequality • A new instructor website includes links to video resources and web materials, accompanied by extension questions Contents: 1. The critical potential of social work; 2 Where in the world are we? The contexts of practice; 3. What can we do? A critical response to social contexts; 4. How did we get here? The history of critical social work; 5. Values and ethics for critical practice; 6. Theories for practice; 7. Social work practice; 8. Diverse voices; 9. Fields of practice; 10. Contemporary and emerging challenges (and opportunities) for social work; 11. Advancing critical social work into the future. Social policy and social work
April 2019 255 x 190 mm 368pp 46 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-45281-6 Paperback c. £60.00 / c. US$75.00
X
Computer Science Kernelization Theory of Parameterized Preprocessing Fedor V. Fomin | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway
This self-contained introduction to kernelization, a rapidly developing area of preprocessing analysis, is for researchers, professionals, and graduate students in computer science and optimization. It includes recent advances in upper and lower bounds and meta-theorems, and demonstrates methods through extensive examples using a single data set. • Revisits the same data set to demonstrate the appropriate uses for different methods • Features extended examples to help students build practical intuition and understand the motivation behind the theory • Surveys all four main aspects of kernelization and the relations between them Algorithmics, complexity, computer algebra and computational geometry
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-05776-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99
P
A valuable text in the field of computer science and engineering, covering fundamental concepts and recent advancements. To help the reader to design/redesign algorithms for their requirements rather than be overawed by the challenges of a new framework. • Discusses important concepts including graph algorithms, parallel algorithms and approximation algorithms that are explained in detail • Emphasizes alternate and realistic computational frameworks including parallel, memory hierarchy and streaming • Covers new models of computation including string matching, streaming algorithms and geometric algorithms • Real-life applications and numerical problems are spread throughout the text for the benefit of the readers Algorithmics, complexity, computer algebra and computational geometry
February 2019 247 x 187 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49682-7 Hardback £44.99 / US$64.99 978-1-108-72199-8 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$64.99
P P
The Student’s Introduction to Mathematica and the Wolfram Language Third edition Bruce F. Torrence | Randolph-Macon College, Virginia
This book introduces Mathematica® and the Wolfram Language in the context of the standard university mathematics curriculum. It equips current and former students to harness these tools to explore ideas from pre-calculus, calculus, and linear algebra. Additional chapters on programming and 3D printing provide outlets for further exploration. • Updated chapters cover the newest developments in the software, including natural language queries and the vast stores of real-world data now integrated through the cloud • Clearly presents software commands and procedures alongside mathematical ideas to demonstrate how Mathematica can illuminate high school and university mathematics • The book does not assume that the reader is an expert in the underlying mathematics Scientific computing, scientific software
March 2019 246 x 189 mm 532pp 480 b/w illus. 250 exercises 978-1-108-40636-9 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 P TEXTBOOK
Data Mining and Data Warehousing Principles and Practical Techniques Parteek Bhatia | Thapar University, India
This textbook gives an in-depth discussion of basic principles and practical techniques of data mining and data warehousing. Theoretical concepts are discussed in detail with the help of practical examples. It covers data mining tools and languages such as Weka and R language. • Discusses important concepts with their practical implementation using Weka and R Language data mining tools • Includes advanced topics such as big data analytics, relational data models and NoSQL that are discussed in detail • Pedagogical features including unsolved problems and multiplechoice questions are interspersed throughout the book for better understanding Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Beginning with machine learning; 2. Introduction to data mining; 3. Beginning with Weka and R language; 4. Data pre-processing; 5. Classification; 6. Implementing classification in Weka and R; 7. Cluster analysis; 8. Implementing clustering with Weka and R; 9. Association mining; 10. Implementing association mining with Weka and R; 11. Web mining and search engine; 12. Operational data store and data warehouse; 13. Data warehouse schema; 14. Online analytical processing; 15. Big data and NoSQL; Reference; Index. Knowledge management, databases, datamining
February 2019 244 x 170 mm 600pp 978-1-108-72774-7 Paperback £64.99 / US$84.99
X
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
79
Computer Science / Earth and Environmental Science
Artificial Intelligence and Conservation Edited by Fei Fang | Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania
This book explains how artificial intelligence (AI) methods can be used to aid the conservation of wildlife, forests, coral reefs, rivers, and other natural resources. It offers an overview plus in-depth discussion of research advances, field tests and real-world deployments, and will be of use to artificial intelligence researchers and conservation professionals. • An accessible, coherent overview of artificial intelligence (AI) methods for conservation • Provides details of field tests and real-world deployments in conservation sites • Illustrates how artificial intelligence (AI) can benefit numerous areas of conservation, including an in-depth look at its use to combat wildlife poaching
80
Artificial intelligence and natural language processing | Artificial Intelligence for Social Good
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-316-51292-0 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-46473-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99
P P
Integrating Macrostrat and Rockd into Undergraduate Earth Science Teaching Phoebe A. Cohen | Williams College, Massachusetts
This book outlines the use of Macrostrat and its mobile client Rockd, and provides examples of how to integrate these resources into a variety of paleontology and Earth science courses. These tools provide a unique educational opportunity for students to interact with primary geological data and make new field observations. Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 5 colour illus. 978-1-108-71785-4 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00
P
Student-Centered Teaching in Paleontology and Geoscience Classrooms Robyn Mieko Dahl | Western Washington University
Earth and Environmental Science Rates of Evolution
Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
A Quantitative Synthesis Philip Gingerich | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
This book compiles and compares examples of evolution from laboratory, field and fossil record studies, analyzing them to extract underlying generation-to-generation rates. It covers analysis methods, statistics of variation, and processes of natural selection and random drift, for students and researchers in paleontology, biology and anthropology. • Tables of evolutionary rates determined from experimental, field and fossil record studies are available online, together with an R script archive allowing readers to analyze rates • Develops and explains methods for analyzing evolutionary time series to correct misconceptions about natural selection and random genetic drift • Describes how to distinguish between directional, random, and stationary time series Palaeontology and life history
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 427pp 96 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-16724-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99
P
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 4 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 978-1-108-71786-1 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00 P
Beyond Hands On Incorporating Kinesthetic Learning in an Undergraduate Paleontology Class David W. Goldsmith | Westminster College, Utah
Discusses the theory behind kinesthetic learning and how it fits into a student-centered, activelearning paleontology classroom. Presents methods for incorporating it into student exercises. Assessment data demonstrates that these exercises have led to significantly improved student learning outcomes tied to these concepts. Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 5 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-71787-8 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00
P
The Neotoma Paleoecology Database
Flipping the Paleontology Classroom
A Research Outreach Nexus Simon James Goring | University of Wisconsin, Madison
Benefits, Challenges, and Strategies Matthew E. Clapham | University of California, Santa Cruz
The Neotoma Paleoecology Database provides support to educators from primary schools to graduate students. Collaborations among pedagogic experts, technical experts and data stewards, centered around data resources such as Neotoma, provide an important role within research communities, and an important service to society.
Evidence shows that active learning helps students strengthen learning and build more advanced skills. The flipped classroom is one approach to maximize time for active learning. This Element explores a number of ways lecturers can create a flipped classroom learning environment. Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 3 tables 978-1-108-71784-7 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00
Student-centered learning shifts the power and attention in a classroom from the instructor to the students. This Element provides an overview of the research on student-centered pedagogy in introductory geoscience and paleontology courses and gives examples of these instructional approaches.
Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
P
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 2 b/w illus. 5 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-108-71788-5 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00 P
Earth and Environmental Science
Incorporating Research into Undergraduate Paleontology Courses
Confronting Prior Conceptions in Paleontology Courses
Or a Tale of 23,276 Mulinia Patricia H. Kelley | University of North Carolina, Wilmington
Margaret M. Yacobucci | Bowling Green State University, Ohio
In tis book best practices in experiential learning are illustrated by courses with embedded student research. Guidelines are presented for how to plan and execute a student research project. Researchbased teaching provides challenges for students and faculty, but the benefits for all stakeholders are strong.
Prior conceptions that include erroneous or incomplete understanding represent a barrier to durable learning. By intentionally eliciting prior conceptions and implementing pedagogical strategies described in other Elements in this series, lecturers can shape instruction to challenge negative views of paleontology and improve student learning.
Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 1 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-108-71789-2 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00 P
Utilizing the Paleobiology Database to Provide Educational Opportunities for Undergraduates
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-71783-0 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00
P
Hydromagmatic Processes and Platinum-Group Element Deposits in Layered Intrusions Alan Boudreau | Duke University, North Carolina
Rowan Lockwood | College of William and Mary, Virginia
‘Big data’ science initiatives, such as the Paleobiology Database (PBDB), provide inexpensive and accessible research opportunities for undergraduate courses. This Element provides an introduction to what the PBDB is, how to use it, how it can be deployed in introductory and advanced courses, and examples of how it has been used in undergraduate research. Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 6 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-108-71790-8 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00 P
Integrating Active Learning into Paleontology Classes Alison N. Olcott | University of Kansas
Active learning is a natural fit for paleontology, which can provide opportunities for examining fossils, analyzing data and writing. This Element introduces different types of active learning approaches and explains how these can be applied to large introductory paleontology classes for non-majors.
The role of hydrothermal fluids during the crystallization of layered intrusions and the ore deposits they contain has long been debated. This book, for academic researchers and professional geologists, summarizes the evidence for fluidcrystal-liquid (hydromagmatic) interactions in layered intrusions. • Summarizes a huge amount of literature to provide a unified view of the importance of the interaction of volatile fluids with magmatic liquid-crystal assemblages in the formation of layered igneous intrusions • Discusses a broad range of topics and processes related to the formation of layered igneous intrusions, from basic igneous petrology and geochemistry, to hydrothermal fluid composition, transport models, and high temperature metasomatic alteration mechanisms • Reviews evidence for the important role for volatiles and volatile-rich fluids in the crystallization of layered intrusions in general and the formation of platinum-group element (PGE) deposits more specifically Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 289pp 128 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-108-41600-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C
Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 1 b/w illus. 3 colour illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-71791-5 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00 P
TEXTBOOK
Earth Science for Civil and Environmental Engineers Richard E. Jackson | Geofirma Engineering Ltd, Ontario
Dinosaurs A Catalyst for Critical Thought Darrin Pagnac | South Dakota School of Mines and Technology
Students’ passion for dinosaurs can be harnessed to trigger interest in science and be used to develop critical thinking skills. Three methods for developing critical thought are outlined in this book: using dinosaur paleontology to illustrate logical fallacies and flawed arguments, evaluating primary dinosaur literature, and critiquing dinosaur documentaries. Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 2 tables 978-1-108-71792-2 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00
Palaeontology and life history | Elements of Paleontology
P
Introduces engineering students to the fundamental principles of the applied Earth sciences. Numerous examples and case studies provide students with the practical knowledge needed for successful geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering practice. Problem sets are included and additional examples and solutions are available online. • Tailored specifically to enable civil and environmental engineering students to master the aspects of geoscience they need for a successful career • Avoids being a simplified course in physical geology by integrating solid, fluid and soil mechanics into the text • Covers relevant topics at an appropriate level, without the need for prior geological training • Contains detailed case studies and over 300 informative illustrations which bring topics to life and underscore the role of Earth science in accurate site characterization and mitigating against natural hazards Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Rocks as Engineering Materials: 2. Structure and composition of the Earth; 3. Geological structures and maps; 4. Rock mechanics; 5. Characterization of rocks; Part II. Soils and Surficial Sediments: 6. Geomorphology; 7. Environmental geochem and
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
81
Earth and Environmental Science
mineralogy; 8. Glacial processes and permafrost; 9. Fluvial sediments and sedimentation; 10. Characterization of soils and sediments; Part III. Groundwater: 11. Hydrogeology; 12. Groundwater quality and contamination; 13. Land subsidence and karst; Part IV. Geologic Hazards: 14. Seismicity and earthquakes; 15. Landslides and the stability of slopes; 16. Coastal hazards. Engineering, petroleum and mining geoscience
January 2019 276 x 219 mm 500pp 276 b/w illus. 47 colour illus. 61 tables 99 exercises 978-0-521-84725-4 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 X
Unconventional Reservoir Geomechanics Shale Gas, Tight Oil, and Induced Seismicity Mark D. Zoback | Stanford University, California
82
A comprehensive overview of the key geologic, geomechanical and engineering principles that govern the development of unconventional oil and gas reservoirs. Covering hydrocarbon-bearing formations, horizontal drilling, reservoir seismology and environmental impacts, this is an invaluable resource for geologists, geophysicists and reservoir engineers. • Provides a comprehensive overview of unconventional resources from nanometer scale pores to sedimentary basins with a scale of 100’s of kilometres, allowing the reader to understand the full range of critical geologic and engineering issues • Intended for a wide audience from diverse technical disciplines, the book will allow engineers to learn key issues of seismology, seismologists to learn about geology, and geologists to learn about engineering • Written by expert authors from Stanford University, this will be an authoritative text on unconventional reservoirs for students, researchers and industry professionals Engineering, petroleum and mining geoscience
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-107-08707-1 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$120.00
P
Geophysics and Geosequestration Edited by Thomas L. Davis | Colorado School of Mines
This reference volume for academic researchers and industry practitioners provides an overview of the major geophysical techniques for monitoring underground storage of carbon dioxide from major industrial sources. Chapters by eminent researchers, illustrated with key case studies, discuss best practice for carbon management and outlooks for the future. • Presents a timely, cutting-edge summary in the context of the forthcoming release of the ISO Standard for the Geological Storage and Standard for Enhanced Oil Recovery • Case studies provide valuable real-world insights and guidance on technical best practice • Contributions from top researchers provide expert guidance for future carbon management Solid earth geophysics
April 2019 246 x 189 mm 420pp 30 b/w illus. 252 colour illus. 978-1-107-13749-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 P
Seismic Wave Theory Edward S. Krebes | University of Calgary
This textbook is designed for senior students in geophysics, physics, mathematics, geology and engineering who want a focused and concise introduction to seismic wave theory. It is an invaluable teaching tool because of the detailed derivations of formulas, clear explanations of topics, and inclusion of student exercises with selected answers. • The only textbook on seismic wave theory that is perfect for senior undergraduate students: other current textbooks are either at a more advanced level that would be daunting for senior undergraduates, or at a lower introductory level than appropriate for senior undergraduates • Focuses on only one subject, avoiding the problem of trying to cover too much but in not enough detail, which makes this relatively short book appealing to students and instructors choosing a manageable book • Enhances students’ understanding by providing good pedagogy and offering detailed explanations of topics and many derivations of formulas Solid earth geophysics
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 379pp 146 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47486-3 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99
P
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Numerical Methods of Exploration Seismology With Algorithms in MATLAB® Gary F. Margrave | University of Calgary
This technical guide presents the theory and practice of seismic data processing, illustrated with an extensive online library of MATLAB® algorithms. Introducing essential tools for conducting research in seismic imaging, it is an ideal reference for advanced students and exploration geoscientists in the petroleum industry. • Focuses on the development of real algorithms and computational software, allowing the reader to develop new methods or extend existing ones to construct seismic images • MATLAB® processing codes and algorithms contained in the book are part of a publicly available, online software library • Descriptions of functions in the toolbox are provided, together with code snippets chosen to illustrate key topics • Numerous computational exercises are given based on the MATLAB® codes and datasets (real and synthetic) provided online Solid earth geophysics
February 2019 246 x 189 mm 472pp 191 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17014-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99
P
Earth and Environmental Science
Seismic Ambient Noise
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Edited by Nori Nakata | Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Written by eminent scientists from the field, this extensive overview of seismic ambient noise includes observations, physical origins, modelling, processing methods and applications in imaging and monitoring the internal structure of the Earth, for graduate students and scientists working in seismology and other imaging sciences. • Covers many different aspects of seismic ambient noise, providing the first comprehensive overview of this cutting-edge field • Includes applications in imaging and monitoring, from the global to the engineering scale, of interest to academics and practitioners alike. • Chapters are written by leading researchers, ensuring quality state-ofthe-art information Solid earth geophysics
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 362pp 104 b/w illus. 30 colour illus. 978-1-108-41708-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$89.99 P
Copulas and their Applications in Water Resources Engineering Lan Zhang | Texas A & M University
This book describes the basic concepts of copulas, and outlines current trends and developments in copula methodology and applications. Detailed case studies with real-world data illustrate the application of copulas to hydrology and water resources engineering, for researchers, professionals and graduate students. • Promotes the copula method for multivariate frequency analysis, engineering design, and risk and uncertainty analysis • Various case studies are included, discussing how to apply the copula method in the fields of hydrology and water resources engineering • Provides an easy-to-follow discussion of the copula method • Presents the readers with detailed information on the current development and trends in copula methodology and applications in hydrology and water resources engineering
Introduction to Controlled-Source Electromagnetic Methods
Hydrology, hydrogeology and water resources
Detecting Subsurface Fluids Anton Ziolkowski | University of Edinburgh
Zonal Jets
This accessible volume shows how controlledsource electromagnetic (CSEM) methods are used to determine the electrical conductivity and hydrocarbon content of the upper few kilometres of the Earth, on land and at sea. Complemented by Python codes for reproducing model results, it is an excellent resource for exploration geoscientists and petroleum engineers. • The description of practical implementation is based on first-hand experience and illustrated with real data examples showing how CSEMs work in practice • Marine and land-based examples illustrate isotropic and anisotropic model results in both the frequency and time domains, demonstrating the theoretical detectability of buried resistive and conductive layers and the advantages of measuring the complete earth impulse response • Includes online Python notebooks which allow readers to reproduce results in the book and create their own models
This comprehensive, multidisciplinary volume presents a state-of-the-art summary of all relevant branches of the physics of zonal jets, from the leading experts. The phenomena and concepts are introduced at a level accessible to beginning graduate students and researchers from different fields. The book also includes a very extensive bibliography. • Compiles many different aspects of zonal jets in a coherent way to bring together graduates and researchers from the different fields • Synthesizes a large amount of observational, laboratory, theoretical and numerical data, as well as including new results from the Juno mission to Jupiter • Contains a very extensive bibliography
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 547pp 177 b/w illus. 2 colour illus. 4 maps 978-1-108-47425-2 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00 C
Solid earth geophysics
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 316pp 175 b/w illus. 978-1-107-05862-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00
C
Phenomenology, Genesis, and Physics Edited by Boris Galperin | University of South Florida
Atmospheric science and meteorology
February 2019 280 x 216 mm 550pp 120 b/w illus. 235 colour illus. 978-1-107-04388-6 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00 C TEXTBOOK
Essentials of Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics Geoffrey K. Vallis | University of Exeter
This is a modern, introductory textbook on the dynamics of the atmosphere and ocean for intermediate-advanced undergraduate and graduate students of meteorology, oceanography, mathematics, and physics. It is unique in taking the reader from very basic concepts to the forefront of research and is written by the leader in the field. • Provides a more introductory and more concise coverage of oceanatmosphere dynamics than the author’s comprehensive volume Atmospheric and Oceanic Fluid Dynamics: Fundamentals and LargeScale Circulation, 2nd edition (Cambridge, 2017) • The parent book is the market-leading advanced reference textbook on atmospheric and oceanic dynamics, but at nearly 1000 pages, is too long and advanced for many students and courses: Essentials is much more accessible • Written by Geoffrey K. Vallis, a world leader in atmospheric and oceanic dynamics Contents: Part I. Geophysical Fluid Dynamics: 1. Fluid fundamentals; 2. Equations for a rotating planet; 3. Dynamics on a rotating planet; 4. Shallow water equations; 5. Geostrophic theory; 6. Rossby waves;
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
83
Earth and Environmental Science
7. Gravity waves; 8. Instability; 9. Waves and mean-flows; 10. Turbulence; Part II. Atmospheres: 11. The Hadley cell and the tropics; 12. Midlatitudes and the stratosphere; 13. Planetary atmospheres; Part III. Oceans: 14. Wind-driven gyres; 15. The thermocline and overturning circulation; 16. The equatorial ocean and El Niño; References; Index. Atmospheric science and meteorology
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 360pp 129 b/w illus. 978-1-107-69279-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99
X
Climate Change and Terrestrial Ecosystem Modeling Gordon Bonan | National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado
84
Using theory and practice, this text covers the fundamentals of environmental biophysics, biogeochemical cycles, and vegetation dynamics. It bridges the disciplinary gap among the different ecosystem models developed by atmospheric scientists, ecologists, and hydrologists. Review questions, supplemental code, and modeling projects are provided. • Discusses the numerical implementation and solution to equations, allowing readers to understand how the equations are actually used in a model • Online resources include example model code, providing readers with practical examples • Includes many review questions, allowing readers to monitor their understanding Climatology and climate change
February 2019 253 x 203 mm 450pp 216 b/w illus. 52 tables 978-1-107-04378-7 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$140.00 P 978-1-107-61907-4 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$62.99 P
Networks in Climate Henk A. Dijkstra | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands
This book provides an overview of the applications of complex network theory to climate science. Aimed mainly at researchers and graduate students in climate science, it will also be of value to a broader audience of anyone interested in network science, from biomedicine to ecology to economics. • The first book to introduce the new promising analysis methods of network science to understand climate variability • Covers a range of problems in climate science, including diagnostics of variability, tipping behavior and prediction, providing a broad overview of how network science can contribute to advancing climate research • The authors are leading experts in this field Climatology and climate change
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 280pp 114 b/w illus. 50 colour illus. C 978-1-107-11123-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
Climate Analysis Chester F. Ropelewski
This book provides a non-mathematical exposition of climate observations, datasets, and models, based on the authors’ combined decades of experience. It describes scientific principles, instruments, observations, climate datasets, and analysis techniques for advanced students, researchers and practitioners in climatology. • Provides a comprehensive introduction to the entire Earth climate system including the atmosphere, oceans, cryosphere, and land surface components • Includes guidance on the proper use of climate data, with appropriate information to enable further investigation • Offers a non-mathematical description of the climate system in the main text with appendices that provide mathematical details of selected topics, and is therefore appropriate for students and other readers without advanced mathematical skills, while also supporting the interests of those with these skills Climatology and climate change
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 374pp 38 b/w illus. 14 maps 978-0-521-89616-0 Hardback £39.99 / US$54.99 P
Ocean Circulation in Three Dimensions Barry A. Klinger | George Mason University, Virginia
A graduate textbook for students of physical oceanography and related fields such as chemical oceanography and climate. The book surveys both observations and theories of the time-mean circulation. An innovative structure emphasizes links between observations and conceptual models, while mathematical sections allow students to delve into theory. • Gives a broad overview of the ocean general circulation and some ways it influences climate • Separate mathematical and conceptual sections give readers a choice of how deep a mathematical understanding they wish to achieve • Has an innovative structure in which each chapter covers a topic in three parts: observational description, explanatory concepts, and mathematical theory supporting the concepts Oceanography and marine science
March 2019 246 x 189 mm 494pp 159 b/w illus. 31 maps 8 tables 978-0-521-76843-6 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99 P HIGHLIGHT
There Is No Planet B A Handbook for the Make or Break Years Mike Berners-Lee | Lancaster University
Escaping to Planet B to avoid environmental catastrophe is pure fantasy. This book is for anyone who yearns for a realistic alternative to the destructive path the world is on at the moment, and wants practical advice on how they can make things better. • Provides the big picture on environmental issues meeting the public’s yearning for perspective and clarity about what is going on • Offers a joined-up picture of how to improve humanity’s existence on Earth: science, technology, economics, values, politics and more are all considered together, providing a coherent response from all disciplines • An essential guide for everyone, from the layperson to policy makers • Links the big picture to the practical providing systemic understanding and guidance on what can be done, from governments down to personal actions Environmental science
February 2019 216 x 138 mm 300pp 38 b/w illus. 4 maps 2 tables 978-1-108-43958-9 Paperback c. £9.99 / c. US$12.95 G
Earth and Environmental Science
Environmental Sustainability for Engineers and Applied Scientists Greg Peters | Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenberg
This textbook provides a unique bridge between qualitative, legal and ethical perspectives on environmental management and sustainability, and the quantitative scientific knowledge used by practising engineers and applied scientists in the workplace. It will be invaluable for advanced students in engineering and applied science disciplines. • Includes both quantitative and qualitative aspects of environmental sustainability that a well-rounded engineering or applied science graduate should know • Provides study questions at the end of each chapter to ensure that the reader is learning, which will appeal to both instructors and students • Offers a scientific perspective of sustainability by bridging engineering and environmental science Environmental science
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 268pp 94 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-16682-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-61773-1 Paperback £36.99 / US$49.99 P
Environmental Expertise Connecting Science, Policy and Society Esther Turnhout | Wageningen Universiteit, The Netherlands
An overview of the connection between science and society, discussing the challenges faced by environmental experts, including how to communicate effectively, identify sources of disagreement and tackle controversial topics. With numerous case studies and practical solutions, this is an essential resource for scientists and professionals. • Summarises complex insights from social science research on environmental expertise in accessible language for students, natural scientists, and environmental professionals • Combines general, conceptual understanding with case studies of environmental expertise in action, allowing the reader to extend the concepts in the book to other cases • Supplementary exercises, examples and resources are provided online to accompany the book Environmental science
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 8 b/w illus. 2 maps 4 tables 978-1-107-09874-9 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99 P 978-1-107-49167-0 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99 P
Exploring Planetary Climate A History of Scientific Discovery on Earth, Mars, Venus and Titan Ralph D. Lorenz | The Johns Hopkins University
An accessible and engaging chronological account of the history of climate science and planetary exploration, for students, researchers and general interest readers. Focusing on Earth, Mars, Venus and Titan, the book discusses how our knowledge of planetary climates has evolved over time, right through to cutting edge research on exoplanets. • With climate change, active missions to study the climates of our nearest planetary neighbours, and our first glimpses of climates on exoplanets, this is a highly topical subject • The engaging, narrative style makes it accessible for a range of readers, from students, researchers and professional scientists, to general interest readers • Draws together planetary science, meteorology, climate science and exoplanet astronomy, showing how planetary climate research has unfolded in parallel with our understanding of our own climate • Written by an active planetary scientist with first-hand experience of working on planetary science missions to Mars, Venus and Titan Planetary science and astrobiology
December 2018 247 x 174 mm c.316pp 136 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47154-1 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$55.00
P
Spectroscopy and Photochemistry of Planetary Atmospheres and Ionospheres Mars, Venus, Titan, Triton and Pluto Vladimir A. Krasnopolsky | Catholic University of America, Washington DC
This book provides a detailed overview of the fundamental principles and methods of spectroscopy and photochemical modeling for studying the chemical composition of planetary atmospheres and ionospheres. With detailed reviews of Mars, Venus, Titan, Triton and Pluto, it is a valuable reference for graduate students, researchers and planetary scientists. • Contains detailed chapters on the atmospheres and ionospheres of Mars, Venus, Titan, Triton and Pluto which allow readers to see the applications of spectroscopy and photochemistry, and to compare carbon dioxide atmospheres with those principally composed of nitrogen and methane • Presents concise introductory chapters which introduce readers to the fundamental principles of atmospheric physics, spectroscopy and photochemical modeling, making it a useful resource for those without prior knowledge of these topics • Written by an expert author who has worked on various space missions, and Earth-orbiting and ground-based observatories, drawing on his vast experience of spectroscopy and photochemical modeling to provide a comprehensive, up-to-date summary of these techniques Planetary science and astrobiology | Cambridge Planetary Science, 23
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 509pp 361 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-14526-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 P
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
85
Earth and Environmental Science
86
Anthropocene Encounters: New Directions in Green Political Thinking
Climate Change and Ocean Governance
Edited by Frank Biermann | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands
Politics and Policy for Threatened Seas Edited by Paul G. Harris | Education University of Hong Kong
This timely book explores the significance of the Anthropocene for environmental politics, analysing established political concepts in view of contemporary environmental challenges. Asking whether politics can continue as usual, given the profound transformations to our planet, this is a fascinating book for researchers and graduate students. • Tackling uncomfortable questions, this book explores multiple perspectives to enable critical conversations regarding environmental politics • Chapters of this highly interdisciplinary volume cover a broad variety of ‘Anthropocene encounters’ in science, philosophy and literary fiction • Draws on research carried out as part of the Earth System Governance Project and is the first of a mini-series of books linked to the ten year anniversary of the programme Environmental policy, economics and law
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 272pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48117-5 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-74041-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99
P P
Disaster Security Using Intelligence and Military Planning for Energy and Environmental Risks Chad M. Briggs | The Johns Hopkins University
This book details intelligence and military planning methods for anticipating environmental and security-related disasters. It offers an inside view of planning processes in the US government using scenarios and simulations. With a focus on innovative solutions, it is invaluable for a broad audience of practitioners, policymakers, and scholars. • Approaches a pressing topic in a new way, by presenting the inside story of how intelligence and military organizations plan for climate change and other environmental disasters • Describes complex topics in an accessible and approachable way • Provides concrete examples and lessons learned: the book is not overly theoretical, and it provides detailed narratives of how planning took place, and acknowledges both what went right and what went wrong Environmental policy, economics and law
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 254pp 5 maps 978-1-108-47235-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45937-2 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99
P P
Urban Energy Landscapes Vanesa Castán Broto | University of Sheffield
A research volume using case studies to argue that the urban energy transition depends on specific urban trajectories and heterogeneous urban energy landscapes, reflecting both strategic projects of urbanization and people’s dwelling practices. The book will have wide interdisciplinary appeal to researchers in energy, urban and environmental studies. • Will have wide interdisciplinary appeal to both energy studies and urban studies researchers because of the increasing interaction between the two fields, and also brings together history, geography, and critical social theory • Uses detailed case studies that help consolidate methodologies and approaches and lead to a more developed understanding of concepts by the reader, while also engaging in practical aspects • Responds to real-world needs and – based on research and examples – presents a potential solution to a problem that concerns the large population of city dwellers Environmental policy, economics and law
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 260pp 19 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-108-41942-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99
The oceans are changing, and innovative policies for governing them and managing marine resources have never been more important. This book reveals the unavoidable connections between climate change, the oceans, and questions of governance. It offers important lessons for those who care about the future of our oceans. • Describes and analyzes policy tools for governing oceanic change now and in the future • Covers a range of multidisciplinary issues in the governance of oceanic change • Comprehensively explores the connections between climate change, oceans and governance Environmental policy, economics and law
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 450pp 978-1-108-42248-2 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$140.00
C
Mathematical Methods in the Earth and Environmental Sciences Adrian Burd | University of Georgia
An introduction to the mathematical techniques relevant to the Earth and environmental sciences, including basic calculus, linear algebra and differential equations. It includes numerous exercises, problems and supplemental computer codes in Python and MATLAB®, allowing the reader to practise and develop their problem-solving skills in context. • Introduces both analytical and numerical methods, supplying a variety of practical tools for problem solving • End-of-chapter exercises based around real Earth science problems allow the reader to test their understanding of the methods in context • Supplemental online computer codes provide additional examples of practical applications of the mathematical methods Earth science (general)
April 2019 246 x 189 mm 550pp 978-1-107-11748-8 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$90.00
P
A Primer on Fourier Analysis for the Geosciences Robin Crockett | University of Northampton
An intuitive introduction to basic Fourier theory, with an emphasis on geoscience applications. Numerous worked examples from R are used to illustrate the theory, making this an ideal practical guide for graduate students and researchers who are using time-series analysis to quantify periodic features in geoscience data. • Explains basic Fourier theory in intuitive mathematical terms, making it accessible to those without a strong background in mathematics and statistics • Outlines methods such as the Lomb–Scargle periodogram technique that can be used for unequal-interval time-series data • Includes straightforward no-frills R spectrogram code in an appendix to the book (also available online), along with a brief help-file, allowing readers to use the code with their own datasets as well as with the examples provided in the book Earth science (general)
C
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 209pp 72 b/w illus. 978-1-107-14288-6 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-316-60024-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99
P P
Engineering
Engineering
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Seismic Risk Analysis of Nuclear Power Plants
Introduction to Optical and Optoelectronic Properties of Nanostructures
Wei-Chau Xie | University of Waterloo, Ontario
Vladimir V. Mitin | University at Buffalo, State University of New York
Get to grips with the fundamental properties of optical and optoelectronic nanostructures. This comprehensive guide is accessible for students and practitioners in disciplines such as nanoscience, physics, electrical engineering, and materials science, and includes detailed mathematical derivations, worked examples and end-of-chapter problems. • Provides a unified treatment of fundamental principles • Accessible to those in nanoscience, electrical engineering, physics, and materials science • Covers up-to-date material and recent developments in optical and optoelectronic nanostructures • Includes worked examples and end-of-chapter problems Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 424pp 243 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42814-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00
Civil and environmental engineering
January 2019 253 x 177 mm 564pp 978-1-107-04046-5 Hardback £140.00 / US$195.00
87 C
Handbook of Industrial Crystallization Third edition Edited by Allan S. Myerson | Massachusetts Institute of Technology
P
Providing a firm foundation in fundamentals of crystallization, followed by specific chapters on applications, this book is ideal as a reference for industrial and academic scientists and engineers. • Continued interest and new developments in the field make a third edition warranted, after the first two successful editions, and this edition includes new chapters and updates • Includes in the first several chapters the basics to get newcomers up to speed, and then following this, focuses on areas of industrial importance • Written by leaders and experts in the field of crystallization
Integration Techniques for Micro/Nanostructure-Based Large-Area Electronics Carlos García Núñez | University of Glasgow
This volumes describes the various approaches for synthesising micro/nanostructures, their integration onto large-area flexible/stretchable substrates, and the creation of high-performance electronic devices from them. Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology | Elements in Flexible and Large-Area Electronics
November 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-108-70352-9 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00
This book presents a systematic and comprehensive introduction to the entire process of seismic risk analysis of critical engineering structures, focusing on nuclear power plants, from seismic hazard, demand, and fragility analyses to seismic risk quantification. • Presents the entire process of seismic risk analysis in a clear, logical, and concise manner • Provides a balanced presentation of both the necessary fundamental theory and practical applications • Offers detailed step-by-step analysis for each topic, ideal for self-study
Chemical engineering
March 2019 276 x 219 mm 600pp 978-0-521-19618-5 Hardback c. £145.00 / c. US$200.00
R
C
TEXTBOOK
Statistical Thermodynamics An Engineering Approach John W. Daily | University of Colorado Boulder
This text is for graduate or advanced undergraduate statistical thermodynamics courses in mechanical or aerospace engineering. It covers the relationship between macroscopic and microscopic thermodynamics and derives properties for gases, liquids and solids. It also covers non-equilibrium behavior as found in kinetic theory and chemical kinetics. • Employs a simple postulatory approach to make it easier to understand basic concepts • Provides unified notation across classical and statistical thermodynamics • Coverage includes statistical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, spectroscopy and chemical kinetics Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Fundamentals of macroscopic thermodynamics; 3. Microscopic thermodynamics; 4. Quantum mechanics; 5. Ideal gases; 6. Ideal gas mixtures; 7. The photon and electron gases; 8. Dense gases; 9. Liquids; 10. Crystalline solids; 11. Thermodynamic stability and phase change; 12. Kinetic theory of gases; 13. Spectroscopy; 14. Chemical kinetics. Thermal-fluids engineering
December 2018 253 x 177 mm 296pp 109 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-108-41531-6 Hardback £72.99 / US$99.99 X
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
Engineering
TEXTBOOK
TEXTBOOK
Chemical Engineering Design and Analysis
Rocket Propulsion Stephen D. Heister | Purdue University, Indiana
An Introduction Second edition T. Michael Duncan | Cornell University, New York
88
Introducing the principles and practices of design and analysis in chemical engineering, this textbook teaches students to apply three vital analytical skills – mathematical modelling, graphical modelling, and dynamic scaling – in the contexts of modern chemical processes such as the hydrogen economy, petrochemical processes, and pharmaceuticals. • Focuses on process design substantiated by analysis allowing students to gain a deeper and more satisfying understanding of their chosen discipline, and develop a strong set of skills in the contexts of contemporary chemical processes such as the hydrogen economy, petrochemical and biochemical processes, polymers, semiconductors, and pharmaceuticals • Avoids an encyclopaedic presentation of chemical engineering information by organizing skills in a ‘just-in-time’ fashion, where each skill is presented to answer a pending design question • Pedagogical features include: ‘context, concepts, defining question’ introduction for each section, which establishes for the student a framework for thinking about chemical engineering; numerous and well-explained examples; and almost 800 illustrations to support the concepts illustrated in the book Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. An overview of chemical engineering; 2. Process design; 3. Models derived from laws and mathematical analysis; 4. Models derived from graphical analysis; 5. Dimensional analysis and dynamic scaling; 6. Transient-state processes; Appendices; Index. Chemical engineering | Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 600pp 978-1-108-42147-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$89.99
X
Magnetic Nanoparticles in Biosensing and Medicine Edited by Nicholas J. Darton | ARECOR Limited, Cambridge
Drawing together topics from a wide range of disciplines, and featuring up-to-date examples of clinical usage and research applications, this text provides a comprehensive insight into the fundamentals of magnetic biosensors and the applications of magnetic nanoparticles in medicine. • Brings together interdisciplinary research from the fields of engineering, physical sciences and life sciences • Provides readers with a common lexicon necessary to accelerate developments in biomagnetism • Addresses both in-vivo and in-vitro applications for clinical biosensing purposes Biomedical engineering
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 332pp 978-1-107-03109-8 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00
C
Equips students with a thorough up-to-date knowledge of rocket propulsion, along with practical tools that can be applied in industry. Numerous homework problems, an online solutions manual, real-life case studies and examples, numerical methods, and links to online materials are all included. Ideal for senior and first year graduate students. • Presents a modern treatment of the latest industry trends • Pedagogically focused and includes real-world case studies and examples • Accompanied by a library of links to data tables and further online reference materials Contents: 1. Classification of rocket propulsion systems and historical perspective; 2. Mission analysis fundamentals; 3. Trajectory analysis and rocket design; 4. Ideal rocket nozzle performance; 5. Combustion and thermochemistry; 6. Heat transfer; 7. Solid rocket motors (SRMs); 8. Liquid rocket engines (LREs); 9. Liquid rocket propellants; 10. Turbomachinery fundamentals; 11. Hybrid rocket engines (HREs); 12. Combustion instability; 13. Electric propulsion fundamentals. Aerospace engineering | Cambridge Aerospace Series, 47
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 510pp 317 b/w illus. 45 tables 270 exercises 978-1-108-42227-7 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$74.99 X
Energy Deposition for High-Speed Flow Control Doyle D. Knight | Rutgers University, New Jersey
Presents a novel method for controlling high speed flows past aerodynamic shapes using energy deposition via direct current (DC), laser or microwave discharge. This research volume is perfect for those looking for a detailed description of these topics with examples of practical application in high-speed aerodynamics. • Provides readers with important mathematical theory for energy deposition based on fundamental principles • Detailed descriptions of fundamental equations relevant to the topic provide the reader with a sound physical understanding of the underlying principles • Extensive examples provide the reader with an understanding of practical applications of major concepts discussed Aerospace engineering | Cambridge Aerospace Series, 47
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 465pp 511 b/w illus. 978-1-107-12305-2 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00
C
Engineering
TEXTBOOK
Green and Softwaredefined Wireless Networks
Lightwave Communications George C. Papen | University of California, San Diego
A rigorous, course-tested text providing the first integrated treatment of guided wave propagation, communications theory, and quantum optics. Including background fundamentals and endof-chapter homework, it is essential reading for students studying optical communications, as well as researchers and professionals working in the area. • The first book to combine a rigorous treatment of the physical characteristics of the guided lightwave channel with the study of modern methods of algorithmic-based communication in time and space • Can be tailored to a range of different single-semester and singlequarter courses, for both graduate and senior undergraduate students • Adopts a layered pedagogical approach, and provides end-of-chapter problems as well as extensive background and reference material on linear systems, random signals, and electromagnetics for students with different backgrounds Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Background; 3. The guided lightwave channel; 4. The linear lightwave channel; 5. The nonlinear lightwave channel; 6. Random signals; 7. Lightwave components; 8. The electrical channel; 9. The information channel; 10. Modulation and demodulation; 11. Interference; 12. Channel estimation; 13. Channel codes; 14. The information capacity of a lightwave channel; 15. The quantum optics model; 16. The quantum lightwave channel. Communications, information theory and signal processing
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 900pp 978-1-108-42756-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$115.00
X
Foundations of MIMO Communication Robert W. Heath Jr | University of Texas, Austin
Drawing on ideas from information theory and signal processing, this authoritative text covers the fundamentals of wireless and MIMO communication, all the way to massive MIMO. Over 330 worked examples and 450 homework problems make it an ideal resource for instructors, graduate students, researchers, and practicing engineers. • Provides an authoritative and comprehensive treatment of wireless and MIMO communication, including single-user, multiuser, and massive MIMO settings • Draws on perspectives from information theory, signal processing, estimation theory, channel modeling, optimization, and random matrix theory • Includes a multitude of examples and homework problems, and is supported online by solutions, MATLAB® code, and data Wireless communications
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 805pp 978-0-521-76228-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99
P
From Theory to Practice Chih-Lin I | China Mobile Research Institute
An expert treatment of the state-of-the-art in green and soft communications, covering theory, 5G physical layer design, network architecture, energy efficient resource management strategies, and applications of wireless big data and artificial intelligence to wireless network design. Ideal for graduate students, professionals and researchers. • Draws on viewpoints and research from both academia and industry • Covers a wide spectrum of networking layers, including the physical, higher and radio access layers, and the core network • Includes real-world employment examples and energy saving solutions from wireless communications companies and cellular operators Wireless communications
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 177 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-108-41732-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P
Multi-resolution Image Fusion in Remote Sensing Manjunath V. Joshi | Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Technology, Gujarat
Presenting new advances in this field, this text will be a valuable reference for the students and researchers in the field of image processing, multi-spectral imaging and remote sensing. It discusses tools and techniques of multi resolution image fusion with the necessary mathematical background. • Highlights use of edge-preserving filters in multi-resolution fusion • Provides detailed discussion on image fusion techniques for better assessment of images • Presents real-life applications and multi-resolution images for enhanced learning Image processing and machine vision
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47512-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99
P
TEXTBOOK
Strength of Materials Fundamentals and Applications T. D. Gunneswara Rao | National Institute of Technology, India
A comprehensive textbook covering basic and advanced concepts of strength of materials, with an emphasis on discussing important topics with the help of solved problems. The presence of enhanced pedagogical features make it suitable for undergraduate students of mechanical and civil engineering. • Discusses important concepts including flexural shear stress, conjugate beam method and methods of sections and joints in depth • Covers topics including statically determinate trusses and thin cylinders with the help of solved problems • Provides extensive pedagogical features including fill in the blanks, multiple choice questions, review questions and numerical problems • Advanced concepts such as torsion of non-circular sections, shear center, rotating discs and unsymmetrical bending are discussed in detail Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Stress-strain; 2. Elastic constants; 3. Shear force and bending moment; 4. Bending stress; 5. Flexural shear stress; 6. Analysis of trusses; 7. Deflection of beams; 8. Analysis of cylinders; 9. Torsion; 10. Principal stresses; 11. Coiled
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
89
Engineering
springs; 12. Columns and struts; 13. Analysis of members under combined loading; 14. Unsymmetrical bending and shear centre; 15. Rotating discs; 16. Stresses in curved beams; 17. Deflection of trusses; Index. Solid mechanics and materials
October 2018 244 x 170 mm 580pp 978-1-108-45428-5 Paperback £79.99 / US$110.00
X
TEXTBOOK
Work Study and Ergonomics Lakhwinder Pal Singh
90
This textbook provides an insight into the methods and techniques of ergonomics and is written for undergraduate students of mechanical engineering and industrial and production engineering. It includes a number of live examples taken from the industry and other pedagogical features including solved problems, unsolved problems and multiple choice questions. • Fundamental topics related to work study and ergonomics are covered in a single volume • Provides strategies to design effective work processes and a congenial work environment to enhance human well-being and efficiency • Pedagogical features including solved problems, unsolved problems, case studies and multiple choice questions with answers are included in each chapter Contents: List of figures; List of tables; Preface; Acknowledgments; 1. Productivity and work study; 2. Human factors in work study; 3. Method study (motion study); 4. Work measurement; 5. Wages and incentive plans; 6. Introduction to ergonomics; 7. Work physiology; 8. Biomechanics of manual lifting tasks; 9. Risk assessment for distal upper extremities (DUE) disorders; 10. Work-related MSDs risk and work postures assessment; 11. Office ergonomics; 12. Physical stresses; 13. Occupational noise exposure; 14. Occupational noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL); 15. Occupational heat stress exposure; 16. Dust fumes and respiratory system; 17. Occupational health and safety; 18. Cardiovascular health of steel workers; References. Industrial manufacturing, and operations engineering
October 2018 244 x 170 mm 400pp 978-1-107-50336-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99
X
TEXTBOOK
Numerical Methods Fundamentals and Applications Rajesh Kumar Gupta | Central University of Punjab, India
Written in a lucid manner, this textbook gives an in-depth discussion of basic and advanced concepts of numerical methods. C programming codes are included in the textbook for better understanding of concepts. Pedagogical features including solved examples and unsolved exercises are interspersed throughout the book for better understanding. • Includes C program codes for methods including bisection, secant, regular-falsi, Newton–Rapson, Chebyshev and Aitken process • Presents a step-by-step methodology to solve problems, and both basic and advanced topics are covered • Extensive pedagogical features including solved examples and unsolved exercises are interspersed throughout the book Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Number systems; 2. Error analysis; 3. Nonlinear equations; 4. Nonlinear systems and polynomial equations; 5. Systems of linear equations; 6. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; 7. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of real symmetric matrices; 8. Interpolation; 9. Finite operators; 10. Interpolation for equal intervals and bivariate interpolation; 11. Splines, curve fitting, and other approximating curves; 12. Numerical differentiation; 13. Numerical integration; 14. First order ordinary differential equations: initial value problems; 15. Systems of first order ODEs and higher order ODEs: initial and boundary value problems; 16. Partial differential equations: finite difference methods; References; Index. Engineering mathematics and programming
February 2019 244 x 170 mm 750pp 978-1-108-71600-0 Paperback £69.99 / US$89.99
X
Gas Turbines for Electric Power Generation S. Can Gülen | Bechtel Infrastructure and Power, Inc.
This essential resource covers land-based, large gas turbines used in power plants in every conceivable detail, from conceptual to aeromechanical design and from there on to installation, commissioning, field operation, maintenance, and more. It includes in-depth performance estimation, economic trade-off and other intricate analyses supported with usable formulas, charts, data, computer code, and quantitative and qualitative estimating techniques. • Designed to help industry practitioners and researchers in their day-today work in industrial gas turbine technology • Combines both early and state-of-the-art technology and gives both an in-depth technical analysis • Uses ‘real’ gas turbine data based on direct design and field operation experience Energy technology
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 723pp 978-1-108-41665-8 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$125.00
P
TEXTBOOK
Principles of Engineering Economics with Applications Second edition Zahid A. Khan | JMI, New Delhi
Written in a lucid manner, this textbook gives an in-depth discussion of basic principles of engineering economy. It will help readers to take decisions for a design, process or a system based on their economic merits. Pedagogical features including review questions, exercises and real-life examples are interspersed throughout the book. • Provides a comprehensive discussion of topics including project management, forecasting and value engineering • Concepts have been explained in a lucid manner with the help of reallife examples • Numerous solved problems and unsolved exercises are included in each chapter Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Engineering economy: a prologue; 2. Fundamentals of mathematics and engineering economics; 3. Elementary economic analysis; 4. Interest formulas and their applications; 5. Methods for making economy studies; 6. Selection among alternatives; 7. Replacement and retention decisions; 8. Depreciation; 9. Economic evaluation of public sector projects; 10. Economy study with inflation considered; 11. Make or buy decision; 12. Cost estimation and its methods; 13. Project management; 14. Value engineering; 15. Forecasting; Reference; Index. Engineering (general)
October 2018 246 x 189 mm 540pp 978-1-108-45885-6 Paperback £67.99 / US$94.99
X
General Science / Geography, the Environment / Life Sciences
General Science
Life Sciences
Development
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Mechanisms of Change Edited by Torsten Krude | University of Cambridge
This book collects essays on the theme of development from intellectuals and public figures spanning architecture, astronomy, biology, climate science, economy, psychology, sports and technology. Written with the lay reader in mind, this is a must-read for anyone interested in the mechanisms underlying the changes we see in the world around us. • Features contributions from world-renowned public intellectuals • Relevant, accessible illustrations of development in various aspects of life and work will prove to be topical and engaging for the academically-minded lay reader • An interdisciplinary approach allows readers to explore the nature and dynamics of development from a wide range of perspectives
Prokaryotic Metabolism and Physiology Second edition Byung Hong Kim | Korea Institute of Science and Technology, Seoul
Extremes
Our biosphere is shaped by vast numbers of different prokaryotic microorganisms which show extremely diverse metabolic capabilities. This book provides an up-to-date overview of the metabolic processes that occur in bacteria and archaea, and the key processes that determine their roles in the environment, biotechnology and human health. • Relays significant new knowledge relating to the metabolism and physiology of prokaryotes under different conditions and environments, in a fully updated and expanded edition • Provides an overview of the key metabolic processes that determine the roles of bacteria and archaea in the environment, biotechnology and human health • Presents detailed accounts of topics ranging from metabolic stress responses and energy requirements for cell survival to bacterial immune systems and TCA cycles in cyanobacteria
Edited by Duncan Needham | University of Cambridge
Microbiology and immunology
Arising from the 2017 Darwin College Lectures, leading intellectuals and public figures explore a range of ‘extreme’ events, environments, and achievements. Topics include the 2008 financial crisis, President Trump’s election, Brexit, the war in Syria, climate change, medical advances, ocean exploration, and cosmology. • Features contributions from renowned intellectuals and public figures • Provides a fascinating spectrum of viewpoints on the theme of extremes • Challenges the reader’s perception of normality, giving a greater insight into the nature of ‘extremes’
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 510pp 373 b/w illus. 60 tables 978-1-107-17173-2 Hardback £130.00 / US$175.00 P 978-1-316-62291-9 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99 P
Popular science | Darwin College Lectures, 29
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 176pp 16 b/w illus. 47 colour illus. 978-1-108-44737-9 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99 P
Popular science | Darwin College Lectures, 31
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 194pp 6 b/w illus. 37 colour illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-45700-2 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$19.99 P
Geography, the Environment Poaching and Militancy The Asian Elephant under Siege Binoy Kumar Behera
Cellular Biophysics and Modeling A Primer on the Computational Biology of Excitable Cells Greg Conradi Smith | College of William and Mary, Virginia
An integrated guide to cellular biophysics and nonlinear dynamics, introducing students to the mathematical modeling of excitable cells. It combines empirical physiology and mathematical theory to present key interdisciplinary tools, highlighting how quantitative approaches can complement and advance bench research. • The seamless integration of empirical and mathematical tools, and their introduction in a familiar biological context, enables students to appreciate the significance and utility of these tools • Includes numerous illustrations focused on graphical aspects of modelling and encourages a hands-on, problem solving approach through both pencil and paper analysis and user-friendly computational assignments • Provides mathematics instruction at a basic level appropriate for undergraduate life science majors with one year of calculus, but with an accompanying depth of knowledge and relevance to biology Biophysics and physiology
Poaching and Militancy probes into the critical problem of poaching of elephants for ivory and discusses several pertinent issues relating to their deaths and deliberate killings. It discusses the possibility of the existence of a well-developed network supporting organized poaching and armed militancy thus reducing the number of Asian elephants. • Includes photographs from fieldwork • Makes extensive use of support elements like pie charts and bar graphs representing ground-level research
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 396pp 21 b/w illus. 248 colour illus. 6 tables C 978-1-107-00536-5 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 P 978-0-521-18305-5 Paperback £38.99 / US$49.99
Geography, the environment (general)
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 164pp 978-1-108-47365-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00
C
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
91
Life Sciences
Analyzing Network Data in Biology and Medicine
Towns, Ecology, and the Land Richard T. T. Forman | Harvard University, Massachusetts
An Interdisciplinary Textbook for Biological, Medical and Computational Scientists Edited by Nataša Pržulj | University College London
92
Bringing together leading experts in the field of network data analysis, this text introduces graph and network theory, cluster analysis and machine learning. Using real-world biological and medical examples, applications of these theories are discussed and creative thinking is encouraged in the analysis of such complex network data sets. • Introduces graph and network theory, as well as some commonly used machine learning methods and their applications to analyze complex heterogeneous data sets • Covers a wide array of topics from using personalized genetic tests to predicting disease risks, analysis of epigenetic and disease data, as well as protein interaction and omics data • Includes examples from current hot topics, such as network neuroscience and network medicine Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 672pp 978-1-108-42175-1 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$115.00 978-1-108-43223-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$44.99
P P
Evolutionary Dynamics of Plant-Pathogen Interactions Provides a comprehensive overview of the complexity of plant-pathogen associations and forces that shape ongoing contemporary populations and species as they track each other through ecological and evolutionary time and space. It merges information from the fields of agriculture, forestry, ecology, conservation biology and genomics. • Integrates crucial issues of time and space into ecological and evolutionary thinking about host-pathogen interactions • Provides an integrated view of host-pathogen associations from the molecular to the population and community level dynamics • Draws together information from agriculture, forestry, population genetics, ecology, conservation biology and plant genetic resources Plant science
P P
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 634pp 978-1-107-19913-2 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$114.99 978-1-316-64860-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99
P P
Scientific Foundations of Zoos and Aquariums Accredited zoos and aquariums worldwide conduct groundbreaking animal research. This book explores the breadth and impact of zoo programs and facilitates communication by sharing firstperson tales of field and lab work. It also features conservation approaches in projects ranging from community education to population growth to rehabilitation. • Highlights the extensive research, education, and conservation programs in zoos and aquariums around the world which often do not reach the media or public awareness • Explores the breadth of science conducted by and in zoos, from breeding to education to reproductive science to field research, with technical information presented in an accessible manner • Features first-hand accounts of scientists working with a variety of animals, including primates, marine mammals, birds and amphibians Ecology and conservation
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-19919-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$115.00 978-1-316-64865-0 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99
P P
Plant Conservation
Endophytes for a Growing World
The Role of Habitat Restoration Sergei Volis | Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing
Edited by Trevor R. Hodkinson | Trinity College Dublin
Outlines the core challenges to agriculture and food security and describes how endophytes can contribute to more sustainable agriculture with fewer chemical inputs. Invaluable to researchers working on endophytes in issues of food security, forestry, sustainability, plant pathology, microbiology and plant protection. • Focuses on the core themes of manipulating the plant microbiome for sustainable plant production in a changing world • Summarises the general application of endophytes to agriculture, forestry and medicine • Describes the role of endophytes in issues of food security, forestry, sustainability and health Plant science
April 2019 246 x 189 mm 442pp 43 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47176-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00
Ecology and conservation
Their Role in Conservation and Research Edited by Allison B. Kaufman | University of Connecticut
Jeremy J. Burdon | Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, Canberra
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-47629-4 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$124.99 978-1-108-70015-3 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$54.99
Highlighting towns and villages as dynamic environmental places, this pioneering book uses an ecology lens to explore the strong connections and effects on surrounding farmland, forest, and arid land. Key flows of water, soil, air and human systems are spatially linked to habitats, wildlife, plants, and biodiversity patterns around towns. • Opens up a new frontier in ecology and geography to intrigue students and researchers, and inform professionals in crafting better, more ecologically sustainable towns • Written by a leader in both landscape ecology and urban ecology, this book synthesizes patterns and provides concrete examples, models, and principles • Well-illustrated and with global application, it features towns of 2,000 to 30,000 residents plus villages, highlighting ecological, spatial, and cultural dimensions
C
Highlighting the limitations of existing approaches in plant conservation, this book introduces new approaches and links these through ecological theory and available practices. Detailed methodological guidelines are provided for application of these approaches in real settings for students, researchers and conservation practitioners. • Advocates a new paradigm for plant conservation, arguing that ecological restoration is crucial to halting species loss • Provides a thorough and up-to-date overview of the field of plant conservation, serving as a reference point for students, researchers and practitioners • Offers practical methodologies to enable readers to apply the core concepts within the book to real settings in conservation biology and restoration ecology Ecology and conservation
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 128 b/w illus. 29 colour illus. 978-1-108-48037-6 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$125.00 P 978-1-108-72733-4 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99 P
Life Sciences
Human-Wildlife Interactions
Soil Fauna Assemblages
Turning Conflict into Coexistence Beatrice Frank | Capital Regional District of Victoria Regional Parks
Global to Local Scales Uffe N. Nielsen | Western Sydney University
Human-wildlife conflict is an urgent challenge for conservation. Framing human-wildlife interactions strictly as conflict, however, limits the array of solutions. With a broader perspective that emphasises tolerance and coexistence, this book presents solutions to turn conflict into coexistence. • Describes a variety of new perspectives and solutions focusing on coexistence rather than conflict, and intends to catalyse a paradigm shift in wildlife management and conservation from human-wildlife conflict to human-wildlife interactions and coexistence • Presents a newly developed concept to foster the inclusion of tolerance and coexistence in human-wildlife research: the conflict-to-coexistence continuum • Case studies illustrate frameworks on coexisting with urban wildlife, explore governance for long distance migration, discuss effectiveness and acceptability of interventions for coexistence, and define the place wildlife holds in different landscapes
This book equips students, early career researchers and those new to soil ecology with an introduction to the soil fauna, their contributions to ecosystem function, and the mechanisms that structure soil fauna assemblages. More experienced soil ecologists can use the book as an essential compendium on soil fauna ecology. • Provides an approachable reference volume for a broad range of readers, from general ecology enthusiasts to students and early career researchers to well established soil ecologists • Outlines contemporary knowledge and identifies key knowledge gaps to guide future work • Promotes the interest in soil fauna and their significant contributions to ecosystem function
Ecology and conservation | Conservation Biology, 23
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 382pp 52 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-19148-8 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-64210-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 48 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41606-1 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-40258-3 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99
P P
Ecology and conservation | Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation
P P
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Grasslands and Climate Change Edited by David J. Gibson | Southern Illinois University, Carbondale
Grasslands are extremely important for forage, biodiversity, and ecosystem services across the globe. Climate change is affecting this biome in ways we are only starting to understand, and this book documents the current state of knowledge, drawing on research from an international team of grassland ecology experts. • Brings together a wide-ranging, diverse, and international group of experts to interrogate how grassland ecology and climate change interact in the Anthropocene era • Identifies vital research and conservation needs to ensure grassland ecosystems remain environmentally sustainable under climate change, and highlights how ecologists can contribute to climate change mitigation • Summarising current knowledge, this book is for anyone working in grassland ecology, climate change and conservation, from graduate students and academics to researchers and managers Ecology and conservation | Ecological Reviews
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 372pp 978-1-107-19526-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-64677-9 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99
P P
Rewilding Edited by Nathalie Pettorelli | Institute of Zoology, London
A pioneering work that addresses rewilding with a global and interdisciplinary perspective, summarizing current thinking on this topic. It provides a comprehensive introduction to this conservation approach, outlining key concepts and detailing informative case studies, while considering the benefits, risks and social realities of rewilding. • An interdisciplinary volume with chapters covering ecology, conservation biology, sociology, psychology, aesthetics, economics and history, and which considers the human dimensions of rewilding • Includes concrete examples and detailed case studies to expose the reader to both theoretical and practical considerations in rewilding • Provides a comprehensive and thorough overview of current thinking on this new and growing conservation approach Ecology and conservation | Ecological Reviews
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 450pp 978-1-108-47267-8 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-46012-5 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99
P P
Oxytocin, Vasopressin and Related Peptides in the Regulation of Behavior Edited by Elena Choleris | University of Guelph, Ontario
Providing a comparative overview of the effects that the neuropeptides oxytocin and vasopressin have on behavior, this book examines remarkable parallel findings in both humans and non-human animals. It features contributions from leading researchers, making this a valuable resource for graduate students, researchers and clinicians in the field. • Examines parallel findings in both humans and non-human animals, approaching the subject from biological, zoological and clinical perspectives • Provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of the subject, making this a valuable resource for graduate students, researchers and clinicians • Features contributions from leading researchers involved in this exciting and rapidly developing field Animal behaviour
March 2013 246 x 189 mm 415pp 39 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 17 tables 978-1-108-70504-2 Paperback £34.99 / US$49.99 C Also available 978-0-521-19035-0 Hardback £108.00 / US$168.00 C
Savanna Monkeys The Genus Chlorocebus Trudy R. Turner | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee
This widely dispersed primate population adapts to multiple environmental challenges, from deserts to freezing temperatures. This book details how this genus adapts genetically, hormonally, physically and behaviourally to changing landscapes, with overviews of topics such as behavioural ecology and genetics and short essays on research projects. • Focuses on a primate common throughout Africa and the Caribbean yet noticeably understudied, to bring much needed scholarly emphasis to this adaptable genus • Offers insights and learning from experts with more than four decades of experience working on aspects of vervet life history • Developed from a large symposium, this book collates a wide spectrum of learning and contributions into a crucial resource Biological anthropology and primatology
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 340pp 34 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-0-521-78294-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99
C
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
93
Life Sciences
AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS
Primate Research and Conservation in the Anthropocene
Infrastructure Development and Ape Conservation Volume 3 Edited by Arcus Foundation
Edited by Alison M. Behie | Australian National University, Canberra
94
This book is a holistic treatment of primate conservation research. Featuring a range of personal narratives, researchers reveal their motivations and strategies for confronting the threats pushing primates towards extinction. It will appeal to anyone interested in wildlife conservation who wants to learn about research methods and motivations. • Adds a personal perspective to primate conservation studies, allowing readers to understand what motivates those doing conservation work • Includes anthropogenic and natural habitat changes associated with the Anthropocene to synthesize how both types of threats are impacting primates • Discusses how primate conservation could be improved by looking at humans and nonhuman primates through a lens of shared niche construction Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 82
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 350pp 978-1-107-15748-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$104.99 978-1-316-61021-3 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99
This third volume analyses the impact of large scale infrastructure development on ape conservation and the opportunities for reconciling social and economic development with the conservation of biodiversity. It includes contributions and case studies from a wide range of practitioners, academics, experts and environmental/campaign organisations. This title is also available as Open Access via Cambridge Core. • Presents an objective rigorous analysis of relevant issues, which will include promoting best practice, without being prescriptive • Provides as well rounded a picture as possible of the current situation; contributions from a wide range of practitioners, academics, experts and environmental/campaign organisations are included and case studies are used to provide specific examples • Beautifully illustrated in full colour throughout with the very latest data presented • This title is also available as Open Access via Cambridge Core Biological anthropology and primatology | State of the Apes, 3
P P
The Genetics of African Populations in Health and Disease
November 2018 246 x 189 mm 384pp 978-1-108-42321-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43641-0 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 NEW IN PAPERBACK
Edited by Muntaser Ibrahim | University of Khartoum
The Nature of Life
Biomedical approaches increasingly work with human variation and this volume focuses on Africa, the most genetically diverse continent, and the birthplace of modern humans. It considers population structure and the genetic basis of common infectious and non-communicable diseases in historic and modern contexts, to shed light on human biology. • A pioneering work that focuses explicitly on African genetics, an area which is firmly understudied but holds huge potential for advancing knowledge of human genetics and gene environment interaction under globalisation • Incorporates an array of subjects from population genetics and pharmacogenetics to genetics of common and rare diseases to appeal to a wide section of readers within the natural sciences and social sciences • Furthers learning on genetic approaches to health that could lead to new scientific and medical discoveries in a continent that carries the heaviest burden of disease
Classical and Contemporary Perspectives from Philosophy and Science Mark A. Bedau | Reed College, Oregon
Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 83
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 359pp 978-1-107-07202-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$100.00
C
P P
Introduces a wide range of scientific and philosophical issues about life for an interdisciplinary audience of scientists and philosophers. It traces the historical background of contemporary philosophical and scientific thought through original sources considering the origin, extent and definition of life as well as the creation of artificial life. • Introductions to the four sections provide philosophical and scientific background information helping the reader to understand the concepts explored • A selection of the most influential historical and contemporary writings on the nature of life gives the reader an excellent overview of the most important areas of debate • Interdisciplinary perspective provides the reader with a complete and well-informed understanding of the issues surrounding the nature of life Evolutionary biology
November 2018 246 x 189 mm 440pp 50 b/w illus. 12 tables C 978-1-108-72206-3 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99
Life Sciences / Mathematics
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Correspondence of Charles Darwin
The Emergence of Life From Chemical Origins to Synthetic Biology Second edition Pier Luigi Luisi | Università degli Studi Roma Tre
Addressing the origins of biological and synthetic life from a systems biology perspective, this new edition has undergone an extensive revision and includes greater coverage of synthetic biology. Unique to this edition are discussions with contemporaries in the field, demonstrating an evolution of thought on the question ‘what is life?’. • This new edition provides greater coverage of synthetic biology and includes discussions with contemporaries in the field • Beautifully illustrated with minimal jargon, making it suitable for a broad audience Evolutionary biology
February 2019 244 x 170 mm 478pp 166 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-108-73550-6 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99 P Also available 978-1-107-09239-6 Hardback £46.99 / US$78.99 P
Shrews, Chromosomes and Speciation
This volume of the definitive edition of Charles Darwin’s letters provides texts of more than 580 letters Darwin wrote and received in 1878. Darwin and his son Francis carried out experiments on plant movement that were published in 1880, and Francis spent the summer at a botanical institute in Germany. • The narrative introduction provides a compact but highly readable account of Darwin’s life in 1878 • Complete transcriptions of more than 580 letters Darwin wrote and received in the year 1878 are of immense value to researchers across a range of disciplines, providing for the first time primary materials on this period of Darwin’s life and work • Clear and concise explanatory notes make the material accessible to both scholars and general readers • A biographical register provides brief biographical notes for people mentioned in the letters Darwin | The Correspondence of Charles Darwin
Edited by Jeremy B. Searle | Cornell University, New York
An in-depth study of chromosomal variation, which is an important mechanism in speciation, in a single mammalian species (the common shrew) that has more such variation than any other. This book will be of interest to researchers studying speciation as it describes an extraordinary and unique ‘model system’. • Provides an exceptional knowledge and understanding of an aspect of genetic variation of a single species based on studies of wild populations • Features evaluation of the processes by which new species arise with focus on the roles of chromosomal rearrangements, hybridisation, hybrid zones and gene flow • Presents multidisciplinary analysis of chromosomes, genetics, phenotypes, phylogeography and the fossil record Evolutionary biology | Cambridge Studies in Morphology and Molecules: New Paradigms in Evolutionary Biology, 6
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 489pp 113 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-01137-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 C
Volume 26: 1878 Charles Darwin Edited by Frederick Burkhardt | American Council of Learned Societies
October 2018 234 x 156 mm 814pp 978-1-108-47540-2 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00
R
Mathematics Proof Complexity Jan Krajíček | Charles University, Prague
Proof complexity is a rich subject drawing on methods from logic, combinatorics, algebra and computer science. This self-contained book presents the basic concepts, classical results, current state of the art and possible future directions in the field. Suitable for doctoral students and researchers in mathematics and theoretical computer science. • Provides a unified perspective, allowing readers to see the big picture rather than only their specific area • Covers all the essentials so that newcomers can quickly get up to speed • Describes how various ideas manifest in different areas of the field, making clear the connections between them Logic, categories and sets | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 170
February 2019 234 x 156 mm 542pp 978-1-108-41684-9 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00
C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
95
Mathematics
Abstract Recursion and Intrinsic Complexity
Quasi-Hopf Algebras A Categorical Approach Daniel Bulacu | Universitatea din Bucuresti, Romania
Yiannis N. Moschovakis | University of California, Los Angeles
The author presents and applies a new framework for studying the complexity of algorithms. The book is aimed at logicians, computer scientists, mathematicians and philosophers who are interested in the theory of computation and its foundations. It includes an accessible introduction to abstract recursion theory and contains over 250 problems. • Presents and applies a new framework for the complexity of algorithms • Largely self-contained, the book provides all necessary facts from logic, recursion theory, arithmetic and algebra • Contains over 250 problems to help the reader get to grips with the material
96
Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 48
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 283pp 5 b/w illus. 260 exercises 978-1-108-41558-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C
Algebra | Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 171
February 2019 234 x 156 mm 544pp 978-1-108-42701-2 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00
C
Hardy Spaces
TEXTBOOK
Nikolaï Nikolski | Université de Bordeaux
Abstract Algebra with Applications Audrey Terras | University of California, San Diego
This text offers a friendly and concise introduction to algebra, with an emphasis on its real-world applications. It is intended for students who are less theoretically inclined. This text can be used for an undergraduate course in abstract algebra or modern algebra for mathematics, engineering, and computer science majors. • Includes interesting computational examples where students can use their preferred software, including Mathematica, Scientific Workplace and Group Explorer • Connects theory with practice by featuring plenty of examples and applications • Emphasizes finite fields and rings and the ways in which the finite mirrors the infinite, making the subject accessible to students Contents: Part I. Groups: 1. Preliminaries; 2. Groups – a beginning; 3. Groups – there’s more; 4. Applications and more examples of groups; Part II. Rings: 5. Rings – a beginning; 6. Rings – there’s more; 7. Vector spaces and finite fields; 8. Applications of rings; Part III. Solutions to Some Problems: 9. Solution sketches for mostly odd-numbered exercises. Algebra | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks
Novmber 2018 253 x 177 mm 330pp 104 b/w illus. 100 colour illus. 978-1-107-16407-9 Hardback £45.99 / US$59.99 X
Higher Categories and Homotopical Algebra Denis-Charles Cisinski | Universität Regensburg, Germany
This user-friendly book introduces modern homotopy theory through the lens of higher categories after Joyal and Lurie. Starting from scratch it guides graduate students and researchers through the powerful tools the theory provides for applications in such areas as algebraic geometry, representation theory, algebra and logic. • Starts from scratch, so students with basic prerequisites can jump in • Sticks with one presentation of the theory, to focus on building intuition and developing tools • Treats Kan extensions and homotopical methods in depth, equipping the reader to use the theory in his/her own research Algebra | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 180
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 446pp 978-1-108-47320-0 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$69.99
This self-contained book is the first to be dedicated entirely to Drinfeld’s quasi-Hopf algebras, from the basics to the state of the art. It includes a detailed introduction to (braided) monoidal categories, the main tool used to study quasi-Hopf algebras. It is ideal for graduate students and researchers in mathematics and mathematical physics. • Introduces beginners to the basics of quasi-Hopf algebras, including categorical machinery necessary for their study • Contains open problems which give the reader inspiration for future research • Brings together several advanced topics for the first time in one book
P
Designed for beginning graduate students, this book introduces and develops the classical results on Hardy spaces and applies them to fundamental problems in modern analysis. With solved exercises, short surveys of recent developments, and engaging accounts of the field’s main contributors, this book is the ideal source on Hardy spaces. • A complete introduction to Hardy spaces, including classical results and applications, accounts of the field’s history, and surveys of recent developments • Numerous exercises and solutions illustrate the theory and introduce further applications • Suitable for beginning graduate students, and includes a concise account of the necessary background from analysis Abstract analysis | Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 179
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 283pp 41 b/w illus. 75 exercises 978-1-107-18454-1 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99 P
Symmetrization in Analysis Albert Baernstein II | Washington University, St Louis
Many extremal problems in mathematics and physics have symmetric solutions whose analytic and geometric properties often have elegant formulations. This book develops and applies symmetrization techniques in geometry, PDEs, and real and complex analysis. It will be a valuable reference, with self-contained treatments of all the major theorems. • A self-contained treatment of all major theorems in symmetrization • Graduate students and researchers will benefit from this unified treatment of the major symmetrization theorems • Covers all the major application areas: geometry, partial differential equations, real analysis, and complex analysis Abstract analysis | New Mathematical Monographs, 36
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 9 b/w illus. 978-0-521-83047-8 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00
C
Mathematics
TEXTBOOK
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Complex Analysis Donald E. Marshall | University of Washington
This user-friendly textbook offers an introduction to complex analysis. Unlike other textbooks, it follows Weierstrass’ approach, and includes several elegant proofs that were recently discovered. Classroomtested and self-contained, it is for beginning graduate or advanced undergraduate students with a modest undergraduate real analysis background. • Includes over 200 exercises, set at varying levels of difficulty to engage and motivate the reader • Illustrates analytical functions with color figures to grant a high level of detail and accessibility • Provides complete and detailed proofs and ties the subject with several other areas to give readers a comprehensive understanding of complex analysis and its applications Contents: Preface; Prerequisites; Part I: 1. Preliminaries; 2. Analytic functions; 3. The maximum principle; 4. Integration and approximation; 5. Cauchy’s theorem; 6. Elementary maps; Part II: 7. Harmonic functions; 8. Conformal maps and harmonic functions; 9. Calculus of residues; 10. Normal families; 11. Series and products; Part III: 12. Conformal maps to Jordan regions; 13. The Dirichlet problem; 14. Riemann durfaces; 15. The uniformization theorem; 16. Meromorphic functions on a Riemann surface; Appendix; Bibliography; Index. Real and complex analysis | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks
March 2019 253 x 177 mm 308pp 91 b/w illus. 978-1-107-13482-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99
X
Spectral Spaces Max Dickmann | Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS), Paris
This first monograph on spectral spaces will be useful for graduates and researchers in mathematics and theoretical computer science who want to connect algebra and logic with geometric concepts. It is a systematic introduction and at the same time a reference source that leads up to the frontiers of current research. • Presents many applications of spectral spaces, their benefits, and how they naturally arise in different contexts • Contains a large number of examples and counterexamples to help the reader learn the material • Comprehensive indexes make the book a useful reference resource Topology and geometry | New Mathematical Monographs, 35
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 657pp 978-1-107-14672-3 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00
C
Defocusing Nonlinear Schrödinger Equations Benjamin Dodson | The Johns Hopkins University
This study of the nonlinear Schrödinger equation provides a great deal of insight into other dispersive partial differential equations and geometric partial differential equations. It presents important proofs, using tools from harmonic analysis, microlocal analysis, functional analysis, and topology. Suitable for use in a one-semester course. • Readers will find that the study of semilinear Schrödinger equations is useful in its own right, having many applications in physics • Covers a very active area of research in partial differential equations • This book is one of the first to present proofs of scattering for the mass-critical NLS problem
Partial Differential Equations Arising from Physics and Geometry Edited by Mohamed Ben Ayed | Université de Sfax, Tunisia
In this edited volume leaders in the field of partial differential equations present recent work and current open problems on topics in PDEs arising from geometry and physics. It will serve as a useful reference for researchers and is written in a manner that is accessible to graduate students. • Covers the state of the art in partial differential equations • Presents an excellent graduate-level overview covering a variety of topics related to PDEs • Authored by leading specialists in the field Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 450
December 2018 228 x 152 mm 486pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-43163-7 Paperback £65.00 / US$115.00
C
Partial Differential Equations in Fluid Mechanics Edited by Charles L. Fefferman | Princeton University, New Jersey
This volume, derived from the ‘PDEs in Fluid Mechanics’ workshop held at the University of Warwick in 2016, serves to consolidate and advance work in mathematical fluid dynamics. Consisting of surveys and original research, it will be a valuable resource for both established researchers and graduate students seeking an overview of current developments. • Contains original research from leading experts in mathematical fluid dynamics • Provides up-to-date surveys of areas of current interest in applied partial differential equations • Includes a survey of the classic 1934 paper by Leray, using modern terminology Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 452
September 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 5 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-46096-5 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00 C
Energy Transfers in Fluid Flows From Multiscale and Spectral Perspectives Mahendra K. Verma | Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur
This is a useful text for graduate students and academic researchers in the field of energy transfers in fluid flows, covering necessary topics such as energy transfers in hydrodynamics, and helical, two-dimensional and three-dimensional hydrodynamic turbulence. • Discusses turbulence in different kinds of fluid flows, namely, fluids, magnetohydrodynamics, convection, and stratified and rotating flows • Includes numerical recipes for the computation of energy transfers, energy flux, shell-to-shell, and ring-to-ring energy transfers • Derives formulae to compute Kolmogorov’s energy flux, shell-to-shell energy transfers and locality Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics
March 2019 244 x 170 mm 375pp 978-1-107-17619-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00
C
Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 217
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-108-47208-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
97
Mathematics / Medicine
Acta Numerica 2018
From Servant to Queen: A Journey through Victorian Mathematics
Volume 27 Edited by Arieh Iserles | University of Cambridge
Acta Numerica is an annual publication containing invited survey papers by leading researchers in numerical mathematics and scientific computing. The papers present overviews of recent developments in their area and provide state-of-the-art techniques and analysis. • Offers a high-impact survey volume on numerical analysis and scientific computing • Contains contributions from leading researchers • Covers topics of current interest and presents state-of-the-art overviews Numerical analysis | Acta Numerica, 27
June 2018 247 x 174 mm 454pp 978-1-108-47052-0 Hardback £137.00 / US$239.00
98
C
Pure mathematics in Britain at the start of the nineteenth century was mainly a recreation for amateurs. Using primary sources, this engaging account describes how, by the start of World War I, it had become an academic discipline of repute led by G.H. Hardy and supported by the internationally-respected London Mathematical Society. • Presents an original argument that will engage readers from a wide range of backgrounds • Treats mathematics as an activity, helping the reader to understand that it is more than simply a body of knowledge • Mathematical terminology is used sparingly and always clearly explained, so no prior mathematical knowledge is needed History of mathematics
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 290pp 12 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 978-1-107-12413-4 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99 C
Numerical Bifurcation Analysis of Maps
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
From Theory to Software Yuri A. Kuznetsov | University of Twente, Enschede, The Netherlands
This book combines a comprehensive treatment of bifurcations of discrete-time dynamical systems with concrete instruction on implementations and applications in the free MATLAB® software MatContM. While self-contained and suitable for independent study, it is also written with users in mind and will be an invaluable reference for practitioners. • Provides state-of-the-art analysis of bifurcations of discrete-time dynamical systems • Theory is connected with practical applications, as well as step-bystep tutorials on how to analyze particular bifurcations using the free MATLAB® software MatContM • This book is an ideal reference volume for professionals searching for results for a particular bifurcation Numerical analysis | Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 34
March 2019 228 x 152 mm 421pp 22 b/w illus. 136 colour illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-49967-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Data-Driven Science and Engineering
The Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy An Annotated Translation of Newton’s Principia Isaac Newton Edited and translated by C. R. Leedham-Green | Queen Mary University of London
This heavily annotated translation of the third and final edition (1726) of Newton’s Principia will enable any reader with a good understanding of elementary mathematics to easily grasp the meaning of the text, either from the translation itself or from the notes, and to appreciate some of its significance. • A translation of Newton’s Principia, designed to be more readable than earlier translations which follow the Latin text verbally • Copious notes discuss the meaning, context, and significance of the text, and explore its ambiguities • The first translation into English that is based on an attempt to understand Newton’s arguments General and recreational mathematics
April 2019 253 x 203 mm 800pp 270 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-02065-8 Hardback c. £199.00 / c. US$299.00
R
Medicine
Machine Learning, Dynamical Systems, and Control Steven L. Brunton | University of Washington
Data-driven discovery is revolutionizing the modeling, prediction, and control of complex systems. Aimed at advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students, this textbook provides an integrated viewpoint that shows how to apply emerging methods from data science, data mining, and machine learning to engineering and the physical sciences. • Provides in-depth examples paired with comprehensive, open-source code • Features concise, digestible explanations of complex concepts and their applications • Includes extensive online supplements with homeworks, case studies, and supplementary code Computational science
January 2019 253 x 177 mm 500pp 978-1-108-42209-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99
John Heard
Schizophrenia and Psychoses in Later Life New Perspectives on Treatment, Research, and Policy Edited by Carl I. Cohen | SUNY Downstate Medical Center
Schizophrenia and other psychoses are common disorders of later life. This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of these disorders, merging relevant scientific knowledge with everyday clinical practice, ensuring that the book will be of great use to researchers, clinicians, and policymakers. • Presents the first book in over a decade on the subject, and there has since been a dramatic change in our understanding of the course and outcome of schizophrenia in later life • Provides readers with up-to-date information, with a broad perspective on the topics that is of use to researchers and clinicians • Focuses on new, recovery-orientated forms of care Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
P
April 2019 234 x 156 mm 256pp 4 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-72777-8 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99
P
Medicine
Mental Capacity Legislation
Stahl’s Self-Assessment Examination in Psychiatry
Principles and Practice Second edition Edited by Rebecca Jacob | University of Cambridge
This user-friendly guide to the Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) provides a theoretical and practical framework for mental health practitioners working in both hospital and community settings. It considers emerging case law, medico-legal challenges, amendment to the Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards (DoLS) and crucially potential future changes to mental health and capacity legislation. • Provides key updates on case law to ensure clinicians are informed about recent rulings pertaining to the Mental Capacity Act (MCA) 2005 • Details the historical background to the MCA 2005 to further understanding of the need for such legislation, and discusses key areas such as end-of-life planning • Describes ethical dilemmas and medico-legal challenges within clinical practice, as well as practical guidance on navigating these dilemmas Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
March 2019 234 x 156 mm 128pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48036-9 Hardback c. £29.99 / c. US$37.99
P
Multiple Choice Questions for Clinicians Third edition Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego
This book features new and updated questions derived from Dr Stahl’s Online Master Psychopharmacology Program which will help readers prepare for formal tests, including American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology (ABPN) examinations, and achieve Continuing Medical Education (CME) and Maintenance of Certification (MoC) credits towards ABPN re-accreditation. The self-assessment questions also offer detailed explanations of correct and incorrect answers. • All questions have been approved by the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology as being pitched at an appropriate level for reaccreditation purposes • Thorough explanations of the correct and incorrect answer choices for every question demystify complex principles and enable the user to build their knowledge and understanding • The 150 questions are divided into ten sections, reflecting the core areas of psychiatry and providing comprehensive self-assessment for American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology examinations
Handbook of ECT
Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
A Guide to Electroconvulsive Therapy for Practitioners Charles H. Kellner | New York Community Hospital
December 2018 186 x 123 mm 340pp 978-1-108-71002-2 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99
This concise yet informed text provides medical practitioners with both the theoretical background and practical knowledge to guide them in the practice of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). It covers essential aspects of ECT delivery such as patient selection and preparation, treatment techniques, common adverse side-effects and patient aftercare. • This concise text is small enough to keep in a lab coat in a hospital setting • Illustrations, photos and tables allow quick referencing of data • Comprehensive referencing allows the book to be authoritative
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder
Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
January 2019 186 x 123 mm 112pp 15 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-40328-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 G
Cognitive Enhancement in Schizophrenia and Related Disorders Matcheri Keshavan | Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts
Deficits in cognition, involving skills such as attention, problem solving and social understanding are core symptoms of many psychiatric disorders. This book explores the evidence for cognitive enhancement therapies and their mode of action, suggesting individualised implementation strategies. • Fills a gap in the literature on cognitive deficits and the rationale and principles for treating them in schizophrenia and related disorders • Provides practical guidelines for assessment and treatment of cognitive impairments in schizophrenia and related disorders • Educates clinicians, trainees and researchers on the neuroscience basis of cognition, cognitive deficits and cognitive rehabilitation
G
Children, Adolescents, and Adults Jennifer J. Thomas | Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts
Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID) is a new diagnosis commonly encountered by a range of health care professionals, yet currently no standard of care exists. This book outlines a new cognitive-behavioral treatment for patients with ARFID that has been developed in response to this urgent clinical need. • Fills a desperate gap in the market for a specialist treatment for avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (ARFID), providing mental health professionals with information and guidance in how to treat patients • This treatment can be offered to all age groups and therefore there is no need to learn multiple therapies • A comprehensive therapy that addresses diagnostic heterogeneity within ARFID; clinicians can select specific modules that are relevant to the patient’s primary ARFID maintaining mechanisms Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
November 2018 246 x 189 mm 190pp 19 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-40115-9 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99 G
Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
March 2019 234 x 156 mm 300pp 44 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19478-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99
G
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
99
Medicine
100
Back to Life, Back to Normality
Seminars in the Psychiatry of Intellectual Disability
CBT Informed Recovery for Families with Relatives with Schizophrenia and Other Psychoses Volume 2 Edited by Douglas Turkington | Institute of Neuroscience, Newcastle University
Third edition Edited by Mark Scheepers | 2gether NHS Trust
This important book describes the typical symptoms and problems of those suffering from psychotic disorders and offers techniques as to how a carer can listen, interact and communicate their support. Taking a recovery focused perspective, the book provides support and optimism for carers of relatives with schizophrenia and other psychoses. • Proposes cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) strategies which are easy to understand and implement within the home environment • Takes a recovery-focused perspective to improve hope and optimism in family care • Illustrates techniques for the most intractable and resistant symptoms which most impair social functioning and are usually unresponsive to medication Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
November 2018 234 x 156 mm 130pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-56483-1 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99
G
NEW IN PAPERBACK
Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders Third edition Edited by Fred R. Volkmar | Yale University, Connecticut
With the explosion of research on autism and related disorders, this new edition provides an upto-date analysis of evidence in the field. Discussing changes in diagnoses and early interventions, as well as neurobiology, pharmacology and genetics, this is an essential guide on autism for psychiatrists, psychologists, pediatricians, and educators. • Extensively revised to reflect current knowledge, with new sections on social policy and additional authors discussing psychological development, psychopharmacology, and educational interventions • Reflects current knowledge in an accessible manner, with contributions from leading authorities in the clinical and social sciences, making the book essential for both professionals and students in the wide range of disciplines now interested in autism • The diverse clinical picture of autism is considered, and the book analyses a range of aspects, including genetics, neurobiology, epidemiology, core symptoms, early interventions and pharmacology Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology
January 2019 234 x 156 mm 304pp 978-1-108-41059-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$54.99
G
Following an increased global interest in the topic, this vital, wideranging text is key for practitioners and trainees in psychiatry, health services and lay readers with a connection to those with an intellectual disability. This high-quality, informative third edition features cutting-edge research on the psychiatry of intellectual disability. • Provides current links to specific psychiatric training competencies, essential for psychiatrists in training • Intellectual disability and psychiatric considered throughout the lifetime to present a clear focus on issues relevant to psychiatric aspects for children, adults and in later life • The third edition addresses much change in the scope of intellectual disability and the knowledge role of psychiatry Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology | College Seminars Series
January 2019 234 x 156 mm 272pp 7 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-46506-9 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$44.99 G
Stahl’s Illustrated Alzheimer’s Disease and Other Dementias Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego
Describing the most common causes of dementia, this book reviews best practices for differentially diagnosing dementia and covers effective management strategies. Visual learners will find that this book makes the concepts easier to master and non-visual learners will appreciate the clear, shortened text on complex psychopharmacological concepts. • Written by a high-profile name in psychopharmacology • Pocket-sized to ensure portability and aid use • Complex concepts are explained simply through concise need-to-know text and high quality color illustrations Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology | Stahl’s Illustrated
November 2018 210 x 146 mm 175pp 978-1-107-68867-4 Paperback £35.99 / US$44.99
G
The Dementia Manifesto Putting Values-Based Practice to Work Julian C. Hughes | Institute for Ageing and Health, Newcastle
This book explores how a values-based, personcentred and rights-based approach can be applied to every aspect of the experience of dementia. It will appeal to clinicians, practitioners, academics and students from various fields including psychiatry, psychology, nursing, social work and occupational therapy. • Brings the light of values-based practice to bear on dementia and dementia care • Readers will see that dementia is not just a clinical condition but one that needs a broader view to incorporate ethical, social and political views surrounding it • Uses vignettes to highlight the multifarious issues that can arise in connection with dementia Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology | Values-Based Practice
February 2019 234 x 156 mm 224pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-53599-2 Paperback £39.99 / US$51.99
G
Medicine
1,000 Practice MTF MCQs for the Primary and Final FRCA
Practical Operating Theatre Management
Edited by Hozefa Ebrahim | Heartlands Hospital, University Hospitals Birmingham
Measuring and Improving Performance and Patient Experience Edited by Jaideep J. Pandit | Oxford University Hospitals
Written for anaesthesia trainees, this single, comprehensive text covers all the MCQ preparation required for both the Primary and Final FRCA exams. It features 150 questions for each of the four basic sciences (physics, pharmacology, anatomy and physiology), and a further 400 questions for clinical anaesthesia. • Contains 1,000 questions which makes the volume far more comprehensive than similar products on the market • Covers all the basic sciences as well as clinical anaesthesia, giving candidates the best of both worlds in one single text • This book is relevant to both the Primary and Final FRCA exams, whereas most books only focus on one Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management
December 2018 234 x 156 mm 488pp 13 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-108-46583-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99 P
The Perioperative Neurocognitive Disorders Edited by Roderic G. Eckenhoff | University of Pennsylvania
Perioperative neurocognitive disorders are the most common and least recognized complications of anesthesia and surgery in older patients. This book serves as a practical guide, covering diagnosis, pathophysiology and clinical recommendations and represents a milestone of progress after decades of investigation into these disorders. • The first book of its kind covering the perioperative neurocognitive disorders • Introduces a new, accessible nomenclature for these disorders, allowing patients, providers and scientists to start talking the same language • Organizes the topics into phenotype, pathophysiology, mechanisms and mitigation to facilitate a better understanding Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management
March 2019 234 x 156 mm 212pp 13 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-55920-2 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99 P
This easy to use guide offers practical, everyday guidance on case scheduling, performance and demand-capacity monitoring in operating theatres. It uses time as the key benchmark, outlining how to improve patient safety and maximise theatre efficiency with datadriven approaches. Its rational approach is applicable to theatres around the world. • Offers a new perspective using ‘time’ as the relevant statistic, and provides a rational, tactical and problem-solving approach to case scheduling, monitoring performance and demand-capacity matching • Provides balanced solutions to dilemmas that arise from conflicting demands and pressures, demonstrating how to easily resolve conflicts to ensure patient safety, improve patient outcome and maximise efficiency of resources • Cost reduction in hospitals focuses on operating theatres, and this book provides topical and easy-to-use toolkits to plan lists, monitor performance and determine needed capacity with minimal effort or prior experience Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management
November 2018 246 x 189 mm 186pp 92 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-316-64683-0 Paperback £39.99 / US$54.99 G
Essentials of Pediatric Neuroanesthesia Edited by Sulpicio G. Soriano | Boston Children’s Hospital
This book delivers comprehensive practical information on the techniques to administer anesthesia and sedation to pediatric neurological patients. It covers the practical aspects of anesthesia for this vulnerable patient group, and highlights the age dependant differences and their effect on the anaesthetic management. • Written by authors who are international experts on special areas of pediatric neuroanesthesia and critical care • State of the art techniques and insight of complex issues are discussed • The first book of its kind to focus specifically on the treatment and management of pediatric neurosurgical patients Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management
Obstetric Anesthesiology A Case-Based Approach Edited by Tauqeer Husain | University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust
A practical textbook with case-based discussion of common clinical problems and scenarios in obstetric anesthesiology. The concise format supports trainees preparing for exams and acts as a reference for experienced clinicians working with the complex healthcare needs of pregnant women, where care is tailored to two patients. • Includes a concise and case-based format to enable problem-based learning for trainees, and a quick-reference guide for experienced clinicians • Features a wide range of clinical cases, from common day-to-day scenarios to the rare but significant pathologies less commonly encountered • Includes contributions from clinicians across the world and will be of interest in multiple regions, while the editors have experience of both the UK and North American clinical environments Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 250pp 16 b/w illus. 39 colour illus. 51 tables 978-1-107-09564-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 G
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 204pp 978-1-316-60887-6 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99
G
Imaging Biomarkers in Epilepsy Edited by Andrea Bernasconi | Montreal Neurological Institute, McGill University
Unique in its approach, this key translational book, targeting both clinicians and scientists, assembles state-of-the-art science on imaging biomarkers aimed at understanding the development and progression of epilepsy, as well as its neurobiological and cognitive consequences. • Places emphasis on clinical relevance and applications throughout, with a dedicated final section in each chapter • Provides a wide-ranging focus including neuroimaging in paediatric and adult patients, and epilepsy surgery, relevant to all practitioners • Situated in real-life context, addressing practical applications on the causes and consequences of epilepsy at molecular, cellular, and neuronal system levels Neurology and clinical neuroscience
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 272pp 11 b/w illus. 64 colour illus. 978-1-107-10835-6 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00 G
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
101
Medicine
HIGHLIGHT
Assembly of the Executive Mind
The Causes of Epilepsy
Evolutionary Insights and a Paradigm for Brain Health Michael W. Hoffmann | University of Central Florida
102
Offering fundamental, neuro-archeological awareness of how the frontal lobes and their circuitry are assembled, this book is essential reading for neuroscience professionals, clinical brain scientists and students in neuroscience. It provides a pathway to understanding key form and functions, alongside the most effective treatments. • Provides an interdisciplinary examination of brain function, for a two-way information exchange between neuroscience and evolution, offering a comprehensive overview • Woven around key case reports, case series, case control studies and cohort studies, emanating from stroke and cognitive neurology registries, for real-life, practical examples • Authored by a leading expert and course-leader in cognitive neurology and stroke Neurology and clinical neuroscience
December 2018 234 x 156 mm 300pp 44 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-45600-5 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99 G
How Brain Arousal Mechanisms Work
Unique to the market and expanded and revised, this definitive text describes the many causes of epilepsy. It is the only single source of information, designed for clinical practice and written by leading figures from the field. This new edition has been fully revised and expanded. • Extensively reviewed and expanded, the book features 128 chapters, with greater focus on the genetic causes of epilepsy and an entirely new section entitled ‘Approaches to the Clinical Investigation and Diagnosis of Cause’ to help guide clinical practice • This definitive and unrivalled textbook provides comprehensive clinical data on the many causes of epilepsy in one place, written by leading figures in the field from around the world • This book is wesigned for use in clinical practice, with clear, relevant and easy to find information Neurology and clinical neuroscience
November 2018 276 x 219 mm 1060pp 978-1-108-42075-4 Hardback £195.00 / US$255.00
G
Clinical Neuroendocrinology An Introduction Michael Wilkinson | Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia
Paths Toward Consciousness Volume 1 Donald Pfaff | Neurobiology and Behavior, The Rockefeller University
This concise, ground-breaking book expands past theories limited to the cerebral cortex and emphasizes the longitudinally-integrated brainstem systems that ‘wake up the brain’ from deep anesthesia, sleep and brain injury. For neurologists, neuroscientists, psychologists and psychiatrists, as well as readers interested in the workings of the brain. • Argues for a new and unified concept of brain arousal, emphasising longitudinal-integrated systems and moving past current theories focused on the cerebral cortex • Summarizes a rapidly growing neurologic literature, to offer readers a combined review of neuroanatomical, neurophysiological and molecular genetic work to further understanding of human consciousness • Succinct and jargon-free, the book supports neurologists, neuroscientists, psychologists and psychiatrists in assisting patients to physical consciousness as well as providing an innovative work for more general readers interested in the workings of the human brain Neurology and clinical neuroscience
January 2019 234 x 156 mm 198pp 978-1-108-43333-4 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99
Common and Uncommon Causes in Adults and Children Second edition Edited by Simon Shorvon | Institute of Neurology, University College London
G
Written by experts in the field, this innovative introductory text on clinical neuroendocrinology is an indispensable tool for medical students, endocrine trainees, biomedical science graduate students, and clinicians. Beautifully illustrated, it marries basic science principles with real-life clinical cases in a rapidly evolving area of medicine. • Provides a concise overview of the key basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology underlying their diagnosis and management • Includes reference lists of clinical papers, teaching resources and a selection of review questions with each chapter, to emphasize their real-life importance • Includes several illustrated imaging studies, and in-depth discussions of basic principles and their interpretations Neurology and clinical neuroscience
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 121 colour illus. 14 tables 978-1-316-64519-2 Paperback £59.99 / US$84.99 G
The Road to Nursing Associate Editor Nick Arnott | University of Tasmania
Written by an expert team of academics and practising nurses, this text emphasises the importance of meaning-making, supporting students to critically engage with key knowledge that informs their ongoing learning, development and professional identity. • This book empowers undergraduate nurses by providing the foundational knowledge and skills that will underpin their entire nursing journey • Each chapter is written in an accessible style by leading Australian nursing academics and practising nurses • Includes access to the complementary VitalSource interactive eBook, through which students can find valuable self-assessment tools such as multiple-choice and short-answer questions with guided responses, and links to relevant website and video content Nursing
November 2018 255 x 190 mm 336pp 978-1-108-43528-4 Paperback with VitalSource eBook £55.00 / US$79.95 G
Medicine
Eponyms and Names in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
Infections in Pregnancy An Evidence-Based Approach Edited by Adel Elkady | Police Force Hospital, Cairo
Third edition Thomas F. Baskett | Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia
A volume for physicians, midwives, medical historians and medical ethicists interested in the history and evolution of obstetrical and gynaecological treatment. It contains biographical details of 391 individuals and the eponym or work for which they are known, and outlines the significance of their contribution to the specialty. • Includes details of 391 eponyms and names from thirty-four countries, reflecting the speciality’s far reaching origins • Features more than 1700 original references and an extensive bibliography of more than 2500 linked references to provide further detail on specific topics and biographies • A fully updated third edition, with twenty-six new entries and expanded detail, illustration and quotation for existing entries Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
November 2018 246 x 189 mm 456pp 410 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42170-6 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$140.00
G
A Case-Based Approach Edited by David Chelmow | Virginia Commonwealth University
March 2019 246 x 189 mm 230pp 978-1-108-71663-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99
G
Edited by Gabor Kovacs | Monash University, Victoria
This quick reference guide discusses 100 clinical problems encountered in office practice, ranging from simple to complex, in a clear, case-based format. It includes current evidence-based guidelines and expert advice for situations without clear recommendations. Designed for practical use in an office setting. • Incorporates evidence-based care with up-to-date major society guidelines and recommendations, accompanied by teaching points • Presents carefully vetted expert opinion on common situations for which no guidelines exist, filling gaps between major society guidelines • Designed as a quick reference guide, so that cases can be rapidly read in the time available to see a patient in clinical practice Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
G
Female Genital Cosmetic Surgery Solution to What Problem? Edited by Sarah M. Creighton | University College London Hospital
This text covers healthy female genital anatomy, surgical techniques to change appearance and function, the historical contexts and the current drivers. By engaging with the social agenda relating to the growth in female genital cosmetic surgery, the myth of female genital cosmetic surgery (FGCS) as a unproblematic consumer choice is dispelled. • Includes evidence-based descriptions of genital anatomy and cosmetic surgical techniques that place female genital cosmetic surgery (FGCS) in cultural contexts • Provides a historical context for FGCS and outline the ethical dilemmas, to assist readers in understanding why the current phenomenon has arisen • Translates norm-critical understandings into a wider range of professional responses to FGCS, supporting clinical professionals managing women with physical and mental health concerns related to their genitalia • Written by leading experts, this text avoids over-medicalised jargon to provide support for both interested readers and healthcare professionals Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 170pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-108-43552-9 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99
Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
How to Prepare the Egg and Embryo to Maximize IVF Success
Office Gynecology
February 2019 276 x 216 mm 486pp 978-1-108-40022-0 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99
This book provides focused information on viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic diseases that affect women in pregnancy. With world migration, this text covers infections found in both tropical and temperate climates, allowing busy practitioners to engage with the investigation, diagnosis and treatments of common maternal infections. • References new World Health Organization classifications and countryspecific guidelines in each chapter • Highlights efficient solutions to new and emerging infections affecting pregnant patients • Spans remote and diverse locations, for practitioners working worldwide • Designed as quick-reference work, for professionals working to tight deadlines
A review of the factors involved in the preparation of eggs and embryos that influence the success rate of IVF cycles, allowing practitioners to make evidence-based decisions. Surveying a wide range of strategies to optimize outcomes, centred on the production and management of oocytes, and integral development of the embryo. • Forms part of the successful How to Improve IVF Success series • Each chapter is written by a recognized world expert, reviewing all aspects of IVF which effect egg and embryo development • Provides a thorough companion to professionals interested in the specifics of oocytes and the development of the embryo Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
January 2019 234 x 156 mm 256pp 978-1-316-62177-6 Paperback £38.99 / US$49.99
G
How to Prepare the Endometrium to Maximize Implantation Rates and IVF Success Edited by Gabor Kovacs | Monash IVF, Victoria
Embryo transfer is the last step in the IVF treatment cycle, yet the one with the highest failure rate. This book provides a practical review of all aspects of endometrial receptivity, including histological, hormonal, biochemical and immunological, to enable specialists to make evidence-based decisions that influence success rates. • Practical and concise, this book reviews scientific evidence on endometrial receptivity to enable clinicians to take evidence-based decisions and optimize IVF outcomes • Authored by experts in the field, this book provides a comprehensive review of all current, up-to-date knowledge on factors impacting the endometrium • A detailed volume that is part of a four-book series on improving the success of IVF, with other volumes focusing on periconception health, the egg and embryo, and male and sperm factors Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
January 2019 234 x 156 mm 256pp 978-1-108-40281-1 Paperback £38.99 / US$49.99
G
G
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
103
Medicine / Physics and Astronomy
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Obstetric DecisionMaking and Simulation
Gynecologic and Urologic Pathology Similarities, Differences and Challenges Edited by Maria Rosaria Raspollini | University Hospital Careggi, Florence
Edited by Kirsty MacLennan | Manchester University Hospitals NHS Trust
104
A practical guide to establishing simulation training within a multidisciplinary obstetric team. Featuring an extensive obstetric scenario library and a concise discussion following each scenario, facilitators will feel inspired and confident to run these diverse simulation drills. • Features a comprehensive obstetric simulation scenario library which will allow both experienced and inexperienced facilitators of simulations to easily prepare for and run simulation drills • Offers a rapid access guide with a clear consistent layout and concise discussion following each scenario • Covers both the theory and practical aspects of facilitating simulation Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 240pp 14 b/w illus. 19 colour illus. 54 tables 978-1-108-29677-9 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99 P
Due to common early development, the pathology of the urogenital tract in males and females presents many similarities which can challenge a pathologist for an appropriate diagnosis. The aim of this textbook is to bridge the gap between urological and gynecological pathologists who handle these types of diseases. • Contains colour-coded images to highlight traits present in male and female organs, as well as highlight features present in both • Bridges the gap between urologic and gynaecologic pathology specialities to highlight key common similarities to aid with diagnoses • Includes entry to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, providing high-resolution access to the large number of high quality colour figures Pathology and laboratory science
February 2019 276 x 219 mm 256pp 131 colour illus. 55 tables 978-1-107-17045-2 Hardback with Online Resource c. £140.00 / c. US$225.00 P
Part 2 MRCOG: 500 EMQs and SBAs Andrew Sizer | Royal Shrewsbury Hospital
Up to date and comprehensive, this set of 500 practice questions is written by highly experienced MRCOG question setters. Explanations and key references accompany the questions, to support effective study and understanding. All modules of the core curriculum are included, making this an essential resource for examination candidates. • Written by a team of experienced MRCOG question setters, the book includes SBAs, the question format introduced in 2015, to support effective study and familiarity with the exam structure • Covering the full Part 2 MRCOG curriculum in depth, each question is accompanied with a detailed explanation to encourage reasoning, further exploration of the subject and in-depth reading • Key references are included to encourage further reading for the inquisitive learner Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine
February 2019 234 x 156 mm 248pp 978-1-108-70971-2 Paperback £32.99 / US$42.99
G
Soft Tissue Sarcomas A Pattern-Based Approach to Diagnosis Angelo Paolo Dei Tos | Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy
Soft tissue sarcomas represent one of the greatest diagnostic challenges for practising surgical pathologists. Featuring key diagnostic clues, this valuable resource reflects on the thought processes of a practising pathologist, from evaluation of the tumour cell, to its shape and background, to enable users to improve diagnostic efficiency and accuracy. • The book focuses on key, real-life diagnostic challenges, faced by practitioners, every day • Readers will benefit from an approach in which chapters are organized by morphology, to replicate the typical, daily approach to diagnosis • Includes access to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, where all of the plentiful high quality illustrations can be viewed and zoomed in on Pathology and laboratory science
November 2018 276 x 219 mm 740pp 33 b/w illus. 858 colour illus. 978-1-107-04080-9 Hardback with Online Resource £140.00 / US$180.00 G
Physics and Astronomy Modern Ophthalmic Optics José Alonso | Universidad Complutense, Madrid
This book is a comprehensive account of the most recent developments in modern ophthalmic optics, ideal for researchers, manufacturers and practitioners. Topics discussed include free-form technology, modern lens materials, measuring techniques, contact and intraocular lenses, progressive power lenses, ocular protection and coatings. • Uses a unified approach based in matrix optics to describe the optical properties of lenses, leading to a deeper understanding of the relationship between curvature and optical properties • Provides a complete description of the principles of design, manufacturing and testing of free-form lenses, currently an essential topic in ophthalmic optics • Includes updates on classical topics as lens materials, filters and coatings • The book is self-contained and includes accessible descriptions of the mathematical tools employed in the field of ophthalmic optics Optics, optoelectronics and photonics
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 580pp 214 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-11074-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 P
Imaging Optics Joseph Braat | Technische Universiteit Delft, The Netherlands
This comprehensive and self-contained text employs ray-based, scalar and vector wave propagation methods to examine optical image formation. Focusing on the theory of optical imaging, the book discusses the design and specifications of imaging systems and their applications, providing an invaluable reference for researchers and professionals. • The first text to unite such a broad range of topics within a single volume • Includes design methods and optimisation techniques for a wide range of optical imaging systems • Provides a rigorous treatment of high-resolution vector imaging (microscopy) and includes a complete analysis of aberrations in highaperture imaging Optics, optoelectronics and photonics
March 2019 246 x 189 mm 1000pp 557 b/w illus. 59 tables 978-1-108-42808-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 P
Physics and Astronomy
Wavefront Shaping for Biomedical Imaging Edited by Joel Kubby | University of California, Santa Cruz
Learn about the theory, techniques and applications of wavefront shaping in biomedical imaging from the researchers defining the field. This is the ideal text for academics and practitioners in optics, biophotonics, and biomedical engineering who use biomedical imaging tools, and graduate students wanting to advance their knowledge of the topic. • Presents the first book on wavefront shaping for biomedical imaging • Balances theory with practical examples and discussion of key applications • Includes contributions from world-leading researchers who are establishing this rapidly evolving field Optics, optoelectronics and photonics | Advances in Microscopy and Microanalysis
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 500pp 244 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 978-1-107-12412-7 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00 C TEXTBOOK
Modern Condensed Matter Physics Steven M. Girvin | Yale University, Connecticut
This modern textbook offers graduate students a comprehensive and accessible route from fundamental concepts to modern topics, language, and methods in the field. Coverage includes disordered and mesoscopic systems, quantum magnetism, Bose–Einstein condensates, superconductivity, and quantum entanglement. It is an ideal reference for researchers. • Discusses cutting-edge topics such as disordered systems, mesoscopic systems, many-body systems, quantum magnetism, Bose–Einstein condensates, quantum entanglement, and superconducting quantum bits • Provides the necessary background in mathematics to facilitate understanding of the topological concepts in the field • Includes numerous physical examples ranging from the fractional quantum Hall effect to topological insulators, and majorana fermions Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Overview of condensed matter physics; 2. Spatial structure; 3 Lattices and symmetries; 4. Neutron scattering; 5. Dynamics of lattice vibrations; 6. Quantum theory of harmonic crystals; 7. Electronic structure of crystals; 8. Semiclassical transport theory; 9. Semiconductors; 10. Non-local transport in mesoscopic systems; 11. Anderson localization; 12. Integer quantum Hall effect; 13. Topology and Berry Phase; 14. Topological insulators and semimetals; 15. Interacting electrons; 16. Fractional quantum hall effect; 17. Magnetism; 18. Bose– Einstein condensation and superuidity; 19. Superconductivity: basic phenomena and phenomenological theories; 20. Microscopic theory of superconductivity; Appendix A. Linear response theory; Appendix B. The Poisson summation formula; Appendix C. Tunneling and scanning tunneling microscopy; Appendix D. Brief primer on topology; Appendix E. Scattering matrices, unitarity and reciprocity; Appendix F. Quantum entanglement in condensed matter physics; Appendix G. Linear reponse and noise in electrical circuits; Appendix H. Functional differentiation; Appendix I. Low-energy effective hamiltonians; Appendix J. Introduction to second quantization; Bibliography; Index. Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics
February 2019 246 x 189 mm 808pp 978-1-107-13739-4 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$84.99
X
TEXTBOOK
Quantum Theory of Materials Efthimios Kaxiras | Harvard University, Massachusetts
This accessible new text introduces the theoretical concepts and tools essential for graduate courses on the physics of materials. A range of traditional and modern topics are covered, with applications, exercises, color illustrations, online slides and solutions for instructors, and appendices reviewing fundamental physics and mathematical tools. • Covers a diverse range of both traditional and modern topics from crystal periodicity and symmetry, and derivation of single-particle equations, to graphene, two-dimensional solids, carbon nanotubes, topological states, and Hall physics • The book is accessible to students from a range of backgrounds, and a comprehensive set of appendices reviews the prerequisite fundamental physics and mathematical tools • Contains numerous worked examples which demonstrate how to explain experimental observations Contents: 1. From atoms to solids; 2. Electrons in crystals: translational periodicity; 3. Symmetries beyond translational periodicity; 4. From many-particles to the single-particle picture; 5. Electronic properties of crystals; 6. Electronic excitations; 7. Lattice vibrations and deformations; 8. Phonon interactions; 9. Dynamics and topological constraints; 10. Magnetic behavior of solids; Appendix A: mathematical tools; Appendix B: classical electrodynamics; Appendix C: quantum mechanics; Appendix D: thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics
February 2019 246 x 189 mm 560pp 242 colour illus. 45 tables 125 exercises 978-0-521-11711-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 X
Optical Effects in Solids David B. Tanner | University of Florida
An overview of the optical effects in solids, addressing the physics of various materials and their response to electromagnetic radiation. Enabling the reader to connect measurements with the underlying physics of solids, it is an ideal resource for students and researchers interested in solid state physics, optics, and materials science. • Covers topics often omitted from books on optical properties and solidstate physics, including inhomogeneous materials, optics of crystals, magneto-optics, phonons, and anomalous skin effect • The author’s website includes free analysis programs for optical data, allowing the reader to carry out Kramers–Kronig analysis, fits to transmission or reflection of multilayer films, fits to model dielectric functions, and manipulate data • A wide range of materials for which optical effects can be studied are covered, making it a comprehensive overview Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics
April 2019 246 x 189 mm 412pp 18 b/w illus. 123 colour illus. 17 tables 978-1-107-16014-9 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$94.99 P
Classical Field Theory Horaţu Năstase | Universidade Estadual Paulista, São Paulo
An introduction to modern classical field theory, describing classical methods for fields with negligible quantum effects. This book focuses on solutions that take advantage of classical field theory methods as opposed to applications, helping students and researchers understand classical methods before embarking on studies in quantum field theory. • Focuses on classical field theory aspects for electromagnetism and general relativity, allowing readers to focus on methods rather than physical applications • Provides a bridge between classical mechanics and quantum field theory, helping the reader navigate the conceptual gap • Includes up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of modern methods of classical field theory Theoretical physics and mathematical physics
March 2019 246 x 189 mm 489pp 37 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47701-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99
P
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
105
Physics and Astronomy
106
Tensor-Valued Random Fields for Continuum Physics
Do We Really Understand Quantum Mechanics?
Anatoliy Malyarenko | Mälardalens Högskola, Sweden
Second edition Franck Laloë | Ecole Normale Supérieure, Paris
A complete description of homogenous and isotropic tensor-valued random fields in terms of one- and two-point correlation functions of ranks 1 through 4. Including the problems of continuum physics, necessary mathematical tools and applications, this book is invaluable for researchers in continuum physics from mathematic or physics backgrounds. • Contains ideas for future research in stochastic mathematics and statistical physics, providing a starting point for Ph.D. students and researchers • Relevant for a broad audience interested in continuum physics, providing physical applications for mathematicians and mathematical tools for physicists • Includes numerous examples and applications, providing a complete description of homogenous and isotropic tensor-valued random fields Theoretical physics and mathematical physics | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 300pp 10 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-42985-6 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00 C
Magnetohydrodynamics of Laboratory and Astrophysical Plasmas Hans Goedbloed | Dutch Institute for Fundamental Energy Research (DIFFER)
This introduction to magnetohydrodynamics combines theories of plasma behaviour with applications of plasma physics to thermonuclear fusion and astrophysics, and the techniques needed to apply magnetohydrodynamics. Bringing together both parts of the two-volume first edition, it is fully updated throughout and provides a comprehensive reference. • All analysis is explicitly worked out in the text, allowing students to derive results themselves • Modern insights from astrophysical research and laboratory fusion are presented together with the theory, allowing the reader to appreciate how magnetohydrodynamics cuts across disciplines • Provides cross-fertilisation of knowledge between scientific disciplines, including astrophysics, solar physics, laboratory plasma physics and computational fluid dynamics Plasma physics and fusion physics
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 994pp 228 b/w illus. 100 colour illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-12392-2 Hardback £110.00 / US$145.00 P
This book presents current understanding of quantum mechanics, providing a historical introduction and discussing many of its interpretations. The second edition includes recent state-of-the-art research, new interpretations, and further references. It is ideal for students, researchers, and philosophers of science interested in quantum physics. • Presents experiments that show quantum measurement effects in real time, illustrating some extraordinary features of quantum mechanics • Presents a historical introduction to quantum mechanics, providing context and helping beginners understand the present difficulties and challenges • Provides a go-to reference for the specialist, including more than 700 citations and a detailed index Quantum physics, quantum information and quantum computation
February 2019 247 x 174 mm 543pp 978-1-108-47700-0 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99
P
TEXTBOOK
Mathematics for Physicists Introductory Concepts and Methods Alexander Altland | Universität zu Köln
Introduces all the mathematics needed in the undergraduate physics curriculum. Theoretical mathematical concepts and practical computational methods are presented in unison and from a physically motivated perspective, making even advanced mathematics tangible. Includes many worked examples and over 300 problems, half with fully worked solutions. • Presents abstract mathematical concepts and practical computational methods in unison and from a physically motivated perspective, making even advanced mathematics tangible • Organized into three parts which are strongly interlinked and may be read in parallel, allowing reading orders to be chosen according to taste and time considerations • Provides numerous worked examples, info sections offering physical context, biographical boxes introducing famous scientists, and several detailed case studies • Includes over 300 problems, referenced from within the text at the location where they first become relevant, as well as fully worked solutions for all odd-numbered problems at the end of the book Contents: Preface; Part I. Linear Algebra: 1. Mathematics before numbers; 2. Vector spaces; 3. Euclidean geometry; 4. Vector product; 5. Linear maps; 6. Determinants; 7. Matrix diagonalization; 8. Unitarity and hermiticity; 9. Linear algebra in function spaces; 10. Multilinear algebra; Problems: linear algebra; Part II. Calculus: 1. Differentiation of one-dimensional functions; 2. Integration of one-dimensional functions; 3. Partial differentiation; 4. Multi-dimensional integration; 5. Taylor series; 6. Fourier calculus; 7. Differential equations; 8. Functional calculus; 9. Calculus of complex functions; Problems: calculus; Part III. Vector Calculus: 1. Curves; 2. Curvilinear coordinates; 3. Fields; 4. Introductory concepts of differential geometry; 5. Alternating differential forms; 6. Riemannian differential geometry; 7. Case study: differential forms and electrodynamics; Problems: vector calculus; Solutions: linear algebra; Solutions: calculus; Solutions: vector calculus; Index. Mathematical and computational methods and modelling
February 2019 246 x 189 mm 600pp 978-1-108-47122-0 Hardback £39.99 / US$52.99
X
Physics and Astronomy
Introductory Physics for Biological Scientists
Solving Fermi’s Paradox Duncan H. Forgan | University of St Andrews, Scotland
Christof M. Aegerter | Universität Zürich
An introduction to the fundamental physical principles related to the study of biological phenomena. Chapters are structured around biological examples, and the topics covered include waves, optics and mechanics. With quiz questions and a detailed appendix, it is perfect for students looking to develop their quantitative and analytical tools. • Engagingly structured around biological examples, this essential text provides insight into key physical concepts and their influence upon biological phenomena • Includes an appendix covering the key mathematical concepts developed in the book • Contains quiz questions at the end of each chapter which enable readers to test their understanding • Biological case studies are illustrated in full colour throughout
Exploring the search for extra-terrestrial intelligence (SETI) through the lens of Fermi’s so-called paradox, this volume summarises current thinking on the prevalence of intelligent life in the universe. It describes the methodology of SETI and how many disciplines feed into the extra-terrestrial life debate, providing a comprehensive introduction for graduates and researchers. • Lists solutions as well as mathematical formulations for interpreting them where appropriate • Assimilates sixty years of research for those looking for a concise introduction • Demonstrates how several distinct disciplines feed into the paradox, making it accessible to a wide audience Planetary systems and astrobiology | Cambridge Astrobiology, 10
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 422pp 72 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16365-2 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00
Biological physics
Why Trust a Theory?
November 2018 246 x 189 mm 460pp 102 b/w illus. 122 colour illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-42334-2 Hardback £130.00 / US$180.00 P 978-1-108-46650-9 Paperback £54.99 / US$74.99 P
Epistemology of Fundamental Physics Edited by Radin Dardashti | Bergische UniversitätGesamthochschule Wuppertal, Germany
Finding our Place in the Solar System The Scientific Story of the Copernican Revolution Todd Timberlake | Berry College, Georgia
Details the science behind one of the great intellectual achievements of humankind: the transition from the ancient geocentric cosmos to a modern understanding of planetary orbits. Perfect for readers interested in astronomy, the history of science, and anyone who wants to better understand what science is and how it works. • Provides an accurate scientific history of the Copernican Revolution based on recent scholarship by historians of astronomy, clarifying misunderstandings and helping readers see beyond a simplistic picture of this transition • Presents a detailed explanation of the science involved in the Copernican Revolution in its historical context, allowing the reader to fully understand the scientific arguments for and against the idea of a moving Earth • Focuses on the scientific aspects of the story, with mathematical details placed in an appendix for readers who wish to see them • Discusses the nature of science using episodes from the Copernican Revolution as illustrative examples, showing readers how science works in practice Planetary systems and astrobiology
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 392pp 110 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18229-5 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99
G
C
Certain topics in fundamental physics are not empirically verifiable, including cosmic inflation, the multiverse and string theory. This collection of essays from leading physicists, philosophers and historians of science provides interdisciplinary perspectives on the epistemic status of contemporary fundamental physics. • Discussion is based on in-person interactions between the contributors at the landmark workshop ‘Why Trust a Theory?’, providing a lively and engaging debate • Interdisciplinary contributors ensure a balanced argument in tune with the latest developments in their fields • Discusses the question of trust in contemporary fundamental physics, which is of crucial importance for the future of the field and, more broadly, the future development of science History and philosophy of physics and astronomy
March 2019 247 x 174 mm 460pp 16 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47095-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$94.99
P
Cosmic Discovery The Search, Scope, and Heritage of Astronomy Martin Harwit | Cornell University, New York
Cosmic Discovery is rereleased after more than thirty-five years, with a new preface. Martin Harwit chronicles the astronomical discoveries up to the late twentieth century and draws conclusions about how they are made, with important lessons for today’s astronomers developing new observatories for gravitational wave and cosmic ray astronomy. • Summarizes the accelerating discovery of cosmic objects and phenomena from antiquity to the late twentieth century • Addresses fundamental questions astrophysicists were asking in the late 1970s, many of which remain unanswered today • Promotes the idea that astronomy will need to find new sponsors, sources of funding, and new international partners in order to succeed in the future History and philosophy of physics and astronomy
February 2019 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-108-72204-9 Paperback c. £32.99 / c. US$44.99
P
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
107
Physics and Astronomy
Quantum Worlds Perspectives on the Ontology of Quantum Mechanics Edited by Olimpia Lombardi | Universidad de Buenos Aires, Argentina
108
Quantum theory underpins much of modern physics. However there are many unsettled conceptual and philosophical problems in the interpretation of quantum mechanics. This book provides interdisciplinary, comprehensive and up-to-date perspectives on these problems written by eminent researchers from the fields of physics and philosophy. • The chapters are self-contained, and do not require advanced mathematical knowledge • Contains comprehensive coverage of the problems and interpretations of quantum mechanics providing non-specialised readers with an introduction to the subject matter • Up-to-date information from experts in the field enables the reader to become acquainted with the current philosophical debate about quantum theory History and philosophy of physics and astronomy
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 401pp 16 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47347-7 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00
C
The Impact of Binary Stars on Stellar Evolution Edited by Giacomo Beccari | European Southern Observatory, Garching
Stars in binary and multiple systems often interact and alter the structure and evolution of the components. This volume presents state-of-the-art models and observations aimed at studying the impact of binaries on stellar evolution in resolved and unresolved populations. It is a valuable resource for graduate students and researchers. • The last few years have seen impressive observational and theoretical advancement in the field of binary stars • Presents recent results from state-of-the-art models and observations, setting the stage for the next generation of observational and theoretical tools • Provides an interdisciplinary approach between resolved and unresolved populations, with contributions from respected authors from a range of fields Astrophysics | Cambridge Astrophysics, 54
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 358pp 978-1-108-42858-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00
TEXTBOOK
Stars and Stellar Processes Mike Guidry | University of Tennessee, Knoxville
Introduces undergraduate and graduate students to the physics of stars, emphasizing the connection to modern topics such as neutrino oscillations, supernovae, gamma-ray bursts, black holes, and gravitational waves. With hundreds of examples and problems throughout, it is suitable for learning in a classroom setting or through self-study. • Offers detailed and clear coverage of modern topics within stellar structure and stellar evolution such as black holes, cosmology and gravitational waves • Adopts a highly pedagogical approach, providing numerous astrophysical examples which will encourage students to read more broadly about general relativity and cosmology • Includes online resources providing a password-protected solutions manual and a gallery of images from the book Contents: Part I. Stellar Structure: 1. Some properties of stars; 2. The Hertzsprung–Russell diagram; 3. Stellar equations of state; 4. Hydrostatic and thermal equilibrium; 5. Thermonuclear reactions in stars; 6. Stellar burning processes; 7. Energy transport in stars; 8. Summary of stellar equations; Part II. Stellar Evolution: 9. The formation of stars; 10. Life and times on the main sequence; 11. Flavor oscillations of solar neutrinos; 12. Solar neutrinos and the MSW effect; 13. Evolution of lower-mass stars; 14. Evolution of higher-mass stars; 15. Stellar pulsations and variability; 16. White dwarfs and neutron stars; 17. Black holes; Part III. Accretion, Mergers, and Explosions: 18. Accreting binary systems; 19. Nova explosions and X-ray bursts; 20. Supernovae; 21. Gamma-ray bursts; 22. Gravitational waves and stellar evolution; Appendix A: constants; Appendix B: numeral units; Appendix C: mean molecular weights; Appendix D: reaction libraries; Appendix E: a mixing-length model; Appendix F: quantum mechanics; Appendix G: using arXiv and ADS; References; Index. Astrophysics
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 550pp 500 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19788-6 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$99.99
X
C
Gravitational Wave Astrophysics (IAU S338) Early Results from Gravitational Wave Searches and Electromagnetic Counterparts Edited by Gabriela González | Louisiana State University
Gravitational waves, predicted by Einstein’s general theory of relativity, have now been observed by the LIGO and Virgo detectors, heralding an exciting new era of multimessenger astrophysics. IAU S338 explores how space-time and electromagnetic messengers can be correlated, to help us understand many high-energy astrophysical phenomena. • Discuses results at a timely conference soon after important new multimessenger observations were announced • Demonstrates a convergence between physicists and astronomers studying neutron star mergers from differing perspectives • An exciting time in the history of astronomy as space-time messengers (gravitational waves) are added to observations spanning the electromagnetic spectrum Astrophysics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-19259-1 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00
C
Physics and Astronomy
Long-term Datasets for the Understanding of Solar and Stellar Magnetic Cycles (IAU S340)
Physics Problems for Aspiring Physical Scientists and Engineers With Hints and Full Solutions Ken Riley | Clare College, Cambridge
Edited by Dipankar Banerjee | Indian Institute of Astrophysics, India
The Sun is our nearest star; it is a dynamic star, which changes with time. The periodic variations in the total solar output radiation impacts Earth’s atmosphere and climate. IAU S340 discusses the importantance of studying the long-term variation of the Sun and its activity using continuous observations over centuries. • Summarises long term measurements of magnetic fields in the Sun and stars for scientists who are interested in the study of stellar magnetic cycles • Provides an update on long-term databases on sunspots and other magnetic proxies, enabling cross-calibration between different data sources and the generation of uniform data series for the long term study • Explores solar cycle predictability and the usefulness of dynamo theory Solar and space plasma physics | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia
December 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-108-47109-1 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00
General and classical physics
January 2019 246 x 189 mm 346pp 978-1-108-47669-0 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-108-70130-3 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99
P P
C
An Introduction to Radio Astronomy Fourth edition Bernard F. Burke | Massachusetts Institute of Technology
A Student’s Guide to the Schrödinger Equation Daniel A. Fleisch | Wittenberg University, Ohio
A thorough introduction to radio astronomy and its contribution to our understanding of the universe, perfect for beginners. Fully revised and updated, the fourth edition covers the basic physics and observational techniques, including interferometric and digital techniques, single-dish telescopes and aperture synthesis arrays. • Additional materials are available online, including up-to-date colour images • Includes both theory and techniques, providing a comprehensive ‘onestop’ introduction to the field, allowing a smooth transition to more advanced research level material • More advanced material is listed in the further reading sections of each chapter for the interested reader Observational astronomy, techniques and instrumentation
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 576pp 329 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18941-6 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99
This book contains over 200 physics problems, with hints and full solutions, designed to develop the skill of planning and executing a route to the solution of a scientific question. With problemsolving skills being essential for any physical scientist or engineer, this book will be invaluable to anyone planning to study in these fields. • Contains detailed model solutions to ensure readers not only understand the physics principles involved, but also how to apply them • In order to develop the ability to pick out only relevant information, some problems offer unneeded data • Students will learn to introduce suitable working variables and to use their general knowledge to help them find a solution, given that some problems appear to contain too little information
P
Retaining the hugely successful approach used in Fleisch’s other student’s guides, this accessible resource provides plain language explanations of the fundamental concepts and techniques underlying the Schrödinger equation in quantum mechanics. Each chapter includes homework problems with worked solutions, and extra resources are available online. • Fully worked examples illustrate the key concepts • Hints and interactive solutions are available for all problems on the book’s website • Podcasts explain the important concepts and mathematical techniques from the book General and classical physics | Student’s Guides
April 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 69 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42426-4 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99 978-1-108-43960-2 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$24.99
P P
Turn Left at Orion Hundreds of Night Sky Objects to See in a Home Telescope – and How to Find Them Fifth edition Guy Consolmagno | Vatican Observatory, Vatican City
Principles of Thermodynamics Jean-Philippe Ansermet | École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne
An introductory textbook presenting the key concepts of thermodynamics and its applications. Each chapter includes worked examples and exercises, reinforcing the key concepts. A full solutions manual is also available. This book is ideally suited to undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in thermodynamics or thermal physics. • Applicable to many fields of research and development, it is relevant to students from physics, chemistry and engineering backgrounds • Exercises inspired by research allow the reader to develop an appreciation of modern research methods • Worked problems allow students to test their understanding of key concepts
This unique and best-selling guidebook to the night sky shows amateur astronomers how to observe a host of celestial wonders. Its distinct format of object-by-object spreads illustrates how deep-sky objects and planets will actually look in a small telescope, with large pages and spiral binding for ease of use outside. • This is a new and updated edition of the Press’s best-selling astronomy book, with over 150,000 copies sold since it was first published • The book’s large format, spiral binding and clear internal design make it easy to use at the telescope • The chapter on planets has been rewritten to include pages for Uranus, Neptune, asteroids and comets; plus there is a new section on observing solar eclipses
General and classical physics
November 2018 310 x 245 mm 256pp 978-1-108-45756-9 Spiral bound £25.00 / US$34.95
December 2018 246 x 189 mm 556pp 176 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42609-1 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99
Amateur and popular astronomy
G
P
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
109
Physics and Astronomy
HIGHLIGHT
110
TEXTBOOK
interstellarum Deep Sky Guide
The Cosmos
Ronald Stoyan | Oculum-Verlag GmbH, Germany
Astronomy in the New Millennium Fifth edition Jay M. Pasachoff | Williams College, Massachusetts
The interstellarum Deep Sky Guide is an innovative illustrated guide to accompany the well-received interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas. Taking an intuitive visual approach, for each spread of the Atlas, the Guide focuses on carefully selected objects, either as colored composite POSS plates or through the authors’ own eyepiece sketches. • Around 2,500 deep-sky objects are shown, with catalog number, object type, constellation, nickname, short descriptions, and observational hints, for example filter and magnification recommendations • Features more than 1,000 color finder charts, using red and blue channels of Palomar Observatory Sky Survey II plates • Hundreds of detailed pencil drawings made by the authors provide the best approximation of what may be seen visually • Page numbers are identical to the charts in the interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas for easy and quick navigation Amateur and popular astronomy
October 2018 280 x 265 mm 264pp 978-1-108-45313-4 Desk Edition £74.99 / US$99.99
P
HIGHLIGHT
interstellarum Deep Sky Guide Ronald Stoyan | Oculum-Verlag GmbH, Germany
The interstellarum Deep Sky Guide is an innovative illustrated guide to accompany the well-received interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas. Taking an intuitive visual approach, for each spread of the Atlas, the Guide focuses on carefully selected objects, either as colored composite POSS plates or through the authors’ own eyepiece sketches. • Around 2,500 deep-sky objects are shown, with catalog number, object type, constellation, nickname, short descriptions, and observational hints, for example filter and magnification recommendations • Features more than 1,000 color finder charts, using red and blue channels of Palomar Observatory Sky Survey II plates • Hundreds of detailed pencil drawings made by the authors provide the best approximation of what may be seen visually • Page numbers are identical to the charts in the interstellarum Deep Sky Atlas for easy and quick navigation Amateur and popular astronomy
October 2018 280 x 265 mm 264pp 978-1-108-45385-1 Field Edition £159.00 / US$215.00
Striking the balance between explaining the fundamentals and discussing the hottest current topics in astronomy, such as New Horizons’s flyby of Pluto, exoplanets, ‘dark matter’, and the direct detection of gravitational waves by LIGO leading to multimessenger astronomy, this textbook is the go-to guide to learn about the workings of the Universe. • Discussions of recent discoveries – such as New Horizons’ flyby of Pluto, exoplanets, ‘dark matter’, and the direct detection of gravitational waves by LIGO – engage students by offering real-life context to the fundamental scientific background • Clearly written, this textbook is suitable for one-semester course and assumes no specific background knowledge – math is boxed and easily read around • Includes many pedagogical features, such as chapter introductions and summaries, various kind of boxes (’Star party’, ‘Figure it out’, ‘Lives in science’ and ‘A closer look’), highlighted keywords, as well as a glossary and appendices at the end of the book for additional coverage on planets, stars, constellations, and nonstellar objects Contents: Preface; About the authors; 1. A grand tour of the heavens; 2. Light, matter, and energy: powering the Universe; 3. Light and telescopes: extending our senses; 4. Observing the stars and planets: clockwork of the Universe; 5. Gravitation and motion: the early history of astronomy; 6. The Terrestrial planets: Earth, Moon, and their relatives; 7. The Jovian planets: windswept giants; 8. Pluto, comets, and space debris; 9. Our Solar System and others; 10. Our star: the Sun; 11. Stars: distant suns; 12. How the stars shine: cosmic furnaces; 13. The death of stars: recycling; 14. Black holes: the end of space and time; 15. The Milky Way: our home in the Universe; 16. A universe of galaxies; 17. Quasars and active galaxies; 18. Cosmology: the birth and life of the cosmos; 19. In the beginning; 20. Life in the Universe; Epilogue; Appendices; Selected readings; Glossary; Index. Astronomy (general)
January 2019 276 x 219 mm 786pp 409 b/w illus. 739 colour illus. 5 maps 978-1-108-43138-5 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99 X
Proceedings of the Twenty-Ninth General Assembly Honolulu 2015 Transactions of the International Astronomical Union XXIXB Edited by Piero Benvenuti | Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy
P
These Transactions provide a record of the organisational and administrative activities of the IAU XXIX General Assembly in Honolulu, Hawai‘i, USA, in August 2015. They report and record all of the essential decisions taken by the governing body of the IAU. • Provides complete official coverage of the XXIX General Assembly of the International Astronomical Union • Lists the Resolutions passed and details the thirty-five new Commissions, together with their elected Presidents and Organising Committees • Provides an update on the status of IAU membership and its main scientific interests Astronomy (general) | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia
January 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-108-48169-4 Hardback £98.00 / US$130.00
C
Statistics and Probability
Statistics and Probability
Modern Statistics for Modern Biology Susan Holmes | Stanford University, California
High-Dimensional Statistics A Non-Asymptotic Viewpoint Martin J. Wainwright | University of California, Berkeley
Recent years have seen an explosion in the volume and variety of data collected in scientific disciplines from astronomy to genetics and industrial settings ranging from Amazon to Uber. This graduate text equips readers in statistics, machine learning, and related fields to understand, apply, and adapt modern methods suited to large-scale data. • Almost 200 worked examples support the reader in building practical intuition and understanding the motivation for the theory • Contains over 250 exercises – ranging in difficulty from easy to challenging – which strengthen learning, with solutions available to instructors • The book is organized for teaching and learning, allowing instructors to choose one of several identified paths depending on course length Statistical theory and methods | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 48
February 2019 253 x 177 mm 555pp 49 b/w illus. 1 table 211 exercises 978-1-108-49802-9 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99 P
Designed for a new generation of biologists, this textbook teaches modern computational statistics by using R/Bioconductor to analyze experimental data from high-throughput technologies. The presentation minimizes mathematical notation and emphasizes inductive understanding from well-chosen examples, hands-on simulation, and visualization. • Introduces methods on a ‘need to know’ basis, so students tackle biological questions immediately and understand motivation for the methods • Contains real-life examples done from scratch, guiding students through realistic complexities and building practical intuition • Includes a wrap-up chapter that explains the complete workflow from design of experiments to analysis of results, identifying common pitfalls with big data Contents: Introduction; 1. Generative models for discrete data; 2. Statistical modeling; 3. High-quality graphics in R; 4. Mixture models; 5. Clustering; 6. Testing; 7. Multivariate analysis; 8. High-throughput count data; 9. Multivariate methods for heterogeneous data; 10. Networks and trees; 11. Image data; 12. Supervised learning; 13. Design of highthroughput experiments and their analyses; Statistical concordance; Bibliography; Index. Statistics for life sciences, medicine and health
Computational Bayesian Statistics
November 2018 276 x 216 mm 454pp 978-1-108-70529-5 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99
An Introduction M. Antónia Amaral Turkman | Universidade de Lisboa
This book explains the fundamental ideas of Bayesian analysis, with a focus on computational methods such as MCMC and available software such as R/R-INLA, OpenBUGS, JAGS, Stan, and BayesX. It is suitable as a textbook for a first graduate-level course and as a user’s guide for researchers and graduate students from beyond statistics. • Presents a comparison of different software packages on the same data set gives hands-on knowledge of their relative strengths and limitations • Contains problem sets which support readers in consolidating skills, building practical intuition, and extending the methods in the text to connect with the current literature • Foregrounding of motivation and basic principles of inference helps readers to develop deeper and more intuitive understanding of statistical thinking, separate from mathematical formalism Computational statistics, machine learning and information science | Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 11
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-108-48103-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-70374-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99
TEXTBOOK
P P
X
Applied Mixed Model Analysis A Practical Guide Second edition Jos W. R. Twisk | Universiteit van Amsterdam
This book explains all aspects of mixed model analysis without mathematical jargon, so that non-statisticians can understand the basic principles, analyze their own data, and interpret the results with confidence. Worked examples are analyzed with STATA, and all datasets are available for download, equipping readers to replicate the methods. • Designed for researchers in applied fields with modest mathematical and statistical backgrounds • Emphasizes interpretation of results to address scientific questions • Worked examples in STATA and datasets for download support handson learning Statistics for life sciences, medicine and health
April 2019 247 x 174 mm 300pp 34 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48057-4 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-1-108-72776-1 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99
P P
War Stories from the Drug Survey How Culture, Politics, and Statistics Shaped the National Survey on Drug Use and Health Joseph Gfroerer | US Department of Health and Human Services
This insider account of the national drug survey encapsulates thirty years of experience to provide valuable lessons about data-driven public policy. Through first-hand accounts of interactions between policymakers and statisticians, survey research students and practitioners gain insight into the conduct of data science in a political context. • Offers an insider perspective on the drug survey, with real-life examples of statistical challenges and approaches for solving them • Builds an understanding of the tradeoffs between statistical ideals and policy pragmatics • Provides clear, narrative explanations of statistical issues Statistics for social sciences, behavioural sciences and law
November 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-12270-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00
C
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
111
Statistics and Probability
Fat Chance Probability from 0 to 1 Benedict Gross | Harvard University, Massachusetts
Designed for the intellectually curious, this book provides a solid foundation in basic probability theory in a charming style, without technical jargon. This text will immerse the reader in a mathematical view of the world, and teach them techniques to solve real world problems both inside and outside the casino. • Highlights key definitions, formulas, and theorems in boxes for easy reference • Twenty-five essential formulas are conveniently collected in the back of the book • More than 100 exercises and forty worked examples build up from simple problems to complex real world problems Probability theory and stochastic processes
112
April 2019 253 x 177 mm 194pp 978-1-108-48296-7 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$69.99 978-1-108-72818-8 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$27.99
P G
Probability Theory and Examples Fifth edition Rick Durrett | Duke University, North Carolina
The new edition of this lively but rigorous introduction to measure theoretic probability theory, designed for use in a graduate course, contains a new chapter on multidimensional Brownian motion and its relationship to partial differential equations (PDEs), a topic that is finding new applications. Some 200 examples and 450 exercises help readers build practical intuition. • Provides 200 examples and 450 problems to equip readers to build practical intuition and understand the motivation for the theory • Offers a modern selection of topics, including multidimensional Brownian motion • The compact style strikes a balance between completeness and readability, covering a great deal of ground in 400 pages Probability theory and stochastic processes | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 49
April 2019 253 x 177 mm 496pp 978-1-108-47368-2 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99
P
PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED
Applied Stochastic Differential Equations Simo Särkkä | Aalto University, Finland
This intuitive hands-on text introduces stochastic differential equations (SDEs) as motivated by applications in target tracking and medical technology, and covers their use in methodologies such as filtering, parameter estimation, and machine learning. Examples include applications of SDEs arising in physics and electrical engineering. • Contains worked examples and numerical simulation studies in each chapter which make ideas concrete • Includes downloadable MATLAB®/Octave source code to support application and adaptation • The gentle learning curve focuses on understanding and use rather than technical details Applied probability and stochastic networks | Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 10
January 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-316-51008-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-64946-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99
P P
Index
0-9 1,000 Practice MTF MCQs for the Primary and Final FRCA........................................101
A Aarons, Victoria............................................18 Abidi, Mustafa H..........................................90 Ablett, Phillip...............................................79 Abstract Algebra with Applications...............96 Abstract Recursion and Intrinsic Complexity..96 Abu-Manneh, Bashir....................................18 Acta Numerica 2018....................................98 Activists Forever?.........................................78 Adams, Michael W. R....................................47 Adamson, Peter............................................30 Adivasis and the State..................................78 Adler, Emanuel.............................................68 Adler, William...............................................37 Aegerter, Christof M...................................107 Affectionate Communication in Close Relationships.............................................73 African Court of Justice and Human and Peoples’ Rights in Context, The..................49 African Development, African Transformation.72 After Queer Studies......................................19 After Said.....................................................18 Agency and Democracy in Development Ethics........................................................39 Agnew, Christopher R...................................73 Alexander, Jeffrey C......................................77 Alfani, Guido................................................15 Allan, Janice M.............................................22 Allen, Amy...................................................32 Allen, William A............................................38 Alonso, José...............................................104 Altars of Republican Rome and Latium, The....2 Altland, Alexander......................................106 Altman, David..............................................65 Alyagon Darr, Orna.......................................57 Alzubairi, Fatemah.......................................49 Amaral Turkman, M. Antónia......................111 Analyzing Network Data in Biology and Medicine...................................................92 Ancient Greece...............................................1 Andal, Mudimby...........................................89 Anderson, Clare...........................................16 Anderson, William E.....................................88 Anderton, Charles H.....................................39 Animals through Chinese History..................11 Ansermet, Jean-Philippe.............................109 Anthropocene Encounters: New Directions in Green Political Thinking..........................86 Applied Mixed Model Analysis....................111 Applied Stochastic Differential Equations....112 Archaeology, Ideology, and Urbanism in Rome from the Grand Tour to Berlusconi......1 Architecture of Banking in Renaissance Italy, The......................................................2 Architecture, Society, and Ritual in Viking Age Scandinavia..........................................1 Arcus Foundation.........................................94 Arguing, Obeying and Defying......................73 Aristotle’s Anthropology...............................33 Aristotle’s Method in Ethics..........................33 Aristoxenus of Tarentum: The Pythagorean Precepts (How to Live a Pythagorean Life)....4 Arkin, Phillip A..............................................84 Arnott, Nick...............................................102 Aronow, Peter M..........................................72 Aronson, Bruce............................................56
Aronsson-Storrier, Marie...............................51 Art of Economic Catch-Up, The.....................39 Artificial Intelligence and Conservation.........80 Arts, Karin....................................................67 ASEAN Law in the New Regional Economic Order.........................................53 Assembly of the Executive Mind..................102 Australian Politics in the Twenty-First Century.63 Australian Uniform Evidence Law..................59 Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders.................................................100 Avgouleas, Emilios.......................................57 Aviram, Hadar..............................................60 Aytaç, S. Erdem............................................73
B Back to Life, Back to Normality...................100 Baernstein II, Albert......................................96 Baker, Sara T.................................................91 Balslev, Sivan...............................................11 Bamford, Sandra..........................................38 Banerjee, Dipankar.....................................109 Banivanua Mar, Tracey....................................9 Bank of England and the Government Debt, The...................................................38 Banton, Caree A.............................................6 Barañski, Zygmunt G....................................25 Barnes, Sandra L...........................................78 Barnett, Katy................................................61 Barreiro, Marcelo..........................................84 Basha i Novosejt, Aurélie................................6 Bashaw, Meredith J......................................92 Baskett, Thomas F.......................................103 Batiukova, Olga............................................43 Battle of Jutland, The....................................14 Beatty, Andrew.............................................38 Beccari, Giacomo.......................................108 Becoming Activists in Global China...............77 Bedau, Mark A.............................................94 Behera, Binoy Kumar....................................91 Behie, Alison M............................................94 Bell, Duncan.................................................66 Bellamy, Richard...........................................62 Ben Ayed, Mohamed....................................97 Benczes, Réka..............................................44 Benvenuti, Piero.........................................110 Bernasconi, Andrea....................................101 Bernasconi, Neda.......................................101 Berners-Lee, Mike.........................................84 Bernstein, Anita............................................46 Bersch, Katherine.........................................71 Beyond Cages..............................................50 Beyond Hands On........................................80 Bhatia, Parteek.............................................79 Bhavnani, Rikhil R........................................68 Biermann, Frank...........................................86 Big-Time Sports in American Universities.......40 Bird, Colin....................................................29 Bishara, Dina................................................69 Blahut, Richard E..........................................89 Blanford-Jones, Benita..................................78 Blankshain, Jessica D....................................66 Blockchain Regulation and Governance in Europe......................................................59 Blokpoel, Mark.............................................74 Bobić, Ana...................................................57 Boffin, Henri M. J........................................108 Bonan, Gordon.............................................84 Bookmiller, Kirsten Nakjavani........................51 Boothby, William H.......................................58
Borderland Memories...................................11 Borlik, Todd Andrew.....................................20 Bosma, Ulbe.................................................16 Boudreau, Alan............................................81 Bowcher, Wendy L........................................45 Braat, Joseph.............................................104 Brachet, Julien..............................................10 Bradway, Tyler..............................................19 Brahms’s Elegies..........................................27 Braun, Robert...............................................77 Brechet, Sylvain D.......................................109 Brewer, Bill...................................................29 Briggs, Chad M.............................................86 Britain’s Pacification of Palestine...................14 British Art and the First World War, 1914–1924.................................................7 British Literature in Transition, 1960– 1980: Flower Power..................................24 British Literature in Transition, 1980–2000....24 Broch, Ludivine..............................................8 Brontës and the Idea of the Human, The.......23 Brooks, John................................................14 Brown, Stewart J..........................................35 Brunton, Steven L.........................................98 Building Consensus on European Consensus.56 Building Participatory Institutions in Latin America....................................................71 Bukodi, Erzsébet...........................................77 Bulacu, Daniel..............................................96 Burd, Adrian.................................................86 Burdon, Jeremy J..........................................92 Burke, Bernard F.........................................109 Burkhardt, Frederick.....................................95 Burtraw, Dallas.............................................55 Buying Audiences.........................................71
C Caenepeel, Stefaan......................................96 Cairns, Paul..................................................76 Calcott, Guy...............................................104 Calvin and the Resignification of the World...34 Calvo, Ernesto..............................................65 Cambridge Companion to Boxing, The..........18 Cambridge Companion to Comparative Family Law, The.........................................56 Cambridge Companion to Dante’s ‘Commedia, The........................................25 Cambridge Companion to George Eliot, The..23 Cambridge Companion to Hermeneutics, The.33 Cambridge Companion to Isaiah Berlin, The..17 Cambridge Companion to Richard Wright, The...........................................................17 Cambridge Companion to Roman Comedy, The................................................3 Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare and Religion, The.......................................21 Cambridge Companion to Sherlock Holmes, The...............................................22 Cambridge Companion to the Harpsichord, The........................................26 Cambridge Companion to Victorian Women’s Poetry, The..................................23 Cambridge Companion to Virgil, The...............3 Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea, The.............20 Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language, The...........................................46 Cambridge Habermas Lexicon, The................32 Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics, The..........................................45
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
113
Index
114
Cambridge Handbook of Anxiety and Related Disorders, The...............................75 Cambridge Handbook of Cognition and Education, The...........................................74 Cambridge Handbook of Computing Education Research, The............................74 Cambridge Handbook of Creativity, The........75 Cambridge Handbook of Disaster Risk Reduction and International Law, The.........51 Cambridge Handbook of Kinship, The............38 Cambridge Handbook of Sexual Development, The......................................73 Cambridge Handbook of Systemic Functional Linguistics, The..........................45 Cambridge Handbook of Technology and Employee Behavior, The.............................76 Cambridge Handbook of Wisdom, The..........76 Cambridge Haydn Encyclopedia, The.............27 Cambridge History of French Thought, The....25 Cambridge History of Magic and Witchcraft in the West, The..........................9 Cambridge History of Religions in the Ancient World, The..............................36, 37 Cambridge History of Science Fiction, The.....25 Cambridge History of the Book in Britain, The.19 Cambridge History of Welsh Literature, The...25 Cambridge Introduction to British Fiction, 1900–1950, The........................................24 Campbell, Colin............................................47 Campus Sexual Assault.................................64 Can ASEAN Take Human Rights Seriously?....50 Canavan, Gerry............................................25 Cardó, Daniel...............................................34 Care for the World.......................................60 Carey, Hilary M...............................................6 Carlson, Ann................................................55 Carolingian Catalonia.....................................7 Carpio, Glenda R..........................................17 Carson, Andrea............................................63 Carter, John R...............................................39 Case for an International Court of Civil Justice, The................................................57 Caserio, Robert L..........................................24 Cassady, R. Joseph.......................................88 Cassandra and the Poetics of Prophecy in Greek and Latin Literature...........................3 Castagnoli, Luca.............................................2 Castán Broto, Vanesa...................................86 Catino, Maurizio...........................................61 Cattaneo, Matias..........................................72 Cause of Humanity and Other Stories, The.....22 Causes of Epilepsy, The...............................102 Ceccarelli, Paola.............................................2 Cellular Biophysics and Modeling.................91 Chai, Andreas...............................................40 Chandler, Cullen J...........................................7 Checking Presidential Power.........................71 Chelmow, David.........................................103 Chemical Engineering Design and Analysis....88 Cherniss, Joshua L........................................17 Cho, Paul K.-K..............................................35 Choleris, Elena.............................................93 Choudhry, Shazia.........................................56 Choudhury, Barnali.......................................56 Christians, Clifford G.....................................63 Church and Empire, The................................35 Church Law in Modernity.............................46 Chwieroth, Jeffrey M....................................68 Cisinski, Denis-Charles.................................96 Citizenship and Contemporary Direct Democracy................................................65
Citron, Gabriel..............................................32 Civil Sphere in East Asia, The........................77 Civil-Military Relations in Southeast Asia.......70 Clapham, Matthew E....................................80 Clark, Caryl..................................................27 Clark, Timothy..............................................18 Clarke, Kamari M..........................................49 Clarke, Michael..........................................101 Classical Field Theory..................................105 Cleland, Carol E............................................94 Climate Analysis...........................................84 Climate Change and Ocean Governance.......86 Climate Change and Terrestrial Ecosystem Modeling..................................................84 Clinical Neuroendocrinology.......................102 Clotfelter, Charles T.......................................40 Coalition Strategy and the End of the First World War.................................................14 Cochran, Joshua C........................................78 Cochrane, Tom.............................................29 Cognition and Intractability..........................74 Cognitive Enhancement in Schizophrenia and Related Disorders................................99 Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder..99 Cohen, Carl I................................................98 Cohen, Phoebe A....................................80, 81 Collins, S. J., David J........................................9 Colonialism, Neo-Colonialism, and AntiTerrorism Law in the Arab World................49 Command....................................................13 Common Law Inside the Female Body, The....46 Competition’s New Clothes..........................61 Complex Analysis.........................................97 Computational Bayesian Statistics..............111 Concept of Nature in Early Modern English Literature, The................................18 Concise History of Germany, A........................9 Concise History of History, A.........................16 Concise History of Mexico, A.........................10 Concise History of Poland, A...........................8 Confronting Prior Conceptions in Paleontology Courses................................81 Conradi Smith, Greg.....................................91 Consentability..............................................60 Consolmagno, Guy.....................................109 Constitutional Dialogue................................48 Consumer Expectations................................41 Contagion and War......................................67 Contemporary Nigerian Politics.....................72 Contesting Authoritarianism.........................69 Conti, Gregory..............................................17 Contingent Canons......................................19 Contractor, Farok J........................................61 Cooper, David A............................................66 Copulas and their Applications in Water Resources Engineering...............................83 Corke-Webster, James.....................................4 Cornell, Saul...................................................5 Corporate Duties to the Public......................56 Corporate Governance in Asia......................56 Correspondence of Charles Darwin, The........95 Cosmic Discovery.......................................107 Cosmos, The...............................................110 Counterfeit Culture.......................................18 Cox, Lloyd....................................................63 Coyne, Lewis................................................34 Crafty Oligarchs, Savvy Voters.......................69 Cramer, Jennifer Danzy.................................93 Creighton, Sarah M....................................103 Crisis behind the Euro-Crisis, The..................57
Critical Introduction to International Criminal Law, A.........................................51 Crockett, Robin............................................86 Croissant, Aurel............................................70 Cross and the Eucharist in Early Christianity, The.........................................34 Crowley, Catherine J.....................................44 Cruickshank, Mary......................................102 Crystal, David...............................................46 Cui, Meng..................................................105 Cultural Backlash.........................................65 Cumpa, Javier..............................................29 Cunial, Santiago L........................................66 Curtin, Richard Thomas.................................41 Cyr, Jennifer.................................................76
D Dahiya, Ravinder..........................................87 Dahl, Espen..................................................37 Dahl, Robyn Mieko.......................................80 Daily, John W................................................87 Damaška, Mirjan..........................................59 Danse Macabre............................................46 Dardashti, Radin.........................................107 Darton, Nicholas J........................................88 Darwin, Charles............................................95 Darwinian Hedonism and the Epidemic of Unhealthy Behavior...................................75 Das, Shinjini.................................................12 Data Mining and Data Warehousing.............79 Data-Driven Science and Engineering............98 David Garrick and the Mediation of Celebrity..5 Davidson, Jamie S.........................................70 Davies, Daniel..............................................30 Davies, Mathew...........................................70 Davis, Dan M..............................................109 Davis, Thomas L............................................82 Dawid, Richard...........................................107 Day-O’Connell, Sarah...................................27 Day, Jenny Huangfu......................................11 de Beco, Gauthier.........................................50 de Graaf, Beatrice.........................................16 de Haan, Ido................................................16 De Vito, Christian G......................................16 de Vries, Jan.................................................15 de Zwart, Pim...............................................15 Decentralized Governance and Accountability.65 Decision-Making in American Foreign Policy..66 Decolonisation and the Pacific........................9 Defocusing Nonlinear Schrödinger Equations.97 Dei Tos, Angelo Paolo.................................104 Dementia Manifesto, The............................100 Democracy in Ghana....................................72 Deng, Natalja...............................................36 Denyer, Nicholas.............................................3 Design and Analysis of Algorithms................79 Design Argument, The..................................36 Destrée, Pierre..............................................33 Development................................................91 Development with Global Value Chains.........62 Dey, Arnab...................................................10 Dhattiwala, Raheel.......................................77 Di Giovanni, Matteo.....................................30 Di Tullio, Matteo...........................................15 Dickmann, Max............................................97 Dijkstra, Henk A............................................84 Dilkina, Bistra...............................................80 Dinosaurs.....................................................81 Dinter, Martin T...............................................3 Disaster Security...........................................86
Index
Dispositionalism and the Metaphysics of Science......................................................29 Dispute Settlement Reports 2017...........53, 54 Dixon, Rosalind............................................48 Do We Really Understand Quantum Mechanics?.............................................106 Dobranski, Stephen B...................................21 Dodson, Benjamin........................................97 Doing Better Statistics in HumanComputer Interaction.................................76 Donald, David C...........................................57 Doohan, Fiona M..........................................92 du Toit, Johan T.............................................93 Duggan, Ashley P..........................................74 Dumberry, Patrick.........................................51 Dumsday, Travis............................................29 Duncan, T. Michael.......................................88 Dunlosky, John.............................................74 Dunning, Thad..............................................66 Durant, Sarah M...........................................93 Durham, Mercedes.......................................45 Durrett, Rick...............................................112 Dutta, Mitra.................................................87 Duxbury, Alison............................................50 Dyson, Michael.............................................41 Dyson, Stephen L............................................1
E Eack, Shaun.................................................99 Early Roman Expansion into Italy, The.............4 Early, Gerald.................................................18 Earth Science for Civil and Environmental Engineers..................................................81 East and West in the Early Middle Ages..........7 Ebrahim, Hozefa.........................................101 Eckenhoff, Roderic G...................................101 Eddy, Kamryn T.............................................99 Ede, Andrew.................................................12 Edsall, Benjamin...........................................34 Electoral Politics and Africa’s Urban Transition.72 Elkady, Adel...............................................103 Elmahjub, Ezieddin.......................................58 Emergence of Life, The..................................95 Emergency Powers in Australia.....................47 Emergent Nation: Early Modern British Literature in Transition, 1660–1714...........21 Emerton, Patrick...........................................47 Emotional Mind, The.....................................29 Emotional Worlds.........................................38 Emperor and Senators in the Reign of Constantius II..............................................4 Empire of Hell................................................6 Empire, Race and Global Justice....................66 Empires of the Mind.......................................8 Endophytes for a Growing World..................92 Energy Deposition for High-Speed Flow Control......................................................88 Energy Transfers in Fluid Flows......................97 Engaging with Social Work...........................79 Engelcke, Dörthe..........................................69 England and the Jews..................................37 English Phrasal Verb, 1650–Present, The.......43 Environmental Expertise...............................85 Environmental History of India, An................11 Environmental Sustainability for Engineers and Applied Scientists................................85 Eponyms and Names in Obstetrics and Gynaecology...........................................103 Erdemir, Deniz..............................................87 Eriksen, Marianne Hem..................................1
Esders, Stefan.................................................7 Essentials of Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics..................................................83 Essentials of Pediatric Neuroanesthesia.......101 Eusebius and Empire......................................4 Evaluation of Evidence.................................59 Evans, Elizabeth F.........................................23 Evans, Geraint..............................................25 Evolutionary Dynamics of Plant-Pathogen Interactions...............................................92 Existential Flourishing...................................27 Exploring Planetary Climate..........................85 Extremes......................................................91 Eyewitness to Old St Peter’s............................1
F Faith, J. Tyler...................................................1 Falleti, Tulia G...............................................66 Fallon Jr, Richard H.......................................48 Fang, Fei......................................................80 Farahat, Omar..............................................35 Farrell, Frank B..............................................32 Farrell, Lara J................................................75 Fat Chance.................................................112 Faure, Michael..............................................55 Favro, Diane...................................................2 Feeding the World..........................................9 Fefferman, Charles L.....................................97 Female Genital Cosmetic Surgery................103 Fennell, Jonathan.........................................13 Fernando, Roshan.......................................101 Ferretti, Federico...........................................56 Fichte’s Foundations of Natural Right............31 Fichtner, Andreas..........................................83 Fighting the People’s War.............................13 Filippenko, Alex..........................................110 Fillieule, Olivier.............................................78 Financial Econometrics.................................41 Finch, Anne..................................................20 Fincher, Sally A.............................................74 Finck, Michèle..............................................59 Finding our Place in the Solar System..........107 Fink, Carole..................................................16 First World War and German National Identity, The...............................................15 Fisher, Michael H..........................................11 Fleisch, Daniel A.........................................109 Flipping the Paleontology Classroom.............80 Floyd, Kory...................................................73 Focus Groups for the Social Science Researcher................................................76 Fomin, Fedor V..............................................79 Fontaine, Lise...............................................45 Foreclosed....................................................57 Forgan, Duncan H.......................................107 Forman, Richard T. T......................................92 Forster, Michael N.........................................33 Fortin, Sebastian........................................108 Fortuin, Egbert.............................................43 Foundation of Norms in Islamic Jurisprudence and Theology, The................35 Foundations of Agnostic Statistics.................72 Foundations of American Jewish Liberalism, The...........................................64 Foundations of MIMO Communication..........89 Fourth Reich, The............................................8 Fox Populism................................................65 Fox, James.....................................................7 Fox, Yaniv.......................................................7 Frank, Beatrice.............................................93
Franklin, Simon............................................25 Frege...........................................................28 Frölich, Markus.............................................40 From Anthropology to Social Theory..............37 From Servant to Queen: A Journey through Victorian Mathematics...............................98 From Transitional to Transformative Justice....49 Fromm, Martin T...........................................11 Frontiers of Strategic Alliance Research.........61 Fugate, Courtney D.......................................31 Fulbrook, Mary...............................................9 Fulton, Helen................................................25 Fundamentals of Criminological and Criminal Justice Inquiry..............................78 Future of Economic and Social Rights, The.....50
G Gadd, Geoffrey Michael................................91 Galeotti, Anna Elisabetta..............................28 Galloway, Nicola..........................................45 Galperin, Boris.............................................83 García Núñez, Carlos....................................87 Gardner, David K........................................103 Garratt, James..............................................26 Garrett, Robyne............................................42 Garson, Justin..............................................28 Gas Turbines for Electric Power Generation...90 Gascoigne, John...........................................13 Gathering Force: Early Modern British Literature in Transition, 1557–1623...........21 Geerdink-Verkoren, Hetty.............................43 Genetic Resources, Justice and Reconciliation.59 Genetics of African Populations in Health and Disease, The........................................94 Geophysics and Geosequestration................82 Gerard, Damien............................................55 Gereffi, Gary.................................................40 German Science in the Age of Empire...........13 Gerstmann, Evan..........................................64 Gfroerer, Joseph.........................................111 Giannopoulou, Zina......................................33 Gibson, David J.............................................93 Gibson, Stephen...........................................73 Gift Exchange...............................................60 Gigan, Sylvain............................................105 Gilbert, Jen...................................................73 Gildea, Robert................................................8 Gilson, Simon...............................................25 Gingerich, Philip...........................................80 Girvin, Steven M.........................................105 Giugni, Marco..............................................69 Gjesdal, Kristin.............................................33 Glahn, Uwe................................................110 Glikman, Jenny A..........................................93 Global Englishes for Language Teaching.......45 Global Value Chains and Development..........40 Glück, Judith................................................76 God and Time...............................................36 Goedbloed, Hans........................................106 Goh, Daniel P. S............................................60 Goldsmith, David W......................................80 Goldthorpe, John H.......................................77 Gomes, Ana Maria R.....................................38 Gómez-Pedrero, José A...............................104 González, Gabriela.....................................108 Goodliffe, Jay...............................................64 Goring, Simon James....................................80 Gottlieb, Gabriel...........................................31 Gozzi, Gustavo.............................................50 Grady, Meghan..........................................100
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
115
Index
116
Graham-Smith, Francis................................109 Graham, Russell...........................................80 Graham, Sarah.............................................25 Grammatical Voice.......................................43 Grasslands and Climate Change...................93 Grasso, Maria T.............................................69 Gravitational Wave Astrophysics (IAU S338).108 Gready, Paul.................................................49 Greek Epigram and Byzantine Culture.............4 Greek Memories.............................................2 Green and Software-defined Wireless Networks..................................................89 Green, Deborah............................................41 Greenspan, Rosann......................................60 Greenwood, Christopher...............................52 Grimes, Nicole..............................................27 Gross, Benedict..........................................112 Grossman, Guy.............................................66 Grounded Nationalisms................................77 Gualtieri, Lucia.............................................83 Guerrini, Renzo..........................................102 Guest, Deryn................................................36 Guidry, Mike...............................................108 Guillaume Du Fay.........................................26 Güldemann, Tom..........................................44 Gülen, S. Can...............................................90 Gunn, Michael..............................................99 Gunner, Liz...................................................10 Gupta, Rajesh Kumar....................................90 Gvosdev, Nikolas K.......................................66 Gynecologic and Urologic Pathology...........104
H Haggarty, Sarah............................................22 Hahn, Judith.................................................46 Haine, Thomas W. N......................................84 Halffman, Willem.........................................85 Hamlin, Hannibal.........................................21 Hamnett, Brian R..........................................10 Hampton, Alexander J. B...............................36 Han, Shuangfeng..........................................89 Hanaghan, M. P..............................................2 Handbook of ECT.........................................99 Handbook of Industrial Crystallization...........87 Handmaker, Jeff............................................67 Hanley, Ryan Patrick.....................................28 Hannum, Hurst.............................................49 Harder, Sirko................................................61 Hardy Spaces...............................................96 Hardy, Thomas..............................................23 Harman, Jennifer J........................................73 Harris, Joseph.............................................112 Harris, Paul G................................................86 Harwit, Martin............................................107 Hassan, Soad Ali Zaki.................................103 Hauskeller, Michael.......................................34 Hayworth, Jordan R......................................14 Health and Illness in Close Relationships.......74 Health and Physical Education......................42 Heard, John..................................................98 Heath Jr, Robert W........................................89 Hegel on Philosophy in History.....................32 Hegel’s Elements of the Philosophy of Right..32 Heister, Stephen D........................................88 Hellman, Geoffrey........................................28 Hen, Yitzhak...................................................7 Heng, Geraldine...........................................37 Henry Piers’s Continental Travels, 1595–1598.6 Henry, Nancy................................................23 Herder’s Naturalist Aesthetics.......................31
Hernández-García, Emilio.............................84 Herring, Jonathan.........................................56 High-Dimensional Statistics........................111 Higher Categories and Homotopical Algebra.96 Hinings, Bob.................................................62 History of 1930s British Literature, A.............23 History of African American Poetry, A............17 History of the Bildungsroman, A....................25 Ho, Selina.....................................................65 Hockey, Katherine M.....................................34 Hoda, Anwarul.............................................53 Hodder, Ian....................................................1 Hodkinson, Trevor R......................................92 Hoffman, Andrew J.......................................62 Hoffmann, Michael W.................................102 Holik, Federico...........................................108 Holland, Anthony.........................................99 Holmes, Susan............................................111 Holocaust and New World Slavery, The..........35 Holtman, Sarah............................................29 Honeck, Mischa..............................................9 Houghton, Frances.......................................15 How Biology Shapes Philosophy...................28 How Brain Arousal Mechanisms Work.........102 How Negotiations End..................................68 How the War Was Won................................14 How Theology Shaped Twentieth-Century Philosophy................................................32 How to Prepare the Egg and Embryo to Maximize IVF Success..............................103 How to Prepare the Endometrium to Maximize Implantation Rates and IVF Success...................................................103 Hsieh, Pasha L..............................................53 Huber, Wolfgang........................................111 Huebner, Sabine R..........................................4 Huffman, Carl A..............................................4 Hughes, Julian C.........................................100 Hughes, Linda K...........................................23 Hughes, Matthew.........................................14 Huitink, Luuk..................................................3 Hum, Fiona..................................................59 Human Rights-Compliant Counterterrorism...49 Human Sacrifice...........................................37 Human-Wildlife Interactions.........................93 Humphreys, Macartan..................................66 Hunter, Mark................................................10 Hupp, Stephen.............................................75 Husain, Tauqeer..........................................101 Hutchison, Margaret.....................................13 Hybrid Constitutionalism..............................49 Hyde, Susan.................................................66 Hydromagmatic Processes and PlatinumGroup Element Deposits in Layered Intrusions..................................................81 Hynes, Robert.............................................108
I ‘I Made Mistakes’...........................................6 I, Chih-Lin....................................................89 Ibrahim, Muntaser........................................94 Idrobo, Nicolás.............................................72 Ijalba, Elizabeth............................................44 Imaging Biomarkers in Epilepsy...................101 Imaging Optics...........................................104 Impact Evaluation........................................40 Impact of Binary Stars on Stellar Evolution, The..........................................108 Imran, S. Ali................................................102 In the Wake of Disaster................................69
Incorporating Research into Undergraduate Paleontology Courses.........81 India’s Revolutionary Inheritance..................10 Indonesia.....................................................70 Infections in Pregnancy...............................103 Information, Accountability, and Cumulative Learning..................................66 Infrastructure Development and Ape Conservation.............................................94 Ingham, Sean...............................................63 Inglehart, Ronald..........................................65 Innovations in CBT for Childhood Anxiety, OCD, and PTSD.........................................75 Institute of International Law’s Resolution on State Succession and State Responsibility, The.....................................51 Institutional Economics.................................39 Integrating Active Learning into Paleontology Classes.................................81 Integrating Macrostrat and Rockd into Undergraduate Earth Science Teaching.......80 Integration Techniques for Micro/ Nanostructure-Based Large-Area Electronics.................................................87 Interaction Between Competition Law and Corporate Governance, The........................55 International Judicial Practice on the Environment..............................................55 International Law Reports.............................52 International Management Behavior.............62 International Trade, Welfare, and the Theory of General Equilibrium....................39 Interpreting Averroes....................................30 Interpreting Dilthey......................................31 Interpreting Hobbes’s Political Philosophy.....30 Interpreting Maimonides..............................30 interstellarum Deep Sky Guide....................110 Introduction to Controlled-Source Electromagnetic Methods..........................83 Introduction to Human Neuroimaging...........74 Introduction to Optical and Optoelectronic Properties of Nanostructures......................87 Introduction to Political Philosophy, An.........29 Introduction to Radio Astronomy, An...........109 Introduction to the Advanced Theory of Nonparametric Econometrics, An................40 Introductory Physics for Biological Scientists.107 Ionescu, Adrian............................................88 Ip, Eric C.......................................................49 Iranian Masculinities....................................11 Irving, Helen.................................................47 Iserles, Arieh.................................................98 Islam and Violence.......................................37 Islamic Law of the Sea..................................12 Islamic Vision of Intellectual Property, An......58
J Jackman, Bronwen.......................................59 Jackson, Richard E........................................81 Jackson, Stewart..........................................63 Jackson, Van................................................70 Jacob, Rebecca.............................................99 Jacobi, Lauren................................................2 Jacquette, Dale.............................................28 Jalloh, Charles C...........................................49 Jamal, Arif A.................................................60 James, David................................................32 Japan’s Carnival War....................................11 Jardina, Ashley.............................................64 Jendoubi, Mohamed Ali................................97
Index
Jennings, Jeremy..........................................25 Jennings, P. Devereaux..................................62 Jiang, Jie....................................................109 Jiang, Wei....................................................87 Joannopoulos, John D.................................105 John Donne in Context.................................21 Johnson, Noel D...........................................40 Jones, Nathaniel B..........................................2 Joseph, Jonathan..........................................67 Joshi, Manjunath V.......................................89 Judicial Power..............................................47 Junker, Andrew.............................................77 Jurist in Context...........................................47 Justice Framed..............................................58
K Kairoff, Claudia Thomas................................20 Kant on Civil Society and Welfare.................29 Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason......................31 Kant’s Lectures on Metaphysics....................31 Kant’s Philosophy of Mathematics................30 Kapotas, Panos.............................................56 Kar, Saibal....................................................39 Karbowski, Joseph........................................33 Karjane, Nicole W.......................................103 Katz, Steven T...............................................35 Kaufman, Allison B.......................................92 Kaufman, James C........................................75 Kavaliers, Martin..........................................93 Kaxiras, Efthimios.......................................105 Keefe, Simon................................................27 Keeping the Peace........................................77 Kefford, Glenn..............................................63 Keil, Geert....................................................33 Keith, Jennifer..............................................20 Keleher, Lori.................................................39 Kelley, Patricia H...........................................81 Kellner, Charles H.........................................99 Kenny, Paul D...............................................70 Keppens, Rony............................................106 Kernelization................................................79 Kerr, Mike...................................................100 Keshavan, Matcheri......................................99 Khalilieh, Hassan S.......................................12 Khambalia, Hussein....................................101 Khan Mohmand, Shandana..........................69 Khan, Zahid A...............................................90 Kim, Byung Hong.........................................91 Kim, Joongi..................................................56 Kim, Nancy S................................................60 King, Anthony..............................................13 Kings of Mississippi, The...............................78 Kipling, Rudyard...........................................22 Kirkland, Justin H.........................................63 Kittilä, Seppo................................................43 Klein, Herbert S..............................................9 Klinger, Barry A.............................................84 Knight, Doyle D............................................88 Kochelap, Viacheslav A..................................87 Koepp, Matthias.........................................101 Kohen, Marcelo G.........................................51 Kohli, Arjun H...............................................82 Kohlmann, Benjamin....................................23 Kolaiti, Patricia.............................................44 Komter, Martha............................................45 Korean Syntax and Semantics.......................43 Kornfeld, Itzchak E........................................56 Kosko, Stacy J...............................................39 Kovacs, Gabor............................................103 Koyama, Mark..............................................40
Krajíček, Jan.................................................95 Krasnopolsky, Vladimir A...............................85 Krebes, Edward S..........................................82 Kreft, Nora...................................................33 Kreines, James..............................................32 Krishnan, Madhu..........................................19 Kroll, Mark...................................................26 Krude, Torsten..............................................91 Ku, Agnes Shuk-mei.....................................77 Kubby, Joel.................................................105 Kumar, Amit.................................................79 Kumar, Bidyut.............................................104 Kumar, Brajesh.............................................90 Kürbis, Nils...................................................29 Kusano, Kanya............................................109 Kutz, J. Nathan.............................................98 Kuznetsov, Yuri A..........................................98 Kwisthout, Johan..........................................74
L Labour Internationalism in the Global South.67 Lacina, Bethany............................................68 Laes, Christian................................................4 Lai, Amy.......................................................58 Laine, Anna-Liisa..........................................92 Laloë, Franck..............................................106 Lamb, Sharon...............................................73 Lamchek, Jayson S........................................49 Lamoureux, Michael P...................................82 Landers, Richard N........................................76 Landfried, Christine......................................47 Landrø, Martin.............................................82 Lane, Harry W...............................................62 Language and Negativity in European Modernism................................................24 Language and Subjectivity............................45 Language of Hunter-Gatherers, The...............44 Language, Culture, and Education.................44 Lave, Jean....................................................38 Law and Politics under the Abbasids.............12 Lawrence, D. H.............................................24 Learning and Everyday Life...........................38 Lee, Alfred Y..................................................87 Lee, EunHee.................................................43 Lee, H. P.......................................................47 Lee, Karen....................................................52 Lee, Keun.....................................................39 Leedham-Green, C. R....................................98 Legacy of Ad Hoc Tribunals in International Criminal Law, The..................51 Legal Process and the Promise of Justice, The.60 Leonard, Gerald..............................................5 Lessons from the Clean Air Act.....................55 LeVan, A. Carl...............................................72 Levay, Matthew............................................24 Lévêque, François.........................................61 Levine, George.............................................23 Levine, Steven..............................................30 Lewis, Alexandra..........................................23 Lexicon, The.................................................43 Li, Geoffrey Ye..............................................89 Li, Yao..........................................................70 Lianos, Ioannis.............................................55 Liao, Lih-Mei..............................................103 Licensing and Access to Content in the European Union........................................59 Lightwave Communications..........................89 Limits of Expression, The...............................44 Link, Eric Carl...............................................25 Linton, Oliver................................................41
Lion’s Share, The...........................................15 Lipschitz, Leslie............................................38 Literature and Nature in the English Renaissance..............................................20 Liu, Fengyuan...............................................87 Liu, Wei........................................................87 Llandro, Justin..............................................88 Lloyd, S. A....................................................30 Lockwood, Rowan..................................80, 81 Loeffler, Shane..............................................80 Loewenstein, David......................................20 Lokshtanov, Daniel.......................................79 Lombardi, Olimpia......................................108 Long-term Datasets for the Understanding of Solar and Stellar Magnetic Cycles (IAU S340)..............................................109 Lopez-Beltran, Antonio...............................104 López, Cristian...........................................108 Lord, Janet E................................................50 Lorenz, Ralph D............................................85 Lövbrand, Eva...............................................86 Love’s Enlightenment...................................28 Lowe, Jessica K...............................................5 Lozano, Angel..............................................89 Luisi, Pier Luigi.............................................95 Lukowski, Jerzy..............................................8 Luna, Francisco Vidal......................................9 Lyman, R. Lee.................................................1
M Mac Góráin, Fiachra.......................................3 MacCuarta SJ, Brian.......................................6 Macdonald, Hugh.........................................27 Macfarlane, Selma........................................79 Machiavelli, Niccolo.....................................63 Machiavelli: The Prince.................................63 MacLennan, Kirsty......................................104 Macroeconomics for Professionals................38 Madrid, Raúl L..............................................64 Mafia Organizations.....................................61 Magleby, David B..........................................64 Magnetic Nanoparticles in Biosensing and Medicine...................................................88 Magnetohydrodynamics of Laboratory and Astrophysical Plasmas.............................106 Making Humanities and Social Sciences Come Alive................................................41 Making Sense of Mass Education..................42 Malešević, Siniša..........................................77 Mallard, Grégoire.........................................60 Malone, Nicholas.........................................94 Malyarenko, Anatoliy..................................106 Manderson, Desmond..................................46 Manekin, Charles H......................................30 Manford, Alan..............................................23 Maple, Terry L...............................................92 Marceau, Justin............................................50 Marchini, Silvio.............................................93 Mares, F. H...................................................19 Margrave, Gary F..........................................82 Marjit, Sugata..............................................39 Markets and Morals.....................................39 Marshall, Donald E.......................................97 Marten, James................................................9 Martindale, Charles........................................3 Masoller, Cristina..........................................84 Matejova, Miriam.........................................86 Mathematical Methods in the Earth and Environmental Sciences.............................86
Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org
117
Index
118
Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, The..........................................98 Mathematical Structuralism..........................28 Mathematics for Physicists..........................106 Matthews, Ron.............................................38 Mayka, Lindsay............................................71 Maznevski, Martha L....................................62 McCallum, E. L.............................................19 McClain, Craig D........................................101 McCluskey, Kerryn........................................41 McConvell, Patrick........................................44 McCrae, Meighen.........................................14 McIntosh, Craig............................................66 McLoughlin, Kate.........................................24 McMullin, Irene............................................27 McNabb, Tyler Dalton...................................36 McNamara, Patrick.......................................75 McNamara, Tim............................................45 Mears, Daniel P.............................................78 Media Ethics and Global Justice in the Digital Age................................................63 Meesters, Paul D...........................................98 Meijer, Hil G. E..............................................98 Melamed, Yitzhak Y.......................................30 Mendieta, Eduardo.......................................32 Mental Capacity Legislation..........................99 Mercurio, Bryan............................................53 Metaphysics.................................................33 Methuen, Charlotte......................................35 Mexican American English............................46 Meyer, Renate E...........................................62 Miller, Benjamin T.........................................72 Miller, Judith................................................42 Miniature and the English Imagination.........22 Mitin, Vladimir V...........................................87 Mobilising International Law for ‘Global Justice’......................................................67 Modern Condensed Matter Physics.............105 Modern Ophthalmic Optics.........................104 Modern Statistics for Modern Biology.........111 Moe, Terry M................................................42 Moffat, Chris................................................10 Mohammed, Khaleel....................................37 Moral Contagion............................................6 Moral Enhancement.....................................34 More Auspicious Shores..................................6 More Sayings of the Desert Fathers.................5 Moriarty, Michael.........................................25 Morley, Christine..........................................79 Morris, Kevin................................................33 Morrissette, Debbi......................................100 Moschovakis, Yiannis N.................................96 Moser, Claudia...............................................2 Moser, Muriel.................................................4 Mozart in Context........................................27 Much Ado about Nothing.............................19 Müller, Peter...............................................111 Multi-resolution Image Fusion in Remote Sensing.....................................................89 Muñoz, Paula...............................................71 Murder in the Shenandoah.............................5 Murillo, Maria Victoria..................................65 Muris, Peter..................................................75 Murphy-Gregory, Hannah.............................63 Murphy, Brian R...........................................92 Murphy, Neil..................................................7 Musa, Shavana.............................................52 Music and Politics........................................26 Myerson, Allan S...........................................87 Myrbo, Amy..................................................80
Myth, History, and Metaphor in the Hebrew Bible.............................................35
N Năstase, Horaţiu ........................................105 Nakata, Nori................................................83 Nakatani, Chie.............................................74 Nanopoulos, Eva..........................................57 Narratives of Hunger in International Law.....52 Nash, Andrew..............................................19 Nathan, Dev.................................................62 Nathan, Noah L............................................72 Nationalism, Development and Ethnic Conflict in Sri Lanka...................................70 Nativism and Economic Integration across the Developing World................................68 Naturalistic Fallacy, The.................................27 Nature of Constitutional Rights, The..............48 Nature of Life, The........................................94 Nature of Ordinary Objects, The....................29 Needham, Duncan........................................91 Nellis, Gareth...............................................66 Nelson, Eric S...............................................31 Neo, Jaclyn L................................................60 Neotoma Paleoecology Database, The...........80 Networks in Climate.....................................84 Neuroscience of Sleep and Dreams, The........75 Neveu, Erik..................................................78 New Cambridge Companion to Nietzsche, The...........................................................32 New Directions in India’s Foreign Policy........67 New Jewish American Literary Studies, The....18 New Technologies and the Law in War and Peace.................................................58 Newman, Ian...............................................22 Newman, Jonathan A...................................93 Newton, Isaac..............................................98 Newton, Michael A.......................................58 Ng, Yew-Kwang............................................39 Ni, Shun-Hao...............................................87 Nichter, Simeon............................................71 Nielsen, Uffe N.............................................93 Nikolski, Nikolaï...........................................96 Nilsen, Alf Gunvald.......................................78 Nilsson, Per-Erik...........................................43 Nmehielle, Vincent O.....................................49 Nollkaemper, André......................................55 Non-Policy Politics........................................65 Norris, Pippa................................................65 Numerical Bifurcation Analysis of Maps........98 Numerical Methods......................................90 Numerical Methods of Exploration Seismology................................................82
O O’Brien, Phillips Payson................................14 O’Brien, Robert............................................67 O’Connor, Joseph F.........................................1 O’Flaherty, Niall............................................17 O’Hear, Anthony...........................................33 O’Shea, James R...........................................31 Obstetric Anesthesiology............................101 Obstetric Decision-Making and Simulation..104 Ocean Circulation in Three Dimensions.........84 Odinet, Christopher K...................................57 Office Gynecology......................................103 Oguamanam, Chidi......................................59 Olatunji, Bunmi............................................75 Olcott, Alison N............................................81 Oliver, James S..............................................80
Ollendick, Thomas H.....................................75 Olsen, Joseph A............................................64 On the Brink................................................70 Op de Beeck, Hans.......................................74 Open Source Jihad.......................................43 Optical Effects in Solids..............................105 Oral Democracy............................................66 Ordinary Workers, Vichy and the Holocaust.....8 Origins of Globalization, The.........................15 Ormond, Carol.............................................80 Ostoja-Starzewski, Martin...........................106 Oxytocin, Vasopressin and Related Peptides in the Regulation of Behavior.......93
P Pagnac, Darrin..............................................81 Painting War................................................13 Painting, Ethics, and Aesthetics in Rome..........2 Palanza, Valeria............................................71 Paleozoology and Paleoenvironments.............1 Paliadelis, Penny.........................................102 Paller, Jeffrey W............................................72 Palmer, David A............................................77 Panaite, Florin..............................................96 Pandit, Jaideep J.........................................101 Pant, Harsh V................................................67 Papen, George C...........................................89 Park, Sunwoong...........................................77 Parliament the Mirror of the Nation..............17 Part 2 MRCOG: 500 EMQs and SBAs..........104 Partial Differential Equations Arising from Physics and Geometry................................97 Partial Differential Equations in Fluid Mechanics.................................................97 Participation in Social Policy..........................66 Partisan Republic, The.....................................5 Pasachoff, Jay M.........................................110 Pasquale, Frank............................................60 Paulino, Carlos Daniel.................................111 Peck, Reece..................................................65 Pedersen, Ole W...........................................55 Perioperative Neurocognitive Disorders, The.101 Perry, Michael...............................................60 Persecution and Toleration............................40 Personal Debt in Europe...............................56 Perspectives on Environmental Law Scholarship................................................55 Peters, Greg.................................................85 Peters, Shanan.............................................80 Petrin, Martin...............................................56 Pettorelli, Nathalie........................................93 Pfaff, Donald.........................................93,102 Philipsen, Niels.............................................55 Philosophical Progress of Hume’s Essays, The.31 Physicalism Deconstructed............................33 Physics Problems for Aspiring Physical Scientists and Engineers..........................109 Pierson, Anna.............................................101 Pierson, Richard.........................................101 Pillinger, Emily................................................3 Pinney, Thomas............................................22 Pittard, Christopher......................................22 Planchart, Alejandro Enrique.........................26 Plant Conservation.......................................92 Plato..............................................................3 Plato: The Apology of Socrates and Xenophon: The Apology of Socrates.............3 Plato’s Symposium.......................................33 Plausible Crime Stories.................................57 Playing by the Informal Rules........................70
Index
Plumptre, Andrew J.......................................80 Plunkett, Margaret.......................................41 Poaching and Militancy................................91 Poedts, Stefaan..........................................106 Poems, The...................................................24 Polanco, Rodrigo..........................................53 Polis Histories, Collective Memories and the Greek World..........................................5 Political Economy of Defence, The.................38 Political Economy of Financial Regulation, The...........................................................57 Political Self-Deception.................................28 Political Turmoil: Early Modern British Literature in Transition, 1623–1660...........21 Politics of Institutional Reform, The...............42 Politics of Migration in Modern Egypt, The....69 Politics of the First World War, The................67 Pollard, Eileen..............................................24 Pollnitz, Christopher.....................................24 Polly, P. David...............................................95 Polycentricity in the European Union.............57 Poole, Kristen...............................................21 Populism in Southeast Asia...........................70 Porsdam, Helle.............................................60 Posy, Carl.....................................................30 Pourpoint, Timothée L...................................88 Power in Close Relationships........................73 Pržulj, Nataša ..............................................92 Practical Introduction to Regression Discontinuity Designs, A.............................72 Practical Operating Theatre Management....101 Practicing Islam in Egypt...............................69 Pragmatism, Objectivity, and Experience........30 Price of Bread, The.......................................15 Price, Deborah..............................................41 Price, Russell................................................63 Primate Research and Conservation in the Anthropocene...........................................94 Primer on Fourier Analysis for the Geosciences, A..........................................86 Principles of Conflict Economics....................39 Principles of Engineering Economics with Applications..............................................90 Principles of Thermodynamics.....................109 Probability..................................................112 Problem of Job and the Problem of Evil, The..37 Proceedings of the Twenty-Ninth General Assembly Honolulu 2015.........................110 Prokaryotic Metabolism and Physiology........91 Proof and Falsity..........................................29 Proof Complexity..........................................95 Prosodic Patterns of English Conversation, The...........................................................44 Protectors of Pluralism..................................77 Pseudoscience in Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy...........................................75 Public Forces and Private Politics in American Big Business...............................68 Publishing and the Science Fiction Canon.....19 Pustejovsky, James.......................................43
Q Qing Travelers to the Far West......................11 Quantum Theory of Materials......................105 Quantum Worlds........................................108 Quasi-Hopf Algebras....................................96 Question of Time, A......................................17 Quinlivan, Shivaun........................................50 Quirico, Ottavio............................................59 Quiroga, Juan A..........................................104
R Rabb, Melinda Alliker....................................22 Race for Education.......................................10 Racine, Jeffrey S............................................40 Radio Soundings..........................................10 Rae, Paul........................................................5 Ramey, Lauri................................................17 Rao, T. D. Gunneswara..................................89 Rao, Vijayendra............................................66 Raspollini, Maria Rosaria............................104 Rates of Evolution........................................80 Rathbun, Brian C..........................................68 Rawson, Katherine A....................................74 Re-engaging with Sustainability in the Anthropocene Era......................................62 Read, Peter L................................................83 Reading Sidonius’ Epistles..............................2 Reading the Bible Theologically.....................34 Real Theatre...................................................5 Reasoning of State.......................................68 Rébaï, Yomna...............................................97 Reception of Paul and Early Christian Initiation, The............................................34 Recht, Laerke...............................................37 Rechter, Ofra................................................30 Reconciling Efficiency and Equity..................55 Rees, Owen..................................................26 Reforming Family Law..................................69 Regulating Religion in Asia...........................60 Reimer, Jeffrey A...........................................88 Religion in the Modern World.......................36 Religious Conversion in Early Modern English Drama...........................................20 Religious Epistemology.................................36 Remedies in Australian Private Law...............61 Remien, Peter...............................................18 Republican Europe of States, A.....................62 Requiem of Tomás Luis de Victoria (1603), The...........................................................26 Rescuing Human Rights................................49 Return of the Home State to Investor– State Disputes, The....................................53 Reuer, Jeffrey J..............................................61 Revolution and its Discontents......................12 Revolutionary France’s War of Conquest in the Rhineland............................................14 Rewilding.....................................................93 Reynolds, Arthur J.........................................74 Rhodes, Richard A........................................44 Rhyme over Reason......................................44 Riahi, Hasna.................................................97 Ricciotti, Hope A.........................................103 Rich, Jessica.................................................71 Rickford, John Russell...................................44 Riehl, Emily................................................112 Riello, Giorgio..............................................15 Right to Dress, The.......................................15 Right to Inclusive Education in International Human Rights Law, The.........50 Right To Parody, The.....................................58 Rights and Civilizations................................50 Riley, Ken...................................................109 Rise of the Egyptian Middle Class, The..........12 Ritchie, Leslie.................................................5 Ritual and Region.........................................70 Rivero, Albert J.............................................22 Road to Nursing, The..................................102 Roberts, Adam..............................................19 Robins, Anthony V.........................................74 Robins, Simon..............................................49
Robinson, Catherine...................................104 Robinson, James C........................................97 Rock-Singer, Aaron.......................................69 Rocket Propulsion........................................88 Rodden, Jonathan A.....................................65 Rodrigo, José L.............................................97 Rodríguez-Puente, Paula...............................43 Rogers, Brian................................................32 Role of Emotion in 1 Peter, The.....................34 Roll Call Rebels............................................63 Roman Architecture and Urbanism..................2 Romantic Tavern, The....................................22 Romanticism and the Re-Invention of Modern Religion........................................36 Rood, Tim.......................................................3 Ropelewski, Chester F...................................84 Rose, Heath..................................................45 Rosenfeld, Gavriel D.......................................8 Rotimi, Charles.............................................94 Rubenson, Samuel..........................................5 Rubio-Marín, Ruth........................................47 Rublack, Ulinka............................................15 Rule by Multiple Majorities...........................63 Runciman, David..........................................91 Russian Graphosphere, 1450-1850, The........25 Russo, Chandra............................................78 Rutherford, Anthony...................................103 Ryan, Ann....................................................42 Ryker, Katherine...........................................81
S Saab, Anne...................................................52 Sadeghi-Boroujerdi, Eskandar.......................12 Saint-Saëns and the Stage............................27 Salamonsen, Lois........................................103 Salzman, Michele Renee.........................36, 37 Samuel, Katja L. H........................................51 Sanchez, Michelle Chaplin............................34 Sanctity of Contracts in a Secular Age...........61 Sankoff, Gillian.............................................44 Sanyal, Paromita..........................................66 Sarisky, Darren.............................................34 Sarkar, Sandip..............................................62 Särkkä, Simo..............................................112 Sarti, Laury.....................................................7 Sauer, Elizabeth............................................21 Saunders, Matthew J....................................92 Saurabh, Saket.............................................79 Savage, Roz..................................................91 Savanna Monkeys........................................93 Schachter, Steven.......................................102 Schadler, Susan............................................38 Schäfer, Dagmar...........................................11 Scharf, Michael.............................................51 Scheele, Judith.............................................10 Scheepers, Mark.........................................100 Schizophrenia and Psychoses in Later Life.....98 Schmitt, Christopher A..................................93 Schoene, Berthold........................................24 Schoenfeldt, Michael....................................21 Schoeppner, Michael A....................................6 Schönthal, David..........................................45 Schwartz, Niels.............................................97 Schwemer, Sebastian Felix............................59 Science and American Foreign Relations since World War II.......................................6 Science and the State...................................13 Scientific Foundations of Zoos and Aquariums................................................92 Searle, Jeremy B............................................95
For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.
119
Index
120
Secord, James A...........................................95 Securing Europe after Napoleon...................16 Segal, Scott................................................101 Seismic Ambient Noise.................................83 Seismic Risk Analysis of Nuclear Power Plants........................................................87 Seismic Wave Theory....................................82 Seminars in the Psychiatry of Intellectual Disability.................................................100 Sen, Sandeep...............................................79 Sentimental Novel in the Eighteenth Century, The..............................................22 Shakespeare and Early Modern Religion........20 Shakespeare Seen........................................20 Shakespeare, William....................................19 Shakespeare’s Domestic Tragedies.................21 Shapeshifting Crown, The.............................48 Shapiro, Stewart...........................................28 Shechter, Relli...............................................12 Shohet, Lauren.............................................21 Shore, Cris....................................................48 Shorvon, Simon..........................................102 Shrews, Chromosomes and Speciation..........95 Shuckburgh, Emily........................................91 Siddiqi, Ayesha.............................................69 Siddiquee, Arshad N.....................................90 Siddiqui, Sohaira Z. M...................................12 Siebert, Martina...........................................11 Sigalet, Geoffrey...........................................48 Signé, Landry................................................72 Sillars, Stuart................................................20 Simon, Jonathan..........................................60 Sinclair, Neil.................................................27 Singapore....................................................70 Singh, Lakhwinder Pal..................................90 Singh, V. P.....................................................83 Single Life in the Roman and Later Roman World, The...................................................4 Sinha, Prabha.............................................103 Sizer, Andrew.............................................104 Skinner, Quentin...........................................63 Slapin, Jonathan B........................................63 Slob, Evert....................................................83 Small, David B................................................1 Smart Mixes for Transboundary Environmental Harm..................................55 Smith, Christine..............................................1 Smith, David Livingstone..............................28 Smith, Jennifer.............................................45 Smith, Steven B............................................17 Smith, Steven D..............................................4 Sober, Elliott.................................................36 Social Mobility and Education in Britain........77 Sociolinguistic Variation in Children’s Language..................................................45 Sociology of Transnational Constitutions, A....48 Soft Tissue Sarcomas..................................104 Soil Fauna Assemblages................................93 Solanki, Sami.............................................109 Solidarity in Practice.....................................78 Solin, Arno.................................................112 Solving Fermi’s Paradox..............................107 Soriano, Sulpicio G......................................101 Spectral Spaces............................................97 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry of Planetary Atmospheres and Ionospheres....85 Spencer, Helen M........................................100 Sperlich, Stefan............................................40 Spicer, Andrew.........................................7, 35 Spinoza’s Ethics............................................30 Squires, Claire..............................................19
Stahl, Stephen M..................................99, 100 Stahl’s Illustrated Alzheimer’s Disease and Other Dementias.....................................100 Stahl’s Self-Assessment Examination in Psychiatry..................................................99 Stahn, Carsten..............................................51 Stars and Stellar Processes.........................108 Starting Points..............................................62 State-Sponsored Activism.............................71 Statistical Thermodynamics...........................87 Steinitz, Maya..............................................57 Stelling, Lieke...............................................20 Sterckx, Roel................................................11 Sterio, Milena...............................................51 Stern, David G..............................................32 Stern, Tom....................................................32 Sternberg, Robert J.................................75, 76 Stokes, Susan C............................................73 Stoyan, Ronald...........................................110 Strathern, Alan.............................................16 Street Citizens..............................................69 Strength of Materials....................................89 Stroscio, Michael A.......................................87 Student-Centered Teaching in Paleontology and Geoscience Classrooms..80 Student’s Guide to the Schrödinger Equation, A.............................................109 Student’s Introduction to Mathematica and the Wolfram Language, The.................79 Success in Professional Experience................41 Susnerwala, Insiya......................................101 Suspect’s Statement, The..............................45 Sustaining Early Childhood Learning Gains....74 Svanström, Magdalena.................................85 Sweeney, Marvin A.......................................36 Symmetrization in Analysis...........................96 Szakolczai, Arpad.........................................37
T Tait, Gordon.................................................42 Taleb, Nassim Nicholas.................................91 Tambe, Milind..............................................80 Tan, Hsien-Li................................................50 Tan, Kenneth Paul.........................................70 Tanner, David B...........................................105 Tariff Negotiations and Renegotiations under the GATT and the WTO....................53 Taunton, Matthew........................................23 Tea Environments and Plantation Culture......10 Technology and Society................................12 Teichroeb, Julie A..........................................94 Temple, Judy A..............................................74 Tensor-Valued Random Fields for Continuum Physics..................................106 Terrando, Niccolò.......................................101 Terras, Audrey...............................................96 Terrenato, Nicola............................................4 Tewari, Meenu.............................................62 The Editors of the Darwin Correspondence Project......................................................95 Thébault, Karim..........................................107 Thépot, Florence...........................................55 There Is No Planet B.....................................84 Thirsty Cities.................................................65 Thomas, Erik R..............................................46 Thomas, Jennifer J........................................99 Thomas, Rosalind...........................................5 Thomassen, Bjørn.........................................37 Thompson, Geoff..........................................45 Thornhill, Chris.............................................48
Threshold Modernism...................................23 Timberlake, Todd........................................107 Titiunik, Rocío..............................................72 Török, Peter................................................104 Torrence, Bruce F..........................................79 Torrence, Eve A.............................................79 Towns, Ecology, and the Land.......................92 Trade and American Leadership....................53 Transactions of the Royal Historical Society.....7 Transboundary Water Disputes......................56 Transforming Power of Cultural Rights, The....60 Transportation, Deportation and Exile...........16 Tressl, Marcus..............................................97 Trinka, Eugen.............................................102 Tsourapas, Gerasimos...................................69 Tudor Occupation of Boulogne, The.................7 Tuinstra, Willemijn........................................85 Turkington, Douglas...................................100 Turn Left at Orion.......................................109 Turner, Rob...................................................18 Turner, Trudy R..............................................93 Turnhout, Esther...........................................85 Twining, William...........................................47 Twisk, Jos W. R...........................................111 Tzevelekos, Vassilis P.....................................56
U Uchiyama, Benjamin.....................................11 Uhen, Mark D...............................................81 Unconventional Reservoir Geomechanics......82 Understanding Curriculum............................42 Understanding Economic Change.................40 Unearthly Powers.........................................16 United States Department of Defense Law of War Manual, The...................................58 Universal Semantic Syntax............................43 Upla, Kishor P...............................................89 Urban Energy Landscapes.............................86 Urbas, Gregor...............................................59 Utilitarianism in the Age of Enlightenment....17 Utilizing the Paleobiology Database to Provide Educational Opportunities for Undergraduates.........................................81
V Vallis, Geoffrey K..........................................83 Value of Disorder, The...................................10 Value of Ecocriticism, The..............................18 van Erp, Judith..............................................55 Van Oystaeyen, Freddy..................................96 van Rooij, Iris...............................................74 van Zanden, Jan Luiten.................................15 van Zeben, Josephine...................................57 Vandone, Daniela.........................................56 VanGrasstek, Craig.......................................53 Variation, Versatility and Change in Sociolinguistics and Creole Studies.............44 Varieties of Resilience...................................67 Vasquez, John A...........................................67 Vegio, Matffeo...............................................1 Velasco, Patricia...........................................44 Venugopal, Rajesh........................................70 Vergis, Fotis..................................................57 Verma, Mahendra K......................................97 Vermeiren, Jan.............................................15 Vernacular Medicine in Colonial India...........12 Veterans’ Tale, The........................................15 Vick, Brian....................................................16 Victim Reparation under the Ius Post Bellum.52 Vinzent, Markus...........................................35
Index
Violence and the Sacred in the Ancient Near East....................................................1 Violent Minds...............................................24 Voigt, Christina............................................55 Voigt, Stefan................................................39 Volis, Sergei.................................................92 Volkmar, Fred R..........................................100 von Brescius, Moritz.....................................13 von Delft, Jan.............................................106 Votes for Survival.........................................71
W Waddams, Stephen.......................................61 Wainwright, Martin J..................................111 Wald, Kenneth D...........................................64 Wallace, Paul..............................................107 Walter, Andrew.............................................68 War and Childhood in the Era of the Two World Wars.................................................9 War Stories from the Drug Survey...............111 Ward, Ian.....................................................63 Ward, Keith..................................................36 Ward, Nigel G...............................................44 Wareham, Todd............................................74 Watkins, Margaret........................................31 Wavefront Shaping for Biomedical Imaging.105 Wealth Effect, The........................................68 Webber, Grégoire.........................................48 Webster, Scott..............................................42 Weinstein, Cindy..........................................17 Weitzdörfer, Julius........................................91 Weller, Shane...............................................24 Werner, Timothy...........................................68 Werren, Kip..................................................59 West Germany and Israel..............................16 Weyland, Kurt..............................................64 What Biological Functions Are and Why They Matter...............................................28 When Democracies Deliver...........................71 When Democracy Trumps Populism...............64 Whipday, Emma...........................................21 White Identity Politics...................................64 Whitesides, Greg............................................6 Who Donates in Campaigns?........................64 Why Bother?................................................73 Why Trust a Theory?...................................107 Wibbels, Erik................................................65 Wiesner-Hanks, Merry E..................................7 Wilkinson, Michael.....................................102 Wilkinson, Peter N......................................109 William Blake in Context..............................22 Williams, David M........................................75 Williams, David V..........................................48 Williams, Travis D..........................................19 Williamson, Toby........................................100 Willison, I. R.................................................19 Wilson-Gahan, Susan...................................42 Wilson, Malcolm..........................................82 Witmore, Michael.........................................20 Witt, Ulrich...................................................40 Wittgenstein: Lectures, Cambridge 1930–1933...............................................32 Wolff, H. Ekkehard........................................45 Wolford, Scott..............................................67 Women and Gender in Early Modern Europe...7 Women as Constitution-Makers....................47 Woodlanders, The.........................................23 Woolf, Daniel...............................................16 Work Study and Ergonomics.........................90 World Ordering............................................68
World Trade Organization.......................53, 54 Wortley, John.................................................5 Writing the History of Early Christianity.........35
X Xenophon......................................................3 Xenophon: Anabasis Book III..........................3 Xie, Wei-Chau..............................................87 Xu, Sheng....................................................87
Y Yacobucci, Margaret M.................................81 Yang, Kun..................................................105 Yegül, Fikret...................................................2 YHWH and Israel in the Book of Judges........36 Young, Amy E.............................................103 Young, Katharine G......................................50 Yu, Guanding...............................................89
Z Zaag, Hatem................................................97 Zartman, I. William.......................................68 Zawadzki, Hubert...........................................8 Zehavi, Meirav..............................................79 Zhang, Lan...................................................83 Zima, Jan.....................................................95 Ziolkowski, Anton.........................................83 Zoback, Mark D............................................82 Zonal Jets....................................................83 Zuckert, Rachel.......................................31, 32 Zúñiga, Fernando.........................................43 Zunino, Marcos............................................58
Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com
121
Notes
122
Notes
123
Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk
Notes
124
Contents Humanities Archaeology..................................... 1 Art .................................................. 1 Classical Studies............................... 2 Drama and Theatre........................... 5 American History.............................. 5 British History................................... 6 European History.............................. 7 History – Other Areas....................... 9 History – Cross Discipline............... 12 American Literature........................ 17 English Literature........................... 18 European and World Literature....... 25 Music............................................. 26 Philosophy..................................... 27 Religion......................................... 34 Social Sciences Anthropology................................. 37 Economics, Business Studies........... 38 Education....................................... 41 Language and Linguistics............... 43 Law............................................... 46 Management................................. 61 Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas........................................ 62 Psychology..................................... 73 Social Science Research Methods.... 76 Sociology....................................... 77 Science, Technology and Medicine Computer Science.......................... 79 Earth and Environmental Science.... 80 Engineering.................................... 87 General Science.............................. 91 Geography, the Environment........... 91 Life Sciences................................... 91 Mathematics.................................. 95 Medicine........................................ 98 Physics and Astronomy................. 104 Statistics and Probability............... 111
Cambridge University Press Bookshop
Customer Services
Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org
Booksellers
Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.
North America - customer_service@cambridge.org
How to order
Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com
Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org
For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org
PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org
To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.
We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.
Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.
United Kingdom and Ireland
The Americas
Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea
North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org
Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea
Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Calle José Abascal, 56, 1º 28003 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 171 58 00 + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea
Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia
Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa
Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus
Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.
Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:
PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management
Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.
Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly
Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk
Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails
EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format
www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK
39388
Academic & Professional Publishing New Books January - April 2019 www.cambridge.org/knowledge